Bồi Dưỡng HSG THCS Và Ôn Thi Vào 10 Chuyên Anh -TRẦN THANH HƯƠNG (275 Trang)

BỒI DƯỠNG HỌC SINH
GIỎI THCS-ÔN THI VÀO

LỚP 10
MÔN TIẾNG ANH
1
MỤC LỤC
PHẦN MỘT: CHUYÊN ĐỀ TỪ VỰNG - NGỮ PHÁP

CHUYÊN ĐỀ 1: NGỮ ÂM (PHONETICS) 4
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 2: THÌ ĐỘNG TỪ (VERB TENSES) 14
SỰ HÒA HỢP GIỮA CHỦ NGỮ VA ĐỘNG TỪ
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 3: 23
(AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUBJECTS AND VERBS)
DANH ĐỘNG TỪ - ĐÔNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 4: 27
(GERUND - INFINITIVE)
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 5: ĐỘNG TỪ TÌNH THÁI (MODAL VERBS) 32
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 6: DANH TỪ (NOUNS) VÀ LƯỢNG TỪ (QUANTIFIERS) 39
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 7: MẠO TỪ (ARTICLES) 45
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 8: GIỚI TỪ (PREPOSITIONS) 50
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 9: TÍNH TỪ (ADJECTIVES) 60
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 10: TRẠNG TỪ (ADVERBS) 69
SO SÁNH CỦA TÍNH TỪ & TRẠNG TỪ
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 11: 75
(COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES & ADVERBS)
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 12: THỨC GIẢ ĐỊNH (SUBJUNCTIVE) 83
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 13: CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN (CONDITIONALS) 87
CHUYẾN ĐỂ 14: THỂ BỊ ĐỘNG (PASSIVE VOICE) 91
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 15: LỜI NÓI GIÁN TIẾP (REPORTED SPEECH) 98
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 16: MÊNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSES) 105
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 17: CÁC DẠNG CÂU HỎI (QUESTION TYPES) 111
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 18: ĐẢO NGỮ (INVERSION) 115
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 19: CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ (PHRASAL VERBS) 118
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 20: CỤM TỪ CỐ ĐỊNH (COLLOCATIONS) 121
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 21: THÀNH NGỮ (IDIOMS) 125
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 22: CẤU TẠO TỪ (WORD FORMATION) 132
CHUYÊN ĐỂ 23: TỪ NỐI (LINKING CONJUNCTIONS) 139
PHẦN HAI: CHUYÊN ĐỀ KỸ NĂNG VIẾT
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 1: TỔNG QUAN VỀ VIẾT THƯ (OVERVIEW OF A LETTER) 143
TỔNG QUAN VỀ VIẾT ĐOẠN VĂN
(OVERVIEW OF A PARAGRAPH)
TỔNG QUAN VỀ VIẾT BÀI LUẬN
(OVERVIEW OF AN ESSAY)
PHẦN BA: ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI
PRACTICE TEST 1 179
PRACTICE TEST 2 187
PRACTICE TEST 3 195
PRACTICE TEST 4 204
PRACTICE TEST 5 211
PRACTICE TEST 6 218
PRACTICE TEST 7 225
PRACTICE TEST 8 233
PRACTICE TEST 9 240
PRACTICE TEST 10 246
ĐÁP ÁN 253
LỜI NÓI ĐẦU
Cuốn sách Bồi dưỡng học sinh giỏi THCS và ôn thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên môn
Tiếng Anh được nhóm tác giả biên soạn nhằm giúp các em học sinh cuối cấp THCS củng
cố kiến thức và chuẩn bị tốt cho kỳ thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 các trường THPT Chuyên.
Đồng thời, nhóm tác giả hi vọng cuốn sách này sẽ là tài liệu tham khảo hữu ích dành cho
cả giáo viên và phụ huynh. Cuốn sách được biên soạn bám sát các kiến thức cơ bản và
nâng cao về từ vựng, ngữ pháp, ngữ âm cũng như kỹ năng đọc và viết.
Cuốn sách này gồm có ba phần chính:
Phần 1: Chuyên đề Ngữ âm - Từ vựng - Ngữ pháp bao gồm lý thuyết và bài tập thực
hành cho từng đơn vị chuyên đề.
Phần 2: Chuyên đề Kỹ năng Viết bao gồm các dạng bài viết phổ biến trong bài thi
vào lớp 10 các trường THPT Chuyên toàn quốc; đó là viết thư, viết đoạn và viết luận.
Phần 3: Một số đề luyện thi vào lớp 10 các trường THPT Chuyên. Nhóm tác giả đã
xây dựng một cấu trúc đề thi tổng quát bao gồm các dạng bài tập khác nhau, thường xuất
hiện trong đề tuyển sinh lớp 10 của các trường THPT Chuyên trên toàn quốc trong những
năm gần đây như trường THPT Chuyên Ngoại Ngữ - ĐHNN - ĐHQGHN, trường THPT
Chuyên Hà Nội - Amsterdam, trường THPT Chuyên Vĩnh Phúc, trường THPT Chuyên
Trần Phú - Hải Phòng, trường THPT Chuyên Quốc Học Huế, trường THPT Chuyên Lê
Quý Đôn - Khánh Hòa, trường Phổ thông Năng khiếu - Đại học Quốc gia Thành phố Hồ
Chí Minh.
Điểm khác biệt của cuốn sách này là có thêm chuyên đề về Kỹ năng Viết. Trong đó,
nhóm tác giả đã tổng hợp chi tiết các dạng viết đặc trưng xuất hiện ở những bài thi chuyên.
Đối với từng dạng bài viết cụ thể (viết thư, viết đoạn, viết luận), học sinh được trang bị
đầy đủ kiến thức tổng quan về cấu trúc cũng như ngôn ngữ diễn đạt một cách hiệu quả.
Để việc học tập đạt kết quả tốt nhất, các em học sinh khi làm đề, cần đặt thời gian,
suy nghĩ kĩ và cẩn thận trước khi đối chiếu câu trả lời của mình với phần đáp án ở cuối
sách.
Chúng tôi mong rằng cuốn sách này sẽ là một tài liệu tham khảo thú vị, bổ ích giúp
các em học sinh tự kiểm tra, đánh giá kiến thức, kĩ năng của mình cũng như rèn luyện
phương pháp làm bài thi. Đây cũng là tư liệu giảng dạy thiết thực dành cho các thầy cô
giáo trong quá trình hướng dẫn học sinh ôn luyện.
Trong quá trình biên soạn, mặc dù nhóm tác giả đã có nhiều cố gắng, song cuốn sách
không tránh khỏi những thiếu sót nhất định. Chúng tôi rất mong nhận được ý kiến đóng
góp của bạn đọc để cuốn sách được hoàn thiện hơn trong lần tái bản sau.
CÁC TÁC GIẢ
3
PHẦN MỘT: CHUYÊN ĐỀ TỪ VỰNG - NGỮ PHÁP
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 1
NGỮ ÂM (PHONETICS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Nguyên âm
1. Quy tắc phát âm chữ cái nguyên âm trong tiếng Anh
STT Chữ cái Cách phát âm Ví dụ
1 a /æ/ dam, map, rank, thanks, fan
/eɪ/ take, nature, late
/ɒ/ want, quality
/ɔ:/ (đặc biệt trước all, altogether, call
chữ cái ‘I’)
/e/ many, any
/ɪ/ message, dosage
/a:/ afraid, familiar
/a:/ car, harm, sharp, departure, after
2 e /e/ bed, member, educate, flexible
/ɪ/ explore, become, replace, decide
/i:/ scene, secret, Vietnamese, believe
/ә/ peninsula, silent, camera
3 i /ɪ/ fit, slippery
/aɪ/ child, blind, kite, mice, lion, die
/ә/ terrible, principle
4 o /ɒ/ hot, bottle, floppy
/ɔ:/ pork, core, more
/ʌ/ company, come, love, son, done
/әʊ/ tomato, mode, comb, post, grow
/ә/ control, computer, purpose, tonight
/Wʌ/ one, once
5 u /ʊ/ full, put, push
/u:/ superb, rule, clue, include
/ju:/ computer, human
/ʌ/ much, cut, supplement
/ә/ success, suggest, sublime
/3:/ purse, burn, urban
6 y /ɪ/ physics, myth
/aɪ/ shy multiply
2. Quy tắc phát âm nhóm chữ cái nguyên âm đôi thường gặp trong tiếng Anh
STT Nhóm chữ cái Cách phát âm Ví dụ
1 -ai- /eɪ/ nail, main, entertain
/eә/ hair, fair, armchair
2 -ay- /eɪ/ stay
Giaoandethitienganh.info
/eә/ prayer
/e/ says
3 -au- /ɔ:/ fault, audience, naughty
4 -aw- /ɔ:/ draw, law, awful
5 -ea- /e/ dead, bread
/eɪ/ great, break
/i:/ bean, beat
/ɪә/ tear (n), clear, year, fear
/3:/ earth, heard
6 -ei- /eɪ/ eight, weight
/i:/ deceive, ceiling
/aɪ/ height
7 -ey- /eɪ/ convey, obey
8 -ee- /i:/ cheese, employee
/ɪә/ engineer, deer
9 -ie- /i:/ piece, relieve
/aɪ/ lie, tie
/ә/ ancient, proficient
/aɪә/ quiet, society
10 -oa- /әʊ/ toast, load, boat
/ɔʊ/ abroad, broaden
11 -oe- /әu/ toe, foe
12 -oi- hoặc -oy- /ɒɪ/ voice, join, boy
13 -oo- /u:/ moon, tool, fool
/ʊ/ book, foot
/ʌ/ flood, blood
14 -ou- /ʊ/ could, would
/u:/ group, souvenir
/ә/ famous, tremendous
/ʌ/ trouble, couple, young
/әʊ/ soul, mould
/aʊ/ mouse, account
15 -ow- /aʊ/ cow, brown
/әʊ/ know, throw
16 -ui- /u:/ juice, suit build, guitar
/ɪ/
5
17 -uy- /aɪ/ Buy, guy
18 -ew- /ju:/ new, few
/u:/ crew, chew
/әʊ/ sew
II. Phụ âm
1. Quy tắc phát âm chữ cái phụ âm trong tiếng Anh
STT Chữ cái Cách phát âm Ví dụ
1 c /k/ cake, comedy, custom, clap, crowd
/s/ cement, face, circle, cycle
/ʃ/ social, ancient, spacious
2 d /d/ day, hidden, kid, kind, blonde
/dʒ/ educate, graduate
3 g /g/ game, goal, guess
gentle, ginger, gymnastic, stage
/dʒ/ (đặc biệt khi
đứng trước 'i', 'e', 'y')
4 n /n/ night, fun, sun
/ŋ/ tranquil, bank
5 s /s/ sad, most, house
/z/ nose, rise, close(v), use(v)
/ʃ/ sure, sugar, tension
/ʒ/ usual, invasion, leisure
6 t /t/ take, retail, cut, hate
/tʃ/ future, natural, century
spatial, essential, mention
/ʃ/
7 x /z/ anxiety, example, exist
/s/ box, fix
/ʃ/ luxury, anxious
/ʒ/ luxurious, luxuriance
2. Quy tắc phát âm nhóm chữ cái phụ âm thường gặp trong tiếng Anh
1 -ch- /k/ character, chemist, mechanic
/tʒ/ chalk, watch, lunch
/ʃ/ chute, Chicago
2 -gh- / -ph- /f/ phrase, nephew, paragraph, laugh
3 -qu- /kw/ queen, require
/k/ picturesque, unique
4 -sh- /ʃ/ share, smash
7
5 -th- /θ/ think, author, mouth, bath
/ð/ this, father, bathe, breathe
6 -ng- /ŋ/ finger, angry, sing, song
3. Quy tắc phát âm nhóm chữ cái nguyên âm và phụ âm khác

1 -age- /ɪdʒ/ message, passage, carriage
massage, mirage
/ɑ:ʒ/
teenage, page
/eɪdʒ/
2 -ate- /at/ considerate, passionate, chocolate
/eɪt/ estimate, graduate
3 -tion-/ -sion /ʃn/ competition, transition, expansion
/ʒn/ vision, collision
/tʃәn/ question, suggestion
4. Quy tắc phát âm đuôi '-s'/ '-es'

Đuôi '-s'/ '-es' có thể được phát âm là /ɪz/, /s/, /z/ phụ thuộc vào âm cuối của từ đó.
Cách phát âm đuôi Khi từ kết thúc bằng Nhóm chữ
s/es âm cái Ví dụ
/s/ s buses, gases
ss kisses, glasses
x boxes, foxes
ce faces, dances
se promises, horses
/z/ se uses, browses
/ɪz/ z/ zz quizzes, buzzes
se/ze recognizes, decreases
/ʃ/ sh washes, smashes
/ʒ/ ge massages, mirages
/tʃ/ ch watches, matches
/dʒ/ ge languages, pages
/p/ p(e) stops, hopes, develops
/t/ t(e) hats, hates, writes
/k/ k(e) books, makes
/s/
/f/ gh laughs, coughs
ph photographs
/θ/ th lengths, myths, months
Các phụ âm còn lại pens, learns
/z/
Các nguyên âm tomatoes, goes
8
5. Quy tắc phát âm đuôi '-ed'
Đuôi '-ed' có thể được phát âm là /ɪd/, /t/, /d/ phụ thuộc vào âm cuối của từ đó.
Cách phát âm đuôi Khi từ kết thúc bằng Nhóm chữ
Ví dụ
ed âm cái
/t/ t(e) wanted, dedicated
/ɪd/
/d/ d(e) decided, needed
/t/ /k/ k(e) looked, caked
gh laughed, coughed
/f/ ph photographed
ss missed, blissed
x mixed, fixed
/s/
ce pronounced, traced
se released, increased
/p/ p(e) dropped, roped
/ʃ/ sh finished, established
/tʃ/ ch stretched, scratched
Các phụ âm còn lại used, cleaned
/d/
Các nguyên âm stayed, echoed
III. Âm câm
Một số chữ cái trong một số từ bao gồm phụ âm và nguyên âm không được phát âm thành
tiếng được gọi là âm câm (silent sounds). Sau đây là một số âm câm thường gặp:
Chữ cái - Trường hợp thường gặp Ví dụ
Chữ 'b' đứng trước 't' doubt, debt, subtle
Chữ 'b' đứng sau ‘m' comb, climb, tomb, bomb
Chữ 'c' đứng trước 'k' black, duck
Chữ 'c' đứng sau 's' science, muscle, scene
Chữ 'd' đứng sau 'n' handsome, grandchild, handkerchief
Chữ 'g' đứng trước 'm' và 'n' ở cuối từ sign, design, paradigm, syntagm
Chữ 'h' đứng đầu từ hour, honor, honest
Chữ 'h' đứng đầu từ sau 'g' ghost, gherkin
Chữ 'h' đứng đầu từ sau 'r' rhythm, rhinoceros
Chữ 'h' đứng đầu từ sau 'ex' exhaust, exhibit
Chữ 'k' đứng đầu từ trước 'n' know, knock, knife, knit
Chữ ‘l’ đứng giữa ’a’ và 'k’ talk, chalk
Chữ 'l' đứng giữa 'a' và 'm' calm, palm
Chữ 'm’đứng đầu từ trước 'n' mnemonic
Chữ 'n' đứng cuối từ sau 'm' column, solemn, autumn, condemn
Chữ 'p' đứng đầu từ trước 'n' pneumonia, pneumatics
Chữ 'p' đứng trước 's' psalm, psychology
receipt, empty
Chữ 'p' đứng trước ‘t’
9
Chữ 's' đứng sau 'i' ở đầu từ island, isle
Chữ 't' xuất hiện trong cụm 'sten' fasten, listen, hasten
Chữ 't' xuất hiện trong cụm 'stl' castle, whistle
Chữ 'u' đứng trước 'a' guard, guarantee
Chữ 'u' đứng giữa 'g’ và 'e' guess, catalogue
Chữ ‘u’ đứng trước ‘i’ build, biscuit, guilty, circuit
Chữ ‘w’ đứng đầu từ trước ‘r’ và 'h' wrap, wrong, wrist, whose, whole
Chữ ‘r’ đứng giữa nguyên âm và phụ âm arm, farm, work, world, word, worm
1
0
IV. TRỌNG ÂM
Quy tắc đánh trọng âm trong tiếng Anh như sau:
Quy tắc Ví dụ Ngoại lệ
Danh từ có 2 Trọng âm thường rơi vào candy, father, table, office, sister guitar, patrol,
âm tiết âm tiết đầu. manure
Tính từ có 2 Trọng âm thường rơi vào basic, busy, handsome, lucky, divine, severe
âm tiết âm tiết đầu. pretty, silly
Trọng âm thường rơi vào assist, forget, collect
âm tiết thứ hai.
prefer, refer
-er: enter, order, flatter
-ern: govern
Động từ có 2 -en: open, deepen
âm tiết Nếu động từ có tận cùng
-y: study, carry, hurry
các đuôi sau thì trọng âm allow
-ow: follow
rơi vào âm tiết đầu.
-ish: finish, polish
-le: needle, struggle
-el: travel
-age: ravage, mortgage
Trọng âm của từ thường shortlist, bathroom, suitcase,
Danh từ ghép là trọng âm của phần thứ footpath, ecotourism
nhất.
Trọng âm của từ thường home-sick, water-proof
là trọng âm của phần thứ
nhất.
bad-tempered
Tính từ ghép Tính từ ghép có từ đầu well-done
tiên là tính từ/ trạng từ/
short-handed
có đuôi 'ed': trọng âm của
old-fashioned
từ là trọng âm của phần
thứ hai.
Trọng âm của từ thường overflow
Động từ ghép là trọng âm của phần thứ underestimate
hai outperform
-ic: economic, historic politic,
-ical: economical, political arithmetic
-ance: attendance
-ence: dependence
Các từ tận cùng bằng các -ant: attendant ignorant
Hậu tố đuôi sau thì trọng âm rơi -ent: dependent
vào âm tiết trước đuôi đó. -ish: accomplish
-ion: commission, revision television
-ient: efficient
-ience: conscience
1
1
-iency: efficiency
-ious: suspicious
-eous: spontaneous
-uous: continuous
-ous: tremendous
-cious: precious
-tious: infectious
-xious: anxious
-iar: familiar
-ior: interior
-ular: particular, regular
-ian: comedian, librarian
-tial: essential hypothesis
-cial: special
-ible: possible
-able: acceptable
-ory: memory
-ury: injury
-ary: elementary
-ive: expensive, instinctive
-is: diagnosis, tuberculosis
-ature: literature
-ogy: geology
-omy: anatomy
-ite: appetite
-ate: considerate, compensate
-ude: altitude, gratitude
-ute: institute, constitute
Các từ tận cùng bằng các -ty: variety, ability, capacity
đuôi sau thì trọng âm rơi -phy: photography, geography contribute
cách đuôi đó một âm tiết. -ply: multiply
-try: geometry
-cy: democracy
-fy: simplify
comrade
-ade: lemonade
employee,
-ee: referee, attendee committee
-ese: Vietnamese
Các từ tận cùng bằng các
-eer: engineer, mountaineer etiquette
đuôi sau thì trọng âm rơi
vào âm tiết đó. -ette: cigarette
-oo: bamboo, taboo
-oon: balloon, afternoon
-ain(v): entertain, complain
1
2
-esque: picturesque
-ect: effect, correct
-mental: fundamental
-ever: wherever
-dict: predict, contradict
-self: yourself
-rupt: corrupt, interrupt
-vent: prevent, circumvent
-end: comprehend
-ment: agreement
-ship: relationship
-ize: computerize
-er: lecturer
-or: advisor
-ar: beggar
-ist: economist
-ism: criticism
-ance: resistance
-ant: tolerant
-hood: brotherhood
Các từ tận cùng bằng các -ing: interesting
đuôi sau thì trọng âm của -age: package
từ gốc không thay đổi. -en: widen
-ful: beautiful
-able: acceptable
-ible: comprehensible
-less: thoughtless
-ness: happiness
-ly: directly
-like: childlike
-al: approval
-y: delivery
-cy: urgency
-ce: patience
un-: unimportant
in-: incomplete
ir-: irrelevant
dis-: dissatisfied
Tiền tố không làm thay non-: nonsmoker
Tiền tố
đổi trọng âm của từ gốc. en-: encourage
re-: rearrange
over-: overpopulated
under-: underdeveloped
1
3
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
that of the others in each line.
1. A. lease B. creature C. jealous D. neat
2. A. scholar B. memory C. propose D. tonight
3. A. dental B. depend C. depart D. device
4. A. natural B. language C. access D. approach
5. A. water B. war C. wad D. warm
6. A. fault B. launch C. audience D. laugh
7. A. cook B. moon C. fool D. food
8. A. eternal B. energy C. eradicate D. eliminate
9. A. southern B. athlete C. healthy D. enthusiasm
10. A. basic B. positive C. sunshine D. seashore
Exercise 2. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
that of the others in each line.
1. A. accurate B. chocolate C. classmate D. considerate
2. A. fellow B. brow C. allow D. prow
3. A. complain B. certain C. explain D. entertain
4. A. combs B. climbs C. laughs D. ploughs
5. A. markedly B. allegedly C. beloved D. walked
6. A. says B. days C. trays D. bays
7. A. wrist B. wrong C. sweet D. know
8. A. breathe B. southern C. ethnic D. rhythm
9. A. rhinoceros B. habitat C. vehicle D. whale
10. A. preserve B. conserve C. reserve D. deserve
Exercise 3. Choose the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress
in each of the following questions.
1. A. satellite B. attendance C. vacancy D. trustworthy
2. A. uncertain B. possession C. apprentice D. undergrowth
3. A. automobile B. epidemic C. medieval D. manufacture
4. A. mischievous B. interrupt
C. volunteer D. addressee
5. A. arithmetic B. mausoleum C. omnivorous D. receptionist
6. A. parachute B. bewilder C. contribute D. determine
7. A. mortgage B. cactus C. notice D. compose
8. A. congratulate B. extraordinary
C. infrastructure D. commodity
9. A. mascot B. hostage C. sewage D. severe
10. A. hydrogen B. comprehend C. violate D. scholarship
1
4
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 2
THÌ ĐỘNG TỪ (VERB TENSES)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. THÌ HIỆN TẠI (PRESENT TENSES)
1. Thì hiện tại đơn (Present Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They travel ... He/ She/ It travels ...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They don't travel ... He/ She/ It doesn't travel...
Câu nghi vấn Do I/ you/ we/ they travel...? Does he/ he/ it travel...?
Cách dùng Ví dụ
1. Diễn tả một thói quen ở hiện tại Lan goes to work every day.
2. Diễn tả mức độ thường xuyên xảy ra David doesn't visit us very often.
của một hành động ở hiện tại
3. Diễn tả một chân lý/ hiện tượng vật lý/ The sun rises in the East and sets in the West.
sự thật hiển nhiên
4. Diễn tả tình trạng Do you have an up-to-date passport?
5. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra theo thời The train leaves Hanoi at 8.00 and arrives in
gian biểu HCM city at 10.00.
* Lưu ý: Chúng ta có thể dùng do/does ở thì hiện tại đơn giản với ý nghĩa nhấn mạnh.
Ví dụ: The bus isn't quicker than the train but it does stop right outside the factory.
2. Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn (Present Continuous Tense)

Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I am driving ... You/ We/ They are driving... He/ She/ It is driving ...
...
You/We/They aren't He/ She/ It isn't
Câu phủ định I'm not driving... driving... driving...
Câu nghi vấn Am I driving...? Are you/ we/ they driving ...?Is he/ she/ it driving ...?
1. Diễn tả hành động đang diễn ra tại thời We are learning English at the moment.
điểm nói
2. Diễn tả hành động đang diễn ra nhưng I am reading an interesting book.
KHÔNG nhất thiết tại thời điểm nói
3. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra mang tính chất He usually goes to work by bus, but today he
tạm thời is driving to work.
4. Diễn tả tình huống xảy ra có tính chất Holidays abroad are becoming increasingly
thay đổi, phát triển popular.
5. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra lặp đi lặp lại gây Tom is usually losing his key.
khó chịu cho người nói
6. Diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra trong tương We are going to Mexico next year.
lai gần (diễn tả một sự sắp xếp hoặc một kế
hoạch đã được định trước)
1
5
3. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành đơn (Present Perfect Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They have flown ... He/ She/ It has flown ...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They haven’t flown ... He/ She/ It hasn’t flown ...
Câu nghi vấn Have I/ you/ we/ they flown ...? Has he/ she/ it flown ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động vừa mới xảy ra I have just seen my old friend in the street.
hoặc thông báo một tin mới Ouch! I have cut my finger.
2. Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá My father has worked here for five years.
khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có khả năng
tiếp tục ở tương lai
3. Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trong quá Tom has washed the car. Now it is very
khứ nhưng kết quả vẫn còn liên quan đến clean.
hiện tại
4. Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra tại một thời Have you ever flown in a helicopter?
điểm trong quá khứ nhưng không được
nhắc đến cụ thể
4. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn (Present Perfect Continuous Tense)
Cấu trúc
He/ She/ It has been travelling ...
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They have been
travelling...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They haven’t been He/ She/ It hasn't been travelling...
travelling ...
Have I/ you/ we/ they been Has he/ she/ it been travelling ...?
Câu nghi vấn
travelling...?
1. Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và kéo We have been waiting here for
dài liên tục đến hiện tại twenty minutes.
2. Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và vừa I have been swimming. That's the
mới chấm dứt reason why my hair is wet.
5. Động từ chỉ trạng thái (Stative verbs)

Các động từ chỉ trạng thái (Stative verbs) không được sử dụng ở các thì tiếp diễn vì chúng
không diễn tả hành động. Dưới đây là các nhóm động từ trạng thái hay gặp.
Các nhóm động từ Ví dụ
Diễn tả quan niệm, suy nghĩ (Thinking) believe, imagine, know, mean, think, understand
Diễn tả sự tồn tại (Existence) be, exist
Diễn tả cảm xúc (Emotion) hate, like, love, need, prefer, satisfy, want
Diễn tả giác quan (Senses) hear, see, smell, sound, taste
Diễn tả ngoại hình (Appearance) appear, look, resemble, seem
Diễn tả sự sở hữu và mối quan hệ belong to, consist of, have, include, involve, own
(Possession and Relations)
1
6
II. PAST TENSES
1. Thì quá khứ đơn (Past Simple Tense) - Used to - Would
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It played ...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It didn't play ...
Câu nghi vấn Did I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it play ...?
Did you collect stamps when you were
1. Diễn tả một thói quen ở quá khứ younger?
2. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và kết thúc Tom and I played a game of chess and he won.
rồi ưong quá khứ không liên quan đến
hiện tại
Crosswords didn't become popular until the
3. Diễn tả một sự thật về quá khứ
1930s.
4. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và kéo dài My father worked in that factory for five years.
trong một khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ
5. Diễn tả một chuỗi các hành động xảy ra When we saw the spaceship, we stopped the
kế tiếp nhau trong quá khứ (Thường được car. The referee blew the whistle and Simon
dùng đế kể lại những sự kiện chính của passed the ball to James, who ran towards the
một câu chuyện) goal.
* Lưu ý: Chúng ta có thể dùng did ở thì quá khứ đơn giản với ý nghĩa nhấn mạnh.
Ví dụ: We lost 5-0 but at least we did get into the final.
Would
Cấu trúc: I/ We/ They/ You/ He/ She/ It would play
Diễn tả một thói quen ở quá khứ (đặc biệt When I was very young, my grandfather
quá khứ đã xa) would take me to the park to play.
Used to
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It used to play...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It didn’t use to/ never used to/ used
not to play ...
Câu nghi vấn Did I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it use to play ...?
Diễn tả một thói quen ở quá khứ My mother used to play a lot of squash before I was
hoặc một trạng thái trong quá born.
khứ (quá khứ xa) We used to have a house that was right next to the park.
1
7
2. Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn (Past Continuous Tense)
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ He/ She/ It was playing ... You/ We/ They were playing ...
Câu phủ định I/ He/ She/ It wasn’t playing ... You/ We/ They weren't playing ...
Câu nghi vấn Was I/ he/ she/ it playing ...? Were you/ we/ they playing ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động đang diễn ra tại I was doing my homework at 6 p.m. last
một thời điểm ở quá khứ Sunday.
2. Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kéo dài Yesterday, Mr. Smith was working in the
trong một khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ laboratory from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m.
3. Diễn tả hành động lặp đi lặp lại trong When we were young, my brother was always
quá khứ gây khó chịu cho người nói borrowing my toys.
When I came yesterday, he was sleeping.
4. Diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra thì hành
động khác xen vào trong quá khứ (Hành
động đang xảy ra chia ở thì quá khứ tiếp
diễn, hành động xen vào ở thì quá khứ đon;
thường dùng 'when' để nối hai mệnh đề)
5. Diễn tả hai hành động xảy ra đồng thời Yesterday, while I was cooking dinner, my
trong quá khứ (Hai hành động này đều ở sister was washing the dishes.
thì quá khứ tiếp diễn; thường dùng ’while'
để nối hai mệnh đề)
6. Thường dùng để kê những thông tin The sun was shining and the birds were
xung quanh của một câu chuyện singing. Lisa opened the window and looked
out
3. Thì quá khứ hoàn thành đơn (Past Perfect Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It had played ...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It hadn’t played...
Câu nghi vấn Had I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it played ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước một I had lived in Hanoi before 2014.
thời điểm trong quá khứ
2. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước một When I got up this morning, my father had
hành động khác trong quá khứ already left.
4. Thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn (Past Perfect Continuous Tense)
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It had been playing ...
1
8
Câu khẳng định I/You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It hadn't been playing...
Câu khẳng định Had I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it been playing ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra liên tục trong When you saw us, we had been running
một khoảng thời gian tính đến một thời điểm for six miles - and we still had a mile to go!
trong quá khứ
2. Diễn tả một hành động đã bắt đầu trước một Sarah looked tired because she had been
thời điểm trong quá khứ và kéo dài liên tục exercising all morning.
hoặc vừa kết thúc trước thời điểm đó
III. FUTURE TENSES

1. Thì tương lai đơn (Future Simple Tense) và thì tương lai gân (Near Future Tense)
Thì tương lai đơn Thì tương lai gần
Cấu I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It will play... I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It am/ is/
trúc I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It won't are going to play...
play... I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It am not/
Will +I/ we/ you/ they/ he/ she/ it play...? isn’t/ aren’t going to play ...
Am/ Is/ Are I/ we/ you/ they/ he/ she/ it
going to play ...?
Cách 1. Diễn tả một quyết định sẽ làm gì đó 1. Diễn tả một quyết định sẽ làm gì đó
dùng trong tương lai, quyết định đó được đưa trong tương lai ĐÃ có kế hoạch từ trước
ra tại thời điểm nói, KHÔNG có kế
hoạch từ trước
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Tom: There's no milk left. Tom: There's no milk left.
John: Ok I will go to the market to get John: I know. I am going to get some.
some.
2. Diễn tả một dự đoán về điều gì đó 2. Diễn tả một dự đoán về điều gì đó
trong tương lai KHÔNG có cơ sở trong tương lai có cơ sở ở hiện tại
(Thường bắt đầu bằng: I’m sure/ I think/ I
believe...)
Ví dụ: I'm sure he will come back soon. Ví dụ: Look at those black clouds. It is
going to rain.
3. Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra trong 3. Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra trong
một quãng thời gian dài ở tương lai tương lai gần
Ví dụ: I will be at high school next year. Ví dụ: We are going to have dinner with
our grandparents at 7 p.m.
1
9
4. Diễn tả một lời hứa, đe dọa hay lời Lưu ý: Không dùng ‘be going to’ với 2
yêu cầu, đề nghị, lời mời động từ 'go' và ‘come’. Trong trường
hợp này nên dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn
thay thế.
Ví dụ: I will pickyou up tomorrow. Ví dụ: We are going to the movies
Will you open the door? tonight
My brother is coming to see me on the
weekend.
2. Thì tương lai tiếp diễn (Future Continuous Tense)

Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It will be playing ...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It won't be playing...
Câu nghi vấn Will I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it be playing ...?
1. Diễn tả hành động đang diễn ra tại một At ten o'clock tomorrow, Sally will be working
thời điểm hoặc một khoảng thời gian cụ thể in her office.
ở tương lai
2. Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra và kéo My parents are going to London, so I’ll be
dài liên tục trong một khoảng thời gian ở staying with my grandma for the next two
tương lai weeks.
3. Thì tương lai hoàn thành đơn (Future Perfect Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It will have played...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It won’t have played...
Câu nghi vấn Will I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it have played...?
Diễn tả một hành động sẽ được hoàn tất They will have built that house by July next
trước một thời điểm hoặc một hành động year. When you come back she will have
khác trong tương lai finished college.
4. Thì tương lai hoàn thành tiếp diễn (Future Perfect Continuous Tense)
Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It will have been playing...
Câu phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It won’t have been playing ...
Câu nghi vấn Will I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it have been playing ...?
2
0
Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra và kéo dài By March 15th, I will have been working for
liên tục đến một thời điểm nào đó trong this company for 6 years.
tương lai
2
1
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
1. My neighbor really gets on my nerves. She……….the washing machine on late at night.
A. has always put B. had always put
C. has always been putting D. is always putting
2. "Could I have a word with you, please?" - "Sorry, I'm in a big hurry. My train……….in
15 minutes."
A. leaves B. left C. has left D. will have left
3. Once an animal from the wild, it generally cannot be returned to its place of
origin for fear of disease.
A. was taken B. will be taken C. would be taken D. has been taken
4. It has been a good year. I……….two books and several short stories, all of which are
now in print.
A. have written B. have been writing C. will have written D. had written
5. This is the latest news from Timbuktu. Two-thirds of the city……….in a fire.
A. has been destroyed B. were destroyed
C. was destroyed D. have been destroyed
6. I'm tired. I……….the house since 9 this morning.
A. am cleaning B. was cleaning
C. had been cleaning D. have been cleaning
7. I asked my father why he……….to this city, but he couldn’t answer.
A. moving B. had moved C. will move D. has moved
8. When the original star of the play……….ill, Mary……….an unexpected chance to play
the leading role.
A. has fallen - would get B. fell - got
C. was falling - has got D. falls - has been getting
9. We……….up the hill for half an hour when we realized we……….in the direction of
the castle.
A. were walking - haven’t been going B. had been walking - weren't going
C. have been walking - didn't go D. had walked - wouldn’t be going
10. By December next year, we……….in this house for twenty years.
A. will have been living B. will be lived
C. will live D. will be living
11. I visit a new country every year. By the time I……….fifty, I……….almost all the
countries in the world.
A. will be - will visit B. was - had visited
C. am - will have visited D. am - visit
12. He will take the dog out for a walk as soon as he……….dinner.
A. finish B. finished C. has finished D. will have finished
13. I'm sure he……….you the moment he……….any news about the case.
A. has called - got B. called - is getting
C. is calling - will get D. will call - gets
14. During the winter months, many people make plans about what they……….once
winter.
A. are doing - will arrive B. do - will have arrived
C. will do - has arrived D. have done - arrives
15.………., the nation’s capital remained in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
A. While designing Washington, D.C. B. Washington, D.C. was being designed
2
2
C. While Washington, D.C. was being designed D. Washington, D.C. designed
16. By the time we reach New York on Friday, we……….over 60 hours traveling.
A. will have spent B. will be spending
C. have spent D. will spend
17. When they……….home from the concert, they found that somebody……….into it.
A. come - breaks B. came - had broken C. came - broke D.came- breaking
18. A fire-fighter……….severely while he……….to put out a fire.
A. was being injured - would help B. has been injured - helped
C. had been injured - has helped D. was injured - was helping
19. He……….off alone a month ago, and……….of since.
A. set - hasn't been heard B. setted - hasn’t heard
C. set - hasn't heard D. setted - hadn’t been heard
20.………., insist on a full refund.
A. Whatever he will say B. Whatever he said
C. Whatever he says D. Whatever he would say
Exercise 2. Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. Mr Suzuki wants to know where the supplies are kept, in case he will need more of them
A B C D
while we’re away.
2. I will come to your office as soon as I will prepare this report.
A B C D
3. A twenty-one-year-old became the second casualty yesterday when he loses control of
A B C D
his truck.
4. The Viking spacecraft has landed on Mars in July of 1976.
A B C D
5. You should not have offended my aunt the way you have done.
A B C D
6. Not until the office phoned me had I found out about the meeting.
A B C D
7. The very first night I was in the USA, I couldn't have slept until early in the morning.
A B C D
8. Next week when there will be a full moon, the ocean tides will be higher.
A B C D
9. Although it was the first time I was there, I seemed to know that place somehow.
A B C D
10. What a relief it was for me when I found out that the police found my seven-year-old
son. A B C D
2
3
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 3
SỰ HÒA HỢP GIỮA CHỦ NGỮ VÀ ĐỘNG TỪ

(AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUBJECTS AND VERBS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
Các quy tắc về sự hoà hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ:
1. Danh từ số ít (singular nouns) hoặc danh từ không đếm được (uncountable nouns) kết
hợp với động từ số ít (singular verbs).
Ví dụ: My father is a doctor.
The weather today is terrible.
2. Danh từ số nhiều (plural nouns) kết hợp với động từ số nhiều (plural verbs).
Ví dụ: The students are learning English.
* Lưu ý: Một số danh từ luôn ở dạng số nhiều như: police, cattle, poultry.
Ví dụ: The police are searching to find the thieves.
3. Hai danh từ nối với nhau bằng liên từ 'and' kết hợp với động từ số nhiều khi hai danh
từ đề cập đến hai đối tượng khác nhau.
Ví dụ: The manager and the secretary have come.
4. Hai danh từ nối với nhau bằng liên từ 'and' kết hợp với động từ số ít khi hai danh từ đề
cập đến cùng một đối tượng.
Ví dụ: Bread and butter is my favorite dish. (= bread with butter on it]
5. Each/ Every + danh từ số ít + and + each/ every + danh từ số ít kết hợp với động từ
số ít.
Ví dụ: Every teacher and every student has their own work.
6. Each/ Every/ One/ Neither/ Either + danh từ sô ít/ of danh từ số nhiều kết hợp với
động từ số ít.
Ví dụ: Every seat has a number.
Neither of my sisters likes films.
7. Các đại từ bất định (every-, any-, some-, no-) kết hợp với động từ số ít.
Ví dụ: Someone has eaten all the food.
Nobody wants to attend the meeting.
8. The number of + danh từ số nhiều kết hợp với động từ số ít.
A number of + danh từ số nhiều kết hợp với động từ số nhiều.
Ví dụ: The number of students in my class is thirty.
A number of my students are keen on learning English.
9. Các danh từ chỉ một khoảng thời gian (time), một khoản tiền (money), một khoảng
cách (distance), một sự đo lường (measurement), một tựa đề (title) kết hợp với động từ
số ít.
Ví dụ: 'To build a fire' was written by Jack London.
Ten dollars is a high price to pay.
Five years is the maximum sentence of that offence.
10. Một mệnh đề (a clause)/ Một danh động từ (gerund) kết hợp với động từ số ít.
Ví dụ: That you get very high grades in school is necessary.
Smoking is harmful to your health.
11.There is + danh từ đếm được số ít/ danh từ không đếm được.
There are + danh từ đếm được số nhiều.
Ví dụ: There is a picture on the wall.
There are two sides to every problem.
2
4
12. Một số danh từ có dạng số nhiều nhưng mang nghĩa số ít kết hợp với động từ số ít.
Môn học: maths, physics, economics, linguistics,...
Căn bệnh: measles, mumps, rickets, ...
Môn thể thao: gymnastics, billiards, darts, ...
Quốc gia: the Philippines, the United States, ...
Từ khác: news
Ví dụ: Mathematics is divided into branches.
Rickets is common in some developing countries.
13. The + tính từ chỉ một nhóm người kết hợp với động từ số nhiều.
Ví dụ: The poor need help.
14. All/ Some/ Plenty/ None/ Half/ Most/ A lot/ Percentage/ Fraction/ v.v. + of + danh
từ số ít thì kết hợp với động từ số ít.
All/ Some/ Plenty/ None/ Half/ Most/ A lot/ Percentage/ Fraction/ v.v. + of + danh
từ số nhiều thì kết hợp với động từ số nhiều.
Ví dụ: One third of the population is unemployed.
One third of the villagers are unemployed.
15. Hai danh từ kết hợp với nhau bằng with/ along with/ together with/ in addition to/ as
well as/ accompanied by/ like/ as well as/ other than thì động từ kết hợp với danh từ
đầu tiên.
Ví dụ: The students in addition to the teacher are all devoted to the research.
16. Hai danh từ kết hợp với nhau bằng or, either ... or, neither ...nor, not ... but, not only
... but also thì động từ kết hợp với danh từ gần nhất.
Ví dụ: Not only Julie but also all of the grandchildren want to visit their grandparents.
Either you or I am right.
17. Danh từ tập hợp (collective nouns) thường kết hợp với động từ số ít nếu được coi
như là một tổng thể.
Danh từ tập hợp (collective nouns) thường kết hợp với động từ số nhiều nếu xét
từng bộ phận/ thành viên của nó.
Các danh từ tập hợp thường gặp: army, board, club, community, council, family,
company, crew, gang, jury, orchestra, university, class, committee, congress, crowd,
government, military, staff
Ví dụ: Our team is the best.
Our team are wearing their new jerseys.
2
5
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1.Look! The cattle………..on the meadow.
A. has grazed B. have grazed C. is grazing D. are grazing
2. The fishing boat sank but luckily all the crew………..able to save themselves.
A. have been B. is C. are D. were
3. Wealth………..to the possession of a large amount of money, property, or other
valuable things.
A. refer B. are referring C. is referring D. refers
4. The news from the destroyed villages………..so bad.
A. was B. were C. are D. have been
5. The number of participants of the international conference………..still increasing.
A. are B. be C. is D. were
6. The Netherlands………..a parliamentary democratic constitutional monarchy, located in
Western Europe.
A. is B. are C. has been D. have been
7. Four times four divided by two………..eight.
A. makes B. make C. have made D. are making
8. Two-fifths of the vineyard………..by fire last night.
A. destroys B. destroy C. was destroyed D. were destroyed
9. Forty percent of the students………..in favor of changing the policy.
A. is B. are C. has been D. was
10. The boy, with his two companions,………..the cherry tree now.
A. has split B. have split C. is splitting D. are splitting
11. The secretary and cashier of our club………..Ms. Young.
A. is B. are C. were D. have been
12. Each student and each teacher………..ready for the school activities.
A. are B. is C. have been D. were
13. Rice and chicken, my favorite dish,………..
A. has usually cooked B. have usually been cooked
C. are usually cooked D. is usually cooked
14. The English………..strong traditions.
A. has many B. have much C. have many D. is usually cooked
15. The first two problems………..very difficult but………..is not.
A. are - the rest B. is - the other C. are - another D. are - the last
16. Neither the employees nor the boss………..the solution.
A. find B. have found C. has found D. are finding
17. Not only the students but also their instructor………..to the principal’s office.
A. is calling B. call C. have been called D. has been called
18. The facilities at the new research library, including an excellent microfilm file,………..
wonderful.
A. are B. is C. has been D. was
19. Most of the milk………..bad except three bottles of milk which………..still in the
refrigerator.
A. have gone - are B. has gone - is
C. have gone - is D. has gone - are
20. The department members, but not the chairman,………..not to work on Valentine's
Day.
2
6
A. wants B. want C. is wanting D. are wanting

1. More than half of the children in the 1356 - member district qualifies for reduced- price
A B C D
or free lunches.
2. The weather reports all showed that there were a tremendous storm front moving in.
A B C D
3. There is twenty-six bones in the human foot, fourteen of which in the toes.
A B C D
4. Scientists say that the Earth is unique because no other planet has conditions which
A B
enables the existence of intelligent life.
C D
5. Neither my traveler’s cheques nor the money I had with me were sufficient to pay the
bill. A B C D
6. The combination of two programmes are causing serious problems in the technical field.
A B C D
7. A basic knowledge of social studies, such as history and geography, are considered a
A B C
basic part of the education of every child.
D
8. His commercial activity, which is trading in cars, have already bought him a fortune.
A B C D
9. Before bridges were built, all transport across major rivers in the United States were
A B C D
by ferry boat.
10. Echoes occur when sound waves strike a smooth surface and bounces backwards.
A B C D
2
7
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 4
DANH ĐỘNG TỪ - ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU
(GRUND – INFINITIVE)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. DANH ĐỘNG TỪ
Danh động từ (gerund) là hình thức động từ có dạng '-ing'. Danh động từ có chức năng như
một danh từ trong câu và được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
- Là chủ ngữ của câu
Ví dụ: Drinking lots of water is supposed to be good for your complexion.
- Là tân ngữ trực tiếp của các động từ:
admit appreciate avoid can't help can't stand consider delay
deny discuss enjoy fancy feel like finish forgive
imagine involve keep mention mind miss postpone
pracise recollect resent resist risk suggest understand
Ví dụ: We briefly discussed buying a new apartment in the city centre.
- Là tân ngữ của giới từ, bao gồm các cẩu trúc cụm tính từ, cụm danh từ, cụm động từ
Ví dụ: He’s keen on making wooden models.
There's no point (in) arguing about this issue.
My brother dreams of living on a tropical island.
* Lưu ý: Có một số cụm động từ, danh từ (look forward to, object to, be/get used to, in
addition to) kết thúc bằng giới từ 'to' thì ta dùng động từ dạng '-ing' chứ không phải động
từ nguyên thể.
Ví dụ: I'm looking forward to seeing him again.
You'll soon get used to not staying up late.
- Sau một số các cấu trúc như: It's (not) worth, It's no good/ use, There’s no point (in),
spend/ waste time/ money
Ví dụ: It's not worth buying that second car.
- Trong cấu trúc 'go + V-ing' để diễn đạt hoạt động giải trí, thể thao, thể chất
Ví dụ: She often goes cycling around the lake.
* Lưu ý:
- Trong văn phong có thể thức (formal), tính từ sở hữu/ sở hữu cách được dùng với danh
động từ.
Ví dụ: I can still remember my grandfather's teaching me to play chess.
- Trong văn phong phi thể thức (informal), đại từ tân ngữ được dùng phổ biến hơn.
Ví dụ: I can still remember him teaching me to play chess.
II. ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU
Động từ nguyên mẫu (infinitive) được chia làm 2 dạng: có 'to' (full-infinitive) và không có
'to' (bare infinitive)
1. Full-infinitive: Động từ nguyên thể có ‘to’ được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
- Diễn đạt mục đích (để làm gì)
Ví dụ: Peter contacted me to set up a meeting.
- Là tân ngữ trực tiếp sau các động từ:
afford agree appear arrange ask attempt care choose claim
dare demand expect would like wish decide demand expect fail
happen hesitate hope manage learn neglect offer plan prepare
2
8
pretend promise refuse seem swear tend threaten wait want
Ví dụ: He offered to buy me some fruit.

- Trong cấu trúc It + be + adjective + to V
Ví dụ: It's difficult to understand what you mean.
- Sau các tính từ diễn tả cảm xúc, phản ứng
Ví dụ: I was curious to know what would happen next.
- Sau từ để hỏi (who, whom, what, which, v.v.)
Ví dụ: Jack doesn't know how to run this machine.
- Sau từ chỉ số thứ tự (ordinal number)
Ví dụ: She was the last one to hand in the assignment.
2. Bare infinitive: Động từ nguyên thể không có 'to' được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
- Sau động từ khuyết thiếu
Ví dụ: You never know what might happen in the future.
- Sau động từ would rather, had better
Ví dụ: You had better take an umbrella - it's going to rain.
- Trong cấu trúc make + sb + V, let + sb + V
Ví dụ: The teacher let the students leave early.
* Lưu ý: cấu trúc bị động be made/ let + to V
Ví dụ: We were made to learn fifty new words every week.
III. CÁC TRƯỜNG HỢP ĐẶC BIỆT
1. Động từ kết hợp với ‘to V’ và ’V-ing’
- Một số động từ, sẽ không có khác biệt (nhiều) về nghĩa. Các động từ thường gặp gồm:
begin continue hate intend like love prefer start
Ví dụ: She will continue to work/ working until she was 60.
* Lưu ý:
+ prefer V-ing to V-ing
+ would prefer to V rather than V
- Với một số động từ, nghĩa sẽ thay đổi. Các động từ thường gặp gồm:
+ V-ing + to V
quên đã làm gì quên phải làm gì
forget Ví dụ: I will never forget visiting Ví dụ: Don't forget to turn off all the
the U.S for the first time in 2016. lights before leaving the room.
tiếp tục việc đang làm làm việc khác sau khi hoàn thành việc
đang làm
go on Ví dụ: He said nothing but just went Ví dụ: After her early teaching career
on working. she went on to become an artist.
có nghĩa là có ý định làm gì
mean Ví dụ: If we catch the early train, it Ví dụ: I didn't mean to hurt you.
will mean getting up at 6 a.m.
2
9
(vật/ sự việc] cần được làm gì Ví[người] cần làm gì
need dụ: The room needs painting. Ví dụ: He needs to paint the room.
hối hận đã làm gì lấy làm tiếc phải làm gì
regret Ví dụ: John regrets not following Ví dụ: We regret to inform you that
his father's advice. your application has not been
successful.
nhớ đã làm gì nhớ phải làm gì
remember Ví dụ: I remember giving him $100. Ví dụ: Did you remember to do the
shopping on the way home?
It was two $50 notes.
dừng hẳn việc đang làm dừng việc đang làm để làm việc khác
stop Ví dụ: We're all full, so we stop Ví dụ: He stopped working part-time to
eating. concentrate on his study.
thử làm việc gì cố gắng làm gì
try Ví dụ: Try soaking it in salt water Ví dụ: He tried to persuade her to do
to loosen the stain. the project with him.
2. Động từ kết hợp với ‘V’ và 'V-ing'

Một số động từ có thể kết hợp với với 'V' và 'V-ing' và nghĩa sẽ thay đổi. Các động từ
thường gặp gồm:
+ V-ing +V
see, hear, Vcảm.nhận + object + V-ing: chỉ Vcảm.nhận + object + V: cảm nhận
feel, notice, cảm nhận một phần hành động toàn bộ hành động
observe, Ví dụ: I heard someone coming up Ví dụ: We watched all the cars cross
watch the stairs. the finishing line.
suggest suggest V-ing: đề xuất/ gợi ý chung suggest (that) sb (should) V: đê xuất/
(không cho một ai cụ thể) gợi ý ai (nên) làm gì
Ví dụ: Sophie suggested meeting for Ví dụ: Her mother suggested (that) she
a drink after work. (should) go and see the doctor.
IV. Động từ kết hợp với 'object + to V'

Một số động từ kết hợp với tân ngữ và động từ nguyên thể có ‘to’.
advise allow ask assist beg bribe command
dare employ enable encourage instruct invite lead
order persuade select send teach tell train
urge warn
Ví dụ: I begged Helen to stay, but she wouldn't listen.
* Lưu ý: khi không có tân ngữ, một số động từ kết hợp với 'V-ing' như: advise, allow
Ví dụ: I'd advise buying your tickets well in advance if you want to travel in August.
V. Động từ kết hợp với ‘object + V-ing’
Một số động từ kết hợp với tân ngữ và động từ ở dạng 'V-ing'
appreciate dislike hate imagine involve keep mind
prevent remember resent risk stop
Ví dụ: The show involved him doing lots of boring stuff
3
0
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. As the deadline approached, I regretted not……………(spend) my time more
productively.
2. Listen to Jimmy……………(sing) the song and then tell us what you think of it.
3. Your shoes are filthy. They need……………(wash).
4. He postponed……………(make) a decision till it was tooGiaoandethitienganh.info
late……………(do)
anything.
5. The accountant is believed……………(steal) a large sum of money from the company.
6. Local people are opposed to the airport……………(build) so close to their village.
7. The teacher doesn't allow……………(use) phones in the classroom.
8. We suggested……………(phone) the police when he turned out……………(be) a
wanted thief.
9. She would prefer …………… (study) hard to win a scholarship rather than
……………. (ask) her parents for financial aid to study abroad.
10. Susan is really lucky……………(give) a new car on her 18th birthday!
Exercise 2. Are the following sentences correct or not? If the sentence is correct, put a
tick. If not, underline the mistake and correct it.
E.g. This device enables you to bake your own bread quickly and easily. ……..√……….
It's no use to sit around all day if you want to get fit. ….sitting…..
1. I can't understand his taking the money.
2. He talked about the course and went on warning students about ………………..
cheating in exams.
3. When I got home, I found my friend Jill wait in front of my house ………………..
4. Taking up a hobby like photography can mean to have to buy a lot of ……………
expensive equipment.
5. Do you remember playing on the beach when you were a kid? ……………
6. I can’t face to get up at 6.30 tomorrow morning! I’ll catch a later train. ……………
7. As a child I always enjoyed taking to the fair. .…………..
8. Tom was made to show the police officer his driving licence. …………..
9. My brother prefers playing basketball with his friends to do puzzles ..…………
at home.
10. Jenny lay by the pool to read a magazine. ……………
Exercise 3. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first
one, using the word given. Use between THREE and SIX words including the word
given.
1. It's very kind of you to give me a lift. (APPRECIATE)
→ I_______________________________________________________________me a lift.
2. If I take the job I'll have to move to Paris. (MEAN)
→ Taking___________________________________________________moving to Paris.
3. Parking is not permitted here. (PARK)
→ You are___________________________________________________________here.
4. Frank doesn't like it when people treat him like a child. (RESENTS)
→ Frank________________________________________________________like a child.
5. It's pointless to worry about someone else's problem. (NO)
→ There________________________________________about someone else’s problem.
6. I believed you were the murderer because of this clue. (LED)
3
1
→ This clue_______________________________________that you were the murderer.
7. According to Valerie, she is a relation of mine. (BE)
→ Valerie claims____________________________________________________to me.
8. You could easily become ill unless you give up smoking. (RISK)
→ If you don’t stop______________________________________________________ill.
9. We received a warning to stay at home during the lockdown. (STAYING)
→ We were______________________________________at home during the lockdown.
10. I bet you wouldn't ask David to come with you to the party! (IF)
→ I dare__________________________________________come to the party with you!
3
2
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 5
ĐỘNG TỪ TÌNH THÁI (MODAL VERBS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Khái niệm
Động từ tình thái (modal verbs) là những động từ biểu thị quan hệ chủ quan (thái độ, sự
đánh giá, ý muốn, ý chí, v.v.) của người nói đối với nội dung của câu nói hoặc với hiện
thực khách quan. Động từ tình thái chính trong tiếng Anh gồm can, could, may, might,
must, ought to, had better, will, would, shall, should. Ngoài ra trong một sô trường
hợp, need và dare cũng có vai trò là động từ tình thái.
Động từ tình thái có các đặc điểm sau:
- Giữ nguyên dạng với tất cả các ngôi (trừ 'have to')
Ví dụ: She can swim.
- Có vai trò là trợ động từ trong câu phủ định và câu nghi vấn
Ví dụ: Must I go to the meeting?
You shoutdn 't eat junkfood.
- Kết hợp với 'bare infinitive'
Ví dụ: She may accept their offer.
- Động từ tình thái không có hình thức nguyên thể hay phân từ, nhưng có thể được thay
thế bằng các từ/ cấu trúc khác mang nghĩa tương đương.
Ví dụ: I’d like to be able to stay here. (NOT I'd like to can stay)
II. Động từ tình thái dùng với động từ nguyên thể (bare-infinitive)
Động từ Cách dùng và ví dụ
1. CAN 1. Để diễn tả khả năng ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai
- Thể phủ định: Ví dụ: I haven't got time today, but I can see you tomorrow.
cannot (can’t) 2. Để diễn tả sự xin phép và cho phép (can't dùng để từ chối lời xin
- Thể quá khứ: could phép)
Ví dụ: "Can I useyour phone?" - "No, I'm afraid you can't"
3. Để diễn tả lời yêu cầu, đề nghị hoặc gợi ý
Ví dụ: Can you wait a moment, please?
4. Can’t được dùng để đưa ra lời dự đoán chắc chắn điều gì đó
không xảy ra ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ: Jack can't know how to ride a bike; he's never been on
one.
2. COULD 1. Là hình thức quá khứ của can, để diễn tả khả năng trong quá khứ
- Thể phủ định: could Ví dụ: I could play the piano when I was five.
not (couldn't) 2. Để diễn tả sự xin phép (could có sắc thái trang trọng và lễ phép
hơn can). Nhưng KHÔNG dùng could/ couldn't để diễn tả sự cho
phép hoặc từ chối lời xin phép.
Ví dụ: "Could I ask you something?" - "Yes, of course, you can."
"Could we picnic here?" - "I'm afraid you can't."
3
3
3. Để diễn tả lời yêu cầu, đề nghị hoặc gợi ý lịch sự
Ví dụ: Could you mail this letter for me?
4. Để diễn tả đưa ra lời dự đoán điều gì đó có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại
hoặc tương lai, nhưng không chắc chắn
Ví dụ: The phone is ringing. It could be Tom.
3. MAY và MIGHT
- Thể phủ định: may
not (mayn't) và might 1. Để diễn tả điều gì đó có thể là thật hoặc có khả năng xảy ra ở hiện
not (mightn't) tại hoặc tương lai
Ví dụ: It may/ might be a bomb.
Ann may not/ might not come to the party tonight.
Trong trường hợp này, might không phải là quá khứ của may, mà
khi dùng might, khả năng sự việc xảy ra ít hơn may.
Ví dụ: / may go to London next month. (Cơ hội xảy ra: 50%)
My family might come with me. (Cơ hội xảy ra: 30%)
2. May/ Might + be + V-ing: để diễn đạt điều gì đó có thể đang
diễn ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai.
Ví dụ: Malcolm isn't in his office. He may/ might be working at
home today.
3. Để diễn tả sự xin phép (may/ might có sắc thái trang trọng và lễ
phép hơn can/ could). Might ít được dùng trong văn nói.
Ví dụ: May I put the TV on?
I wonder if I might have a little more cheese.
4. May được dùng để diễn tả sự cho phép, may not được dùng để từ
chối lời xin phép hoặc chỉ sự cấm đoán.
Ví dụ: Jack: "May/ Might I borrow your car?"
Brian: "Yes, of course you may. / No, I'm afraid you may
not"
5. May được dùng để diễn tả lời cầu chúc trang trọng.
Ví dụ: May you both be very happy!
4. MUST 1. Để diễn đạt sự cần thiết hoặc sự bắt buộc ở hiện tại và tương lai Ví
- Thể phủ định: must dụ: Plants must get enough light and water.
not (mustn't) 2. Để đưa ra lời khuyên hoặc lời yêu cầu được nhấn mạnh
- Thể quá khứ: had to Ví dụ: She's a really nice girl. You must meet her.
3. Để đưa ra một suy luận hợp lý và chắn chắn
Ví dụ: You must be hungry after a long walk.
4. Must not/ mustn’t được dùng để chỉ sự cấm đoán
Ví dụ: Look, double yellow lines. We mustn't park. here.
5. HAVE TO 1. Have to được dùng tương đương với must để diễn đạt sự cần thiết
- Thể phủ định: trợ Ví dụ: I must/ have to go to the hairdresser's soon.
động từ + not + have Tomato plants must/ have to be watered regularly.
to 2. Have to được dùng thay cho must trong các trường hợp không
- Thể quá khứ: had to thể dùng must như thì tương lai, thì tiếp diễn, thì quá khứ, thì hiện
tại hoàn thành, dạng nguyên thể, danh động từ và sau các động từ
tình thái.
3
4
Ví dụ: I'm having to read this contract very carefully. Emma had
to go to the dentist everyday.
6. WILL
- Thể phủ định: will 1. Để diễn đạt hoặc dự đoán sự việc, tình huống sẽ xảy ra trong
not (won’t) tương lai
- Thể quá khứ: would Ví dụ: She will be here in a few minutes.
2. Để diễn đạt sự dự đoán về hiện tại
Ví dụ: Don't phone to the office. He will be home by this time.
3. Để đưa ra một quyết định ngay lúc nói
Ví dụ: Anna: "Didyou phone Ruth?"
Jason: Oh no, I forgot. I'll phone her now."
4. Để diễn đạt sự sẵn lòng, quyết tâm
Ví dụ: He'll take you home if you want.
5. Để diễn đạt lời đe doạ, lời hứa
Ví dụ: I'll hit you if you do that again.
7. WOULD
- Thể phủ định: 1. Để diễn tả một giả định ở quá khứ hay dự đoán về một tình huống
would not (wouldn't] có thể xảy ra
Ví dụ: At midnight Sarah was still working. She would be tired
the next day.
2. Để diễn tả một thói quen trong quá khứ
Ví dụ: When I was a child, I would sing folk songs.
3. Để diễn tả lời yêu cầu, đề nghị lịch sự. (would có sắc thái trang
trọng hơn will)
Ví dụ: I would like to try on this jacket.
Would you like orange juice?
8. SHALL
- Thể phủ định: 1. Để diễn tả hoặc dự đoán một sự việc hoặc tình huống sẽ xảy ra
shall not (shan’t) trong tương lai
- Thể quá khứ: should Ví dụ: We shall know the results next week.
2. Được dùng chủ yếu trong câu hỏi để xin ý kiến hoặc lời khuyên
Ví dụ: Where shall we go this evening?
3. Được dùng trong câu đề nghị hoặc gợi ý
Ví dụ: Shall I do the washing-up?
"Shall we go to the movie?" - "Good idea!"
9. SHOULD 1. Được dùng trong câu tường thuật và trong cấu trúc tương lai ở
- Thể phủ định: quá khứ (future in the past)
should not Ví dụ: I told them we should/ would probably be late.
(shouldn’t) 2. Để diễn tả sự bắt buộc hoặc bổn phận, nhưng nghĩa của should
không mạnh bằng must
Ví dụ: Applications should be sent before December 30th.
3. Để đưa ra lời khuyên hoặc ý kiến
Ví dụ: You should stop smoking.
10. HAD BETTER 1. Có nghĩa tương tự với should nhưng chỉ được dùng cho tình
- Thể phủ định: had huống cụ thể và có nghĩa mạnh hơn should
better not Ví dụ: It's cold today. You had better wear a coat when you go
* Lưu ý: Be able to cóout.
thể được dùng thay cho can và could.
3
5
- Am/ is/ are able to có thể được dùng để chỉ khả năng thay cho can hoặc thay cho can ở
thì tương lai (will be able to), thì hoàn thành (have been able to) và dạng nguyên thể (to
be able to).
Ví dụ: I can/ am able to run very fast.
A hundred years from now people will be able to visit Mars.
I haven't been able to sleep recently.
It's nice to be able to go to the opera.
- Was/ Were able to có thể được dùng để chỉ khả năng thay cho could để chỉ khả năng
hoặc cơ hội trong quá khứ.
Ví dụ: She could/ was able to read when she was four.
- Nhưng khi nói về một sự việc đã xảy ra trong một tình huống đặc biệt, hoặc người nào
đó đã cố xoay xở để thực hiện được việc gì, chúng ta dùng was/ were able to hoặc
managed to chứ không dùng could.
Ví dụ: The plane was able to take off at eleven o'clock, after the fog had lifted.
- Tuy nhiên khi dùng với các động từ chỉ sự nhận thức hoặc tri giác như: see, smell, feel,
hear, taste, understand, remember để diễn đạt sự việc ở một thời điểm cụ thể nào đó thì
dùng can, could chứ không dùng be able to.
III. Động từ tình thái dùng với ‘have + past participle (P2)’
Động từ Cách dùng và ví dụ
1. SHOULD have + p2 = 1. Để diễn đạt một điều gì đó lẽ ra nên xảy ra nhưng đã không
OUGHT TO have + p2 xảy ra
- Thể phủ định: shouldn’t Ví dụ: The parcel I sent you should have arrived by now.
have + p2 = oughtn't to 2. Để diễn đạt ai đó lẽ ra (không) nên làm gì nhưng (đã)
have + p2 (không) làm
Ví dụ: You shouldn't have eaten so much last night.
You should have told me it was your birthday. I
would have sent you a card.
3. Để diễn đạt một lời cảm ơn lịch sự
Ví dụ: 'Tve done the washing up for you." - "Oh, you really
shouldn't have!"
2. COULD have + P2 1. Để diễn tả điều gì đó có thể xảy ra hoặc có thể đúng trong
- Thể phủ định: couldn't quá khứ
have + P2 Ví dụ: David could have won the race if he had tried.
2. Để đưa ra sự dự đoán không chắc chắn về một việc trong
quá khứ
Ví dụ: It could have been Sue who ate the whole cake.
3. Để đưa ra lời phàn nàn, chỉ trích ai đó lẽ ra đã có thể làm gì
nhưng đã không làm
Ví dụ: She could have been more enthusiastic about that
present. I spent hours choosing it.
4. Couldn’t have + p2 được dùng với tính từ so sánh hơn

Ví dụ: We couldn't have been happier in those days.
3
6
3. MAY have + p2 và
MIGHT have + p2
- Thể phủ định: may not 1. Might have + p2 được dùng để diễn tả ai đó suýt bị làm sao
have + p2 và mightn’t nhưng may mắn thoát được
have + P2 Ví dụ: You might have drowned.
We might have been lost. Fortunately, my parents
found us at last
2. Mightn’t have + p2 và may not have + p2 được dùng để
đưa ra sự dự đoán không chắc chắn về một việc trong quá khứ
Ví dụ: They might not have received your letter yet.
I suppose I may have been rather critical.
3. Might have + p2 được dùng để đưa ra lời phàn nàn, chỉ
trích ai đó lẽ ra đã có thể làm gì nhưng đã không làm
Ví dụ: You might have told me my trousers were split!
4. NEEDN’T have + p2 1. Để diễn tả ai đó lẽ ra không cần phải làm gì nhưng đã làm
Ví dụ: You needn't have paid all at once. (You did pay)
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1. Dane…………the book we borrowed from the library. It was on the table, but now it
has gone.
A. must have returned B. should have returned
C. cannot have returned D. needn't have returned
2. You…………book the tickets for the play in advance because they sell out quickly.
A. could B. mustn't C. have to D. may
3. You can’t mean that! You………….
A. must be joking B. can be joking
C. can joke D. have to joke
4. Hiking the trail to the peak…………be dangerous if you are not well prepared for
dramatic weather changes.
A. shall B. should C. might D. had better
5. Look! She is laughing. She…………something funny or happy.
A. must have B. must have had C. could have had D. can't have had
6. I was reading the book last night before I went to bed. I never took it out of this room.
It…………around here somewhere. Where…………it be?
A. should have been/ shall B. could lie/ must
C. must be lying/ can D. had to be lying/ will
7. By the year 2030, it…………possible to travel faster than the speed of light.
A. may be B. must be C. should be D.might have been
8. Sam…………his collection. I can imagine his wife's anger if he does.
A. may have to sell B. may have sold
C. could have sold D. must have sold
9. I don’t know why you're doing that now. You know it…………finished yesterday.
A. should be B. must have been C. should have been D. ought to be
10. They were traveling on the same train so they…………But, of course, we don't know
if they did.
3
7
A. could meet B. may have met
C. might meet D. should probably meet
Exercise 2. Complete the text by writing a verb from the box in each space.
might have found would have meant must be
can't have been might have heard must have thought
should have resigned might have known
needn’t have worried would have had
Hi Kate,
Just a quick update on my latest news. As you (1)…………from Paula, I won't be
going to Australia after all. Basically, it (2)…………making two months off, and I'm not
sure whether I (3)…………a job when I came back. I really like my job at the hospital
here, so I decided to play it safe. Maybe I (4)…………from the job and hoped for the best.
After all, perhaps I (5)…………a really great job out there, or met the man of my dreams!
Do you think I did the right thing? I kept changing my mind right up to the last minute.
Bill and Sue in Sydney (6)…………it was really annoying. I thought they'd never speak to
me again, but I (7)…………. I got a call from them last week, and they were very
sympathetic.
Paula told me you’ve decided to go back to university to study law - that (8)
…………an easy decision! You (9) …………the world's coolest looking lawyer! So no
more working in the insurance company! I (10)…………you'd find it a bit dull! Good for
you.
Keep in touch,
Love Tina
Exercise 3. Choose the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following
sentences.
1. A new law may soon be passed to deal with the problem.
A. There’s a possibility that a new law will soon be passed to deal with the problem.
B. It is said that a new law will soon be passed to deal with the problem.
C. To deal with the problem, a new law must be passed soon.
D. The problem will soon be dealt with by a new law.
2. It is possible that we won't have to take an entrance exam this year.
A. Perhaps we have to take an entrance exam this year.
B. We mustn’t take an entrance exam this year.
C. We mightn’t have taken an entrance exam this year.
D. It is likely that we won’t take an entrance this year.
3. We could have helped her out.
A. We didn't help her when she had difficulty.
B. We succeeded in helping her out.
C. Although we didn't help her, she managed to go out.
D. We could, so we helped her out.
4. It was wrong of you not to call the fire brigade
A. The fire brigade was called at the wrong time.
B. You should have called the fire brigade at once.
C. You didn't call the fire brigade and it was wrong.
D. Calling the fire brigade must be done at once.
5. I’m sure it wasn't Mr. Pike you saw because he is in London.
3
8
A. It mustn't have been Mr. Pike you saw because he is in London.
B. It can't have been Mr. Pike you saw because he is in London.
C. It mightn't be Mr. Pike you saw because he is in London.
D. It couldn't be Mr. Pike you saw because he is in London.
6. Tom ought to have made more effort to locate his brother.
A. It is necessary for Tom to try harder if he wants to locate his brother.
B. Tom must have worked hard in order to locate his brother.
C. Tom didn't try as hard as he should have to find his brother.
D. Tom has to make the effort himself if he wishes to find his brother.
7. It couldn't have been Mary that you heard shouting last night, as she is vacationing in
Vermont at the moment.
A. I think Mary is on holiday in Vermont now, so you may be wrong in thinking that
you heard her yelling last night.
B. Right now, she is having a holiday in Vermont, so it is nearly impossible that it
was Mary whose shouting you heard last night.
C. Are you sure it was Mary who shouted to you last night, because, as far as I know,
she is on vacation in Vermont at the moment?
D. It it was Mary that you heard yelling last night, then she can't be taking a vacation
in Vermont at the moment.
8. We expected her to be here hours ago.
A. She ought to have been here hours ago.
B. She might have been here hours ago.
C. She is expected to be here hours ago.
D. She shouldn’t have been here hours ago.
9. Andy can't be having a bath.
A. Andy is not able to have a bath.
B. Andy is not allowed to have a bath.
C. Andy will not be having a bath.
D. It is impossible that Andy is having a bath.
10.Nam was not at home either. Perhaps he went out with his girlfriend.
A. Nam must go out with his girlfriend.
B. Nam probably goes out with his girlfriend.
C. Nam might have gone out with his girlfriend.
D. It is sure that Nam went out with his girlfriend.
3
9
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 6
DANH TỪ (NOUNS) VÀ LƯỢNG TỪ (QUANTIFIERS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. DANH TỪ
1. Định nghĩa
Danh từ (nouns) là từ hoặc nhóm từ dùng để chỉ người, vật, nơi chốn, khái niệm và hiện
tượng.
2. Phân loại
2.1. Danh từ cụ thể và danh từ trừu tượng
a. Danh từ cụ thể
Danh từ cụ thể (concrete nouns) là danh từ chỉ những gì hữu hình; những gì mà chúng ta
có thể cảm thấy trực tiếp qua giác quan (nhìn, nghe, sờ, ngửi, nếm).
Ví dụ: house, man, cloud, cat, pen, mountain
b. Danh từ trừu tượng
Danh từ trừu tượng (abstract nouns) là danh từ chỉ tính chất, trạng thái hoặc hoạt động.
Ví dụ: beauty, charity, fear, departure
2.2. Danh từ đếm được và danh từ không đếm được
a. Danh từ đếm được
Danh từ đếm được (countable nouns) là danh từ chỉ những vật thể, con người, ý niệm, v.v.
riêng rẽ có thể đếm được.
Ví dụ: chair, book, student, dog
b. Danh từ không đếm được
Danh từ không đếm được (uncountable nouns) là danh từ chỉ chất liệu, chất lỏng, những
khái niệm trừu tượng, và những vật mà chúng ta xem như một khối không thể tách rời.
Ví dụ: wool, butter, water, furniture, rice
2.3. Danh từ đơn và danh từ ghép
a. Danh từ đơn
Danh từ đơn (simple nouns) là danh từ chỉ có một từ.
Ví dụ: house, peace, train, table
b. Danh từ ghép
Danh từ ghép (compound nouns) là danh từ gồm hai hoặc nhiều từ kết hợp với nhau. Danh
từ ghép có thê được viết thành hai từ riêng biệt, có gạch ngang giữa hai từ hoặc kết hợp
thành một từ.
Ví dụ: greenhouse, world peace, non-stop train, writing-table
2.4. Danh từ số ít và danh từ số nhiều
Danh từ đếm được thường có hai dạng: số ít và số nhiều.
Cách thành lập danh từ số nhiều:
a. Hầu hết các danh từ số nhiều được thành lập bằng cách thêm ‘s’ vào danh từ số ít.
Ví dụ: boy → boys house → houses dog → dogs
4
0
b. Các danh từ tận cùng bằng ‘s’, ‘sh’, ‘ch’, ‘x’, ‘z’, ‘o’ được thành lập số nhiều bằng
cách thêm ‘es’.
Ví dụ: dish → dishes bus→ buses quiz → quizzes
BUT: piano → pianos radio → radios photo → photos
c. Các danh từ tận cùng bằng phụ âm + 'y' được thành lập số nhiều bằng cách đổi 'y'
thành ‘i’ và thêm 'es'.
Ví dụ: baby → babies party → parties fly → flies
Các danh từ tận cùng bằng nguyên âm + ‘y’ được thành lập số nhiều bằng cách thêm ‘s’.
Ví dụ: day → days key → keys boy → boys
d. Một số danh từ tận cùng bằng ‘f’ hoặc ‘fe’ được thành lập số nhiều bằng cách đổi ‘f’
hoặc 'fe' thành 'ves'.
Ví dụ: knife → knives calf→ calves thief→ thieves
* Lưu ý:
- Một số danh từ tận cùng bằng ‘f’ chỉ thêm 's’.
Ví dụ: roof→ roofs
cliff→ cliffs
handkerchief→ handkerchiefs
- Một số danh từ tận cùng bằng ‘f’ có thể có hai hình thức số nhiều.
Ví dụ: scarfs→ scarfs, scarves
dwarfs→ dwarfs, dwarves
wharfs→ wharfs, wharves
hoofs→ hoofs, hooves
e. Dạng số nhiều của danh từ ghép
- Nếu danh từ được hình thành bằng danh từ + danh từ, tính từ + trạng từ, danh động
từ + danh từ, động từ + danh từ thì danh từ thứ hai được đổi ra số nhiều.
Ví dụ: toothbrush → toothbrushes
ticket collector → ticket collectors
washing machine → washing machines
breakdown → breakdowns
- Nếu danh từ được hình thành bằng danh từ + trạng từ, danh từ + giới từ + danh từ,
danh từ + tính từ thì danh từ thứ nhất được đổi ra số nhiều.
Ví dụ: passer-by → passers-by
looker-on → lookers-on
mother-in-law → mothers-in-law
- Một số danh từ biến đổi sang dạng số nhiều ở cả hai thành phần.
Ví dụ: man driver → men drivers
woman doctor → women doctors
f. Một số danh từ có dạng số nhiều bất quy tắc.
Ví dụ: man → men mouse → mice loose → lice
tooth → teeth child → children ox → oxen
sheep → sheep squid → squid fish → fish
means → means series → series species→species
datum→data phenomenon→phenomena thesis → theses
4
1
II. LƯỢNG TỪ (QUANTIFIERS)
Lượng từ Kết hợp với Cách dùng Ví dụ
1. some - Danh từ không - Thường dùng trong câu - My
mother bought some eggs.
đếm được khẳng định hoặc câu hỏi - He's got some work to do.
- Danh từ đếm với mục đích yêu cầu, mời - Can I have some sugar,
được số nhiều hoặc đề nghị please?
- Ý nghĩa: một vài, một ít
- Would you like some more
2. any - Danh từ không - Thường dùng trong câu - Have you got any butter?
đếm được phủ định và nghi vấn. - There aren't any chairs in the
- Danh từ đếm Ngoài ra được dùng trong room.
được số nhiều câu khẳng định khi mang - You can catch any buses.
nghĩa bất cứ ai/ bất cứ cái - They passed the driving test
gì. without any difficulties.
- Ý nghĩa: có cái nào
không/ không có cái nào/
bất cứ cái gì
3. much - Danh từ không - Thường dùng trong câu - We didn't spend much money
đếm được phủ định và câu hỏi hoặc for Christmas presents.
câu khẳng định với lối nói - My dad never shows much
trang trọng interest in the news.
- Ý nghĩa: nhiều, số lượng - Do you have a lot of money?
lớn - There was much bad driving
on the road.
4. many - Danh từ đếm Thường dùng trong câu - He doesn't have many friends.
-
được số nhiều phủ định và câu hỏi hoặc - Do you have known many
câu khẳng định với lối nói people here?
trang trọng - Many students have financial
- Ý nghĩa: nhiều, số lượng problems.
lớn
5. a lot of/ - Danh từ không - Thường dùng trong câu - He's got a lot of/ lots of
lots of đếm được khẳng định hoặc câu phủ foreign friends.
- Danh từ đếm định và câu hỏi với lối nói - Do you eat a lot of fruit?
được số nhiều thân mật
- Ý nghĩa: nhiều, số lượng
lớn
6. a large - Danh từ đếm - Ý nghĩa: nhiều, số lượng - A large number of students
number được số nhiều lớn have part-time jobs nowadays.
of/ a great - A great number of students
number of attend this class.
7. a large - Danh từ không - Ý nghĩa: nhiều, số lượng - A large amount of information
amount of/ đếm được lớn is stored in the computer.
a great - She has got a great deal of
deal of homework today.
4
2
8. a few - Danh từ đếm - Ý nghĩa: một vài, một ít, - I have a few friends and we
được số nhiều nghĩa khẳng định, chỉ một meet quite often.
số lượng nhỏ
9. few - Danh từ đếm - Ý nghĩa: rất ít, hầu như - He isn't popular. He has few
được số nhiều không, nghĩa phủ định, chỉ friends.
một số lượng quá ít, không
đủ
10. a little - Danh từ không - Ý nghĩa: một vài, một ít, - He spoke a little English, so
đếm được nghĩa khẳng định, chỉ một we were able to communicate
số lượng nhỏ with him.
11. little - Danh từ không - Ý nghĩa: rất ít, hầu như - He spoke little English, so it
đếm được không, nghĩa phủ định, chỉ was difficult to communicate
một số lượng quá ít, không with him.
đủ
12.every - Danh từ đếm - Ý nghĩa: mỗi, mọi, được - Every guest watched as the
được số ít dùng khi nhắc đến người President came in.
hoặc vật như một tổng thể
hoặc một nhóm (cùng
nghĩa với 'all')
13.each - Danh từ đếm - Ý nghĩa: mỗi, được dùng - Each person in turn read
được số ít khi nhắc đến người hoặc aloud the sentence.
vật một cách riêng rẽ trong
một nhóm
14. all/ - Danh từ không - Ý nghĩa: all (tất cả) most -All children are fond of candy.
most/ đếm được (phần lớn/ đa số) some -Most cheese is made from
some/ no - Danh từ đếm (một vài) no (không) cow's milk.
được số nhiều - Some food makes me ill.
- There are no rooms available.
15. all of/ - Dùng trước các - Ý nghĩa: all of (tất cả) - Have all of the plants died?
most of/ từ hạn định (a, most of (phần lớn/ đa số) - Most of her friends live
some of/ an, the, my, his, some of (một vài) none of abroad.
none of this, v.v.) hoặc (không ai trong số) -Each of us see the world
các đại từ differently.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1. There are several means of mass communication. The newspaper is one, and the
television is………...
A. others B. other C. another D. the other
2. I'm not lazy but I think we have………...public holidays. We ought to have more.
A. too little B. too few C. rather a few D. fairly little
3.………...of the two restaurants provides facilities for the handicapped.
4
3
A. Both B. Neither C. None D. Not either
4. The report concluded that………...man, woman, and child in the us should wear a seat
belt when driving or riding in a car.
A. all B. each of C. no D. every
5. I have English classes………...day - on Mondays, Wednesday and Fridays.
A. all other B. each other
C. every other D. this and the other
6. The new personnel manager told us that he had visited………...countries in Europe.
A. a great deal of B. much
C. a number of D. as many
7. She teaches………...and does not have much time for her own………....
A. a couple of classes - researches B. a lot of classes - research
C. many classes - researches D. a great deal of classes - research
8………...of the great libraries of ancient times survived;………...were destroyed in fires,
or by volcanoes, others in wars and invasions.
A. None-some B. Neither - many C. Many-much D. Some - a little
9. We can go by………...road, because………...are normally free from heavy traffic at this
time of day.
A. any-either B. either - both C. neither - some D. both-all
10. His parents have provided………...opportunity for him to succeed, so it's no wonder
that he is now a well-to-do businessman.
A. many B. every C. all of D. a few
11. Yilmaz Guney is one of………...Turkish film directors known in the outside world.
A. the few B. every C. enough D. some
12. Jason has tried quite………...different medicines to cure his skin problem, but……….
has proved effective at all.
A. both - either B. much - neither C. a few-none D. many-any
13. He was not offered the job because he knew………...about Information Techonology.
A. a little B. little C. many D. a few
14. She keeps………….in the cupboard.
A. all rice B. a lot of rices C. several rice D. many rice
15. People have………….when they get older.
A. much cells B. fewer cells C. few cell D. plenty of cell
16. I am in trouble. Would you mind giving me…………..?
A. a few advice B. some advice C. advices D. several advices
17. ………..have trouble with mathematics.
A. A large rather number of student B. A rather large number of student
C. A large rather number of students D. A rather large number of students
18. We need…………..money to send our son to Oxford University.
A. a large sum of B. a few of
C. many D. lot of
19. They ran up the hill, seeing…………..grazing.
A. herds of cattles B. herds of cattle
C. herd of cattles D. a herd of cattles
20. It is going to rain…………..of dark clouds are gathering in the sky.
A. Flocks B. Herds C. Masses D. Crowds
4
4
1. There are a few works of Hugo in this museum because he is relatively unknown in
A B C D
this country.
2. I have three brothers, one is a farmer, another is a dentist and other a teacher.
A B C D
3. I’ll give you one interesting news: scientists have invented a cure for cancer.
A B C D
4. Tom bought two books, one about Captain Cook and another about Christopher
Columbus. A B C D
5. The amount of women earning Doctoral Degree has risen sharply in recent years.
A B C D
6. She has as much as six brothers but she easily copes with them, even though they are
A B C
sometimes a nuisance.
D
7. I don't mind waiting for other ten minutes, but will you please keep me company?
A B C D
8. Almost students completed the test and returned their test papers before the time
A B C
finished.
D
9. None from my students find it difficult to solve such exercise.
A B C D
10. Hair is made of the same basic material as both the nails, claws and hooves of
A B C
mammals are made of.
D
4
5
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 7
MẠO TỪ (ARTICLES)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
Mạo từ (articles) là từ dùng trước danh từ và cho biết danh từ ấy đề cập đến một đối tượng
cụ thể hay tổng quát, xác định hay không xác định.
I. Mạo từ không xác định (Indefinite articles): A/ AN
- Đứng trước danh từ đếm được số ít (singular countable nouns)
- Để chỉ một người/ vật không xác định hoặc được đề cập đến lần đầu (người nghe
không biết chính xác hoặc chưa từng biết về người/ vật đó)
Ví dụ: She lives in a nice small house.
I saw a boy in the street.
- Để nói về một người hoặc một vật bất kì của một loại
Ví dụ: A child needs love. (= any child)
An owl can see in the dark. (= any owl)
BUT: Children need love. (= all children)
Oranges contain vitamin C. (= all oranges)
- Dùng trước danh từ chỉ nghề nghiệp, chức vụ
Ví dụ: Would you like to be an engineer?
Mr. Johnson is a sale manager.
- Dùng trong các cụm từ chỉ số lượng hoặc khối lượng như a lot of, a great deal of, a few,
a little, a couple, a dozen, v.v
Ví dụ: There was a lot of money in the safe.
II. Mạo từ xác định (Definite articles): THE
- Đứng trước cả danh từ đếm được và không đếm được (countable nouns; uncountable
nouns)
- Để chỉ người/ vật đã xác định hoặc đã được nhắc đến trước đó (người nghe biết hoặc
có thể hiểu người nói đang nói về người/ vật nào).
Ví dụ: Did you lock the car? (It means your/ our car)
Could you close the door? (It means there is a door which is open)
She's got two children: a boy and a girl. The boy is fourteen and the girl is eight.
- Dùng trước danh từ được xác định bằng một cụm từ hoặc mệnh đề theo sau.
Ví dụ: Who is the girl in blue?
What did you do with the camera I lent you?
- Dùng trước danh từ chỉ nơi chốn cụ thể.
Ví dụ: Turn left here for the station. (Everyone knows that station.)
BUT: The train stopped at a station. (No one knows exactly what that station is)
Ann is in the garden. (The garden is in the house)
- Dùng trước danh từ chỉ vật gì đó là duy nhất hoặc vật gì đó chỉ có một như: the earth,
the sun, the sky, the stars, the moon, the planets, the world, the equator, the Government,
the police, the Japanese, the Prime Minister, the capital, v.v.
Ví dụ: The earth goes round the sun and the moon goes round the earth.
Madrid is the capital of Spain.
- Dùng với một số cụm từ chỉ môi trường vật chất (thế giới quanh ta và khí hậu) hoặc
các mặt thông thường khác trong cuộc sống như: the environment, the town, the country,
the sea, the seaside, the night, the mountains, the desert, the rain, the wind, the fog, the
weather, the sunshine, the universe, the future, v.v.
Ví dụ: Do you prefer the town or the country?
4
6
My wife likes the seaside, but I prefer the mountains.
- Dùng trước tính từ/ trạng từ so sánh nhất (superlative), trước từ chỉ số thứ tự
(ordinal) và trước next, last, same, only
Ví dụ: Monday is the first day of a week.
It's the only way to the station.
- Dùng trước tên các đảng chính trị và các ban nhạc
Ví dụ: She's a longlife member of the Republican Party.
The Beatles was an internationally famous British pop group.
- Dùng trước tên tàu thuỷ
Ví dụ: The Titanic sank on its first voyage across the Atlantic in 1912.
- Dùng trước tên người số nhiều để chỉ toàn thể gia đình
Ví dụ: The Taylors have lived in this town for over 50 years.
- Dùng trước tên các từ báo (nhưng không đứng trước tên các tạp chí)
Ví dụ: The Times, The Washington Post
- Dùng trước danh từ không đếm được hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều để chỉ người/ vật
cụ thể
Ví dụ: I often listen to music. (all music: nói chung)
BUT: The film wasn't very good but I like the music. (the music in the film: cụ thể)
Ví dụ: Children need love and attention. (all children: nói chung)
BUT: We took the children to the zoo. (the children: cụ thể)
- Dùng trước danh từ đếm được số ít để diễn tả một loài động vật/ dụng cụ/ máy móc/
phát minh khoa học/ nhạc cụ nói chung
Ví dụ: The tiger is in danger of becoming extinct. (The tiger = All tigers)
Who invented the airplane/ the wheel/ the camera?
The piano is really difficult.
* Lưu ý: Đối với Anh Mỹ, có thể dùng hoặc không dùng 'the' trước nhạc cụ.
- Dùng trước tính từ, để chỉ một nhóm người có cùng tính chất: the young, the old, the
elderly, the poor, the rich, the sick, the disabled, the unemployed, the homeless, the deaf,
the blind, v.v.
Ví dụ: Life must be hard for the unemployed in our society today.
- Dùng trước quốc tịch, để chỉ toàn dân của một quốc gia
Ví dụ: The French are famous for their cooking.
- Dùng trước những danh từ có ‘of’ theo sau
Ví dụ: My brother graduated from the University of London.
- Dùng trước radio, cinema, theater
Ví dụ: I always listen to the radio.
- Được dùng trước tên riêng của một số nơi chốn và địa danh như sau:
+ Quốc gia có Republic, Kingdom, State, Union hoặc số nhiều: the Netherlands, the
Philippines, the United Kingdom, the United States, the Dominican Republic
+ Vùng, miền: the west, the north, the south, the Middle East
+ Biển: the Black Sea, the Mediterrannean (Sea)
+ Đại dương: the Pacific (Ocean)
+ Sông: The River Nile, the Thames, the Amazon
+ Kênh đào: the Panama Canal, the Suez Canal
+ Sa mạc: the Sahara (Desert}
+ Rặng núi/ đồi: the Himalayas, the Alps
+ Quần đảo: the British Isles
+ Nhóm hồ: the Great Lakes
4
7
+ Khách sạn, nhà hàng, quán rượu: the Bombay Restaurant
+ Rạp hát, rạp chiếu bóng: the Globe Theater, the Odeon Cinema
+ Viện bảo tàng, phòng trưng bày nghệ thuật: the National Museum, the Frick Gallery
+ Thư viện, câu lạc bộ: the Library of Congress, the Angle Club
+ Tòa nhà, công trình nổi tiếng: the Empire State Building, the White House
III. Không dùng mạo từ (Zero articles)
- Trước một số danh từ chỉ nơi chốn như hospital, church, prison, school, college,
university khi đề cập tới khái niệm tổng quát/ mục đích sử dụng chính của những nơi
này.
Ví dụ: The injured were taken to hospital.
Mrs Jane goes to church every Sunday.
BUT: dùng 'the' khi những nơi này là nơi chốn cụ thể
Ví dụ: Jane has gone to the hospital to visit Tom. She is at the hospital now.
I went to the church to see the stained glass windows.
- Trước các danh từ như bed, home, work, sea, town
+ bed: in bed, go to bed, get out of bed
+ home: at home, go home, come home, leave home
+ work: at work, go to work, leave work, finish work
+ sea: at sea, go to sea
+ town: in town, go into town, leave town, out of town
- Trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều hoặc danh từ không đếm được, để chỉ nghĩa chung
Ví dụ: Elephants are intelligent animals.
We always need money.
- Trước danh từ trừu tượng với nghĩa chung như: nature, space, society, life,
happiness, freedom, love
Ví dụ: Life is complicated.
BUT: dùng 'the' khi danh từ trừu tượng có nghĩa cụ thể
Ví dụ: I’m studying the life of Beethoven.
- Trước các từ/ cụm từ chỉ thời gian
Ví dụ: The conference will be held in September.
- Trước các danh từ chỉ bữa ăn trong ngày
Ví dụ: They have gone for lunch.
- Trước các môn thể thao
Ví dụ: He plays golf.
- Trước tên riêng một số nơi chốn, địa danh dưới đây:
+ Lục địa: Africa, Europe
+ Quốc gia: France, Switzerland
+ Tiểu bang: Texas, California
+ Thành phố, thị trấn: New York, Bristol
+ Đảo: Corfu, Boracay
+ Hồ: Lake Michigan, Lake Tahoe
+ Núi, đồi: Everest, North Hill
+ Đường phố, công viên, quảng trường: Times Square, Hyde Park, Fifth Avenue
+ Nhà ga, phi trường, trường học, tòa nhà, công trình, cơ quan trọng yếu: Victoria
Station, Edinburgh Castle, Oxford University, Westminster Abbey
+ Cửa hàng, nhà hàng, khách sạn, ngân hàng,... đặt tên theo người sang lập/ nhà
thờ đặt tên theo các vị thánh: McDonald, Harrods [shop], St John's Church
+ Các hành tinh: Venus, Mars, Jupiter
4
8
+ Công ty, hãng hàng không: Vietnam Airlines, Emirates
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1. After he left…………University of Massachusetts, he went to…………Indiana State
University.
A. the - X B. the - the C. X - the D. X - X
2.…………non-verbal language is.…………important aspect of interpersonal
communication.
A. X - an B. A - the C. The - X D. The - a
3. Those men are paid by.…………
A. an hour B. hour C. every hour D. the hour
4. Would you rather live in.…………town or in.…………country?
A. a - a B. a - the C. the - a D. the - the
5. I tried to park my car but.…………was too small.
A.space B. spaces C. a space D. the space
6. Don't drive into that street. It is.…………one-way street.
A. a B. an C. the D. X
7. Sir Humphrey has been.…………MP for five years.
A. a B. an C. the D. X
8. Jim,.…………old friend of mine, used to work in downtown Los Angeles. He had a
good job in one of.…………biggest law firms in the city.
A. an-X-the B. a-the-X C. the-X-a D. a-a-X
9. What.…………make is your car? It is.…………Toyota Altis.
A. a - X B. X - a C. the – X D. the - the
10. On.…………night of 14 April 1912, during its voyage,.…………Titanic hit.…………
iceberg, and sank two hours and forty minutes later.
A. X - the -the B. the - the - an C. a - X - the D. a - a - the
11. Each of us is.…………unique combination of.…………health and.…………sickness.
A. a-X-X B. an - the - the C. the-a-a D. the-X-X
12. Look!.…………school of.…………fish is in the lake.
A. The - the B. A - X C. The - a D. A - the
13. I do not go to.…………theater very often. I prefer.…………films to.…………plays.
A. a - the - the B. X-X-X C. the - the - the D. the-X-X
14. Peter has been ill for a week. He was taken to.…………hospital yesterday. He is in
hospital now.
A. the - a B. X - X C. an - an D. the - an
15. .…………atheist does not believe in.…………God.
A. The - the B. An - X C. X - the D. An - a
16. Many people voluntarily offer care for.…………elderly and.…………disabled.
A. the - the B. an - a C. an - the D. X - X
17. Lee, my classmate, comes from.…………Philippines. He not only plays.…………
football very well but also is good at.…………mathematics.
A. X-X-the B. the-a-the C. X-the-the D. the-X-X
18. .…………coffee is his favorite drink. He often has.…………coffee before he has .
…………breakfast.
A.X-a-X B. The-X-the C. The-a-the D. X-the-a
19. Socially, Dan was a gregarious person who enjoyed.…………of others enormously.
4
9
A. company B. a company C. the company D. the companies
20. Where do you keep.…………knives and forks?
A. a B. the C. a D. X

1. On a trip down to the bottom of Grand Canyon, the equipment will in all probability be
A B C
carried by burros.
D
2. In the human body, blood flows from a heart through the arteries, and it returns through
A B C
the veins.
D
3. This is such a good cup of tea that I think I'll have the other cup.
A B C D
4. Like his brother, Mike has chosen the economics as his major in the university.
A B C D
5. My brother said that he didn’t feel like overworking because he could end up in
A B C
the hospital.
D
6. The watt is named after James Watt, a British engineer, who developed the steam engine
A B C
in 1760s.
D
7. Most of time, while I am watching TV, I have a packet of crisps.
A B C D
8. The scholarship that Wilson received to study History at Cambridge presented an unique
A B C D
opportunity.
9. The messenger had the receipt signed before he left an office.
A B C D
10. The invention of telephone made people communicate more easily.
A B C D
5
0
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 8
GIỚI TỪ (PREPOSITIONS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
Giới từ (prepositions) là những từ dùng để diễn tả mối quan hệ của cụm từ (có thể là danh
từ, danh động từ hoặc đại từ) đứng phía sau nó với các thành phần khác trong câu.
Ví dụ: The picture is on the wall.
→ Giới từ 'on' diễn tả sự liên hệ giữa danh từ 'the picture' và 'the wall'.
I. Hình thức của giới từ (Forms of preposition)
Hình thức Ví dụ Ví dụ trong câu

Đơn in, on, at, with, for, from, behind I come from Vietnam.
because of, thanks to, due to, owing She met the deadline
Cụm 2 từ to, but for, as for, up to, out of thanks to his support.
Cụm 3 từ in addition to, on top of, on account Books were piled on top
Phức of, in contrast with, in front of of one another.
Cụm 4 từ as a result of, for the good of, for At the risk of being rude,
the sake of, at the risk of, at the I'm afraid I have to go
expense of now.
II. Phân loại giới từ (Kinds of preposition)

Giới từ chỉ Ví dụ Ví dụ trong câu
about, after, at, by, before, between, - I often get up at 6 o'clock.
Thời gian during, for, from, in, on, since, till, - Your order will arrive by Sunday.
until, throughout, at the time of
- We haven't met him since last July.
above, across, along, among, at, by, - I'll see you at the bus stop.
behind, below, beside, between, - The cat is lying under the table.
Địa điểm beyond, down, from, in, near, on, in
- We'll be out of town next week.
front of, out of, far from
Chuyển to, into, onto, from, across, towards, - She stood up and walked towards him.
động through, over, past, along, around - The library is just across the road.
by, with, without, according to, in - The meal was cooked by my brother.
Thể cách spite of, instead of, as to, except for, - Without Anna, we couldn't make it.
but for
- to, in order to, so as to + V (bare) - She is saving to buy a new phone.
Mục đích
- for + noun/V-ing - He works extra hours for more money.
because of, thanks to, owing to, due - He failed the exam due to his laziness.
Nguyên do to, on account of, as a result of, by - The car was lifted by means of a
means of crane.
5
1
III. Cách sử dụng các giới từ (The use of prepositions)
1. Cách dùng giới từ ‘In - On - At’ chỉ thời gian và địa điểm Thời gian
in the 21st century, in the 1900s, (general) in the world, inĐịa điểm
Asia, in Vietnam,in
in2020, in April, in spring, in the IN Hanoi, in Tay Ho district,in
future,in the morning, in 5 weeks, v.v. hospital, in prison, in a car/
helicopter/ taxi/ boat/ lift, in bed,
v.v.
on Monday, on Friday morning, on July (more on the island, on the beach, on the
4th, on my birthday, on New Year's Day/ specific) coast, on Ba Trieu street, on Oak
New Year's Eve/ Christmas Day, on the ON Avenue, on the 2nd floor, on a farm,
weekend, on a cold morning, on time, on the left/ right, on a plane/ bus/
v.v. train/ bicycle/ horse, on foot, v.v.
at 4 o'clock, at night, at noon, at the (very at home, at work, at school, at
moment, at present, at last, at once, at specific) university, at the top/ bottom/
the weekend, at Christmas/ Easter, at AT corner of, at the shop, at the
sunrise/ sunset, at the same time, at beginning/end of, at the seaside, at
lunchtime/ bedtime, v.v. the North Pole, at 10 Downing
Street, v.v.
2. Cách dùng một số cặp/nhóm giới từ dễ gây nhầm lẫn

2.1. By - Until/Till
By Until/Till
Chỉ việc gì đó xảy ra không trễ hơn Chỉ điều gì đó kéo dài cho đến một thời
Cách hoặc nói cách khác là trước thời gian điểm nhất định và không tiếp tục sau đó
dùng được nhắc đến nữa (thường được dùng nhiều hơn trong
câu phủ định)
- Is
it possible to get there by -We can't start until/till the guests arrive.
Ví dụ midnight? -You will have to wait until/till the next
- We will surely deliver it to you by Thursday to get a new phone.
tomorrow.
2.2. In - During - For
In During For
Nhấn mạnh vào một thời Nhấn mạnh một sự việc cụ Nhấn mạnh vào khoảng
điểm cụ thể (when thê (what happened) diễn ra thời gian bao lâu (how
Cách happened) mà một sự trong một khoảng thời gian long) mà một sự việc
dùng việc (event) nào đó diễn nhất định (a period of time) (event) nào đó diễn ra
ra
Ví dụ We watched a good We watched a good comedy We watched a good comedy

comedy in the evening. during the evening. for two hours last night.
5
2
Giới từ 'in' còn chỉ một sự việc nào đó diễn ra sớm/nhanh ở mức nào.
Ví dụ:
- I’ll talk to you in 5 minutes. (Tôi sẽ nói chuyện với bạn trong vòng 5 phút nữa)
Lưu ý
- We finished all the work in less than 2 hours. (Chúng tôi đã xong việc trong
chưa đầy 2 tiếng)
2.3. Over - Across - Through

Over Across Through
Chỉ sự chuyên động từ một Chỉ sự chuyển động từ Chỉ sự chuyến động từ phía
Cách điểm bên này vượt sang phía bên này sang phía bên bên này sang phía bên kia
dùng điểm bên kia qua một kia trên (on) cùng một bề trong (in) cùng một không
chướng ngại vật mặt nào đó gian nào đó
-The road goes over the - Their children can swim - You can drive through
mountains. across that river. the tunnel to get there
Ví dụ - They managed to climb - We slowly walked across faster.
over the fence. the field. - We quickly walked
through the woods before
it got dark
2.4. Along - Past - Beyond

Along Past Beyond
Chỉ sự chuyển động dọc Chỉ sự chuyển động ở phía Chỉ vị trí hoặc điểm đến
theo một đường thẳng, trước và ngang qua một của một nơi nào đó nằm xa
Cách thường ở trên một bề mặt nơi hoặc điểm nào đó trên hơn trong tương quan với
dùng hoặc trong một không gian cùng một bề mặt một điểm khác
dài
-A little boy was running - He just walked straight - In the distance, beyond
along the path towards us. past us without saying a the river, was a small town.
- You'll find her office just word. - The inmate longed to see
Ví dụ
along the corridor. - We drove past your house the world beyond the
the other day. prison wall.
2.5. On - Above - Over

On Above Over
Cách Chỉ vị trí của vật này ở Chỉ vị trí của vật này ở phía Chỉ vị trí của một vật bao
dùng trực tiếp trên một vật khác trên một vật khác (hai vật trùm hoặc phủ lên một vật
(hai vật tiếp xúc với nhau) không tiếp xúc với nhau) khác
5
3
- There is a portrait of her -There is a mirror above - She put a blanket over the
son on the wall in the the sink in the bathroom. sleeping child.
Ví dụ bedroom. -The helicopter was - Helicopters dropped
- Please don't put your hovering above the leaflets over the city.
elbows on the table! building.
2.6. Under - Below - Beneath

Under Below Beneath
Chỉ vị trí của một vật nằmChỉ vị trí của một vật Chỉ vị trí của một vật nằm
bên dưới hoặc bị bao trùm nằm thấp hơn so với vật phía dưới một vật khác nhưng
Cách
bởi một vật khác (đối khác nhưng không tiếp thường bị khuất, không
dùng
nghĩa với on và over) xúc trực tiếp (đối nghĩa nhìn/cảm thấy rõ (trong nhiều
với above) trường hợp, beneath = under)
- She put the thermometer - Should I wear my skirts - His letter was hidden
under my tongue. above or below the beneath a pile of papers.
Ví dụ - What are your kids doing knee? - We huddled together for
under the table? - Please do not write warmth beneath the blankets.
below this line.
2.7. Between - Among

Between Among
Cách Chỉ vị trí của người/vật/địa điểm nào đó Chỉ vị trí của người/vật/địa điểm nào đó
dùng nằm giữa hai thực thể người/ vật/ địa nằm ở phía trong, được bao quanh bởi
điểm khác. những người/vật/địa điểm khác.
- B comes between A and C in the - They strolled among the crowds.
Ví dụ alphabet - I found the letter among his papers.
- Anna sat down between Joe and Tom.
IV. Giới từ theo sau các tính từ (Prepositions following adjectives)

Adjectives + ABOUT
angry about annoyed curious about mad about nervous serious about sorry
about anxious about depressed about about obsessed about about sure about
careful about careless enthusiastic about optimistic about sympathetic about
about certain about excited about furious pessimistic about terrible about upset
concerned about about guilty about puzzled about sad about worried about
crazy about happy about hopeful about sensitive about wrong about
about sth
Adjectives + AT
amazed at bad at disappointed at hopeless at successful at
angry at brilliant at excellent at mad at surprised at
annoyed at clever at excited at presented at talented at
awful at delighted at good at skilled at terrible at
5
4
Adjectives + BY
amazed by delighted by excited by impressed by shocked by
astonished by disturbed by fascinated by inspired by surprised by
Adjectives + FOR
•available for eager for greedy for notorious for ready for sorry for
concerned for eligible for helpful for necessary for renowned for suitable for
convenient for famous for hungry for prepared for responsible for thankful for
difficult for grateful for known for qualified for serious for thirsty for
Adjectives + FROM
absent from divorced from free from made from safe from tired
different from far from isolated from protected from from
Adjectives + IN
comfortable in experienced in involved in present in slow in
disappointed in interested in polite/impolite in rich in successful in
Adjectives + OF
accused of clever of generous of envious of proud of scared suspicious of
afraid of certain of frightened of jealous of of short of sure of tired
ahead of conscious of full of guilty of kind/niceofsb sensible of sick of true of
ashamed of doubtful of hopeful of made of nasty of silly/stupid typical of
aware of fond of innocent of of nervous of of sb unkind of
capable of devoid of
Adjectives + TO
acceptable to attached to equal to harmful to preferable to similar to
accustomed beneficial to exposed to indifferent to receptive to superior to
to addicted to committed to familiar to married to related to rude unfriendly to
allergic to dedicated to favourable to opposed to to unkind to
Adjectives + WITH
acquainted with blessed with busy confronted with disappointed with furious with
angry with with careful with connected with disgusted with patient with
annoyed with cluttered with content with fed up with pleased with
associated with comfortable with crowded with familiar with popular with
bored with delighted with friendly with satisfied with
V. Giới từ theo sau các động từ (Prepositions following verbs)

Verbs + ABOUT
5
5
argue about complain about forget about laugh about tell about
ask about concern about hear about quarrel about sth think about
boast about decide about joke about protest about worry about
care about dream about know about talk about write about
Verbs + AT
aim at guess at look at point at stare at
arrive at hint at marvel at shout at throw at
glance at laugh at peer at smile at wink at
Verbs + FOR
admire for beg for excuse for head for pray for stand for
apologize for blame for fear for hope for prepare for vote for
apply for call for fine for long for thank for wait for
arrest for ask care for fight for look for search for wish for
for check for forgive for pay for scold for work for
Verbs + FROM
abstain from derive from graduate from prevent from rescue from save from
borrow from escape from hide from prohibit from resign from separate from
choose from emerge from hinder from protect from result from stem from
come from forbid from infer from recover from retire from suffer from
Verbs + IN
absorb in believe in fail in involve in result in succeed in
arrive in confide in fill in participate in specialize in trust in
Verbs + OF
accuse sb of consist of convince sb of hear of remind sb of suspect of
approve of convict of cure sb of sth disapprove of sth think of
sth conceive die of deprive sb of dream of rob sb of sth
of sth
Verbs + ON
agree on sth comment on count on elaborate on live on rely on
base on concentrate cheat on impose on play on spend on
blame on on depend on insist on pride oneself work on
congratulate on
on
Verbs + TO
adapt to apply to connect to describe sth to listen to respond to
add to attend to convert to explain sth object to speak to
adjust to belong to contribute to happen to react to subscribe to
admit to complain to devote to introduce to refer to talk to
apologize to consent to dedicate to lead to reply to turn to
Verbs + WITH
5
6
agree with sb complain with confuse with disagree with help with provide with
argue with comply with cope with discuss with interfere with quarrel with
begin with concern with cover with face with fight meet with share with
collide with confront with charge with with present with supply with
VI. Giới từ theo sau các danh từ (Prepositions following nouns)

Nouns + ABOUT
agreement about complaint about confusion about decision about opinion about
anxiety about concern about debate about information about story about
Nouns + BETWEEN (A and B)
link between contact between difference between bond between
connection between comparison between relationship between
Nouns + FOR
check for bid for desire for preference for responsibility for
reason for case for fondness for recipe for room for
admiration for credit for hope for regret for search for
advertisement for cure for love for reputation for talent for
approval for demand for need for respect for thirst for
Nouns + FROM
excerpt from transition from shift from change from protection from
Nouns + IN
belief in delay in experience in fall in rise in
change in difference in growth in lesson in pleasure in
course in difficulty in increase in participation in reduction in
decrease in drop in interest in place in success in
Nouns + OF
cause of characteristic fear of lack of notice of risk of
photograph of of grasp of love of possibility of understanding of
address of example of habit of member of problem of use of
disadvantage exhibition of intention of memory of process of victim of
of experience of knowledge of method of result of way of
advantage of
awareness of
Nouns + ON
agreement on ban on curb on effect on influence on
attack on comment on decision on impact on report on
authority on congratulation on debate on information on tax on
Nouns + TO
access to approach to desire to reaction to response to
addiction to contribution to devotion to reference to solution to
allusion to damage to invitation to relevance to threat to
attitude to dedication to newcomer to resistance to visit to
Nouns + WITH
5
7
argument with contact with dealings with link with relationship with
concern with contrast with difficulty with meeting with sympathy with
connection date with involvement quarrel with trouble with
with with
VII. Danh Từ Theo Sau Giới Từ (Prepositions followed by Nouns)
AT + Nouns
at all costs at a guess at ease at high speed at length at risk
at a standstill at a loose end at face value at hand at pains at short notice
at a discount at a loss at fault at heart at peace/war at stake
ata distance at a low ebb at first sight at large at random at work
at a glance at any rate at full strength at least at rest at will
BY + Nouns
by accident by chance by degrees by hand by means of by profession
by all accounts by check by design by heart by mistake by request
by all means by coincidence by far by law by nature by surprise
by birth by definition by force by marriage by oneself by virtue of
FOR + Nouns
for a reason for certain for good [ouns
for life for real for the good of
for a change for fear of for granted for love for sale for the sake of
for a while for fun for hire for luck for sure for want of
IN + Nouns
in a flash in brief in danger in essence in pieces in silence
in a hurry in bulk in fact in poverty in tears
in a mess in cash in pieces in general in practice in terror
in abundance in charge of in silence in honor of in private pain
in action in comfort in debt in ink/pencil in progress in vain
in advance in common fact in labor in public in theory
in answer to in conclusion poverty in in mind in reality in town
in awe of in confusion tears in pain in return in trouble
in blossom in control of in decline in person in short in turn
in defense in vain
of in words
in disguise
in dispute
in doubt
in effect
in error
ON + Nouns
on a diet on arrival on behalf on delivery on loan on schedule
on a spree on average of on display on one's own on tiptoe
on account of on balance on board on impulse on purpose on trial
on approval on bail on on leave on strike on vacation
business
on credit
5
8
OUT + Nouns
out of breath out of fashion out of duty out of order out of reach out of step
out of context out of date out of out of pity out of sight out of stock
out of control out of doors hand out out of place out of spite out of work
of love
TO + Nouns
to an extent to excess to sb’s credit to sb's face to the best of to the limit
to date to sb's surprise to sb’s dismay to the day to the full to the last
UNDER + Nouns
under age under under discussion under pressure under stress
under arrest circumstances under orders under regulations under suspicion
under cover under consideration under protection under repair under treatment
under construction
WITH + Nouns
with approval with a view to with regret with the aid of with the help of
with abandon with an eye to with respect to with the with the intention
with a will with regard to with success with compliments of of
the exception of with the purpose
of of
WITHIN + Nouns
within earshot within limits within reach (of) within sb's power within sight of
within grasp within reason within sb’s budget within sb's rights within walking
distance
WITHOUT + Nouns
without a doubt without a break without delay without question without thinking
without a hitch without a plan without foundation without respite without warning
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Fill in each blank below with a suitable preposition.
1. Her novel shot…………the top of the bestseller list.
2. He suffers from back trouble too, so he was very sympathetic…………my problem.
3. Many companies have imposed curbs…………smoking in the workplace.
4. He took a vow to abstain…………alcohol.
5. She was recently divorced and feeling…………a very low ebb.
6. They have always been very polite in their dealings…………me.
7. It is important to have someone you can confide………….
8. The letter was devoid…………warmth and feeling.
9. You deserve credit…………making him change his mind.
10. Anne was French…………birth but lived most of her life in Italy.
Exercise 2. Complete each sentence with a suitable prepositional phrase given in the
box below.
regardless of due to in favour of in case of apart from
5
9
as for by means of instead of according to on behalf of
1. I think I'd rather have coffee…………..tea.
2.…………..the danger, Paul ran back into the burning house.
3.…………..fire, smash the glass and push the emergency button.
4. Personally, I am…………..banning cigarettes completely.
5. I would like to thank you…………..everybody who was rescued.
6.…………..you, nobody else knows that I have escaped.
7…………..Steve, he believes that we should stay where we are.
8. Jim managed to climb the house…………..the ladder he found.
9.…………..the rain, the match was postponed.
10.…………..the timetable, the next train is due in two hours.
Exercise 3. Underline and correct ten mistakes about prepositions in the following
passage. Write the corrections in the space given below.
Graduate Joblessness
Large numbers in young people who completed university and went out in search for a
job last summer are still outside of work. A rise of the number of graduates this year,
together with cuts on graduate training schemes, have resulted in record levels with
graduate unemployment this year. What can you do to make sure that you're not into this
position when you finish your studies? Career advisors recommend working towards
nothing during the school holidays to get experience about the kind of work you want to
do eventually. This tactic may even result from a permanent position once the firm sees
what you are capable in doing.
(adapted from Mastermind Use of English)
For example: 0. in → of
1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
9. 10.
6
0
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 9
TÍNH TỪ (ADJECTIVES)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
Tính từ (adjectives) là từ dùng để bổ trợ cho danh từ hoặc đại từ, có chức năng miêu tả các
đặc tính của sự vật, hiện tượng mà danh từ đó đại diện.
Ví dụ: - He is very smart, ('smart' là tính từ bổ nghĩa cho đại từ 'he')
- It's a beautiful house, ('beautiful' là tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ 'house')
I. Phân loại tính từ (Kinds of adjectives)
Tính từ trong tiếng Anh có thể được chia thành hai loại chính là: Tính từ mô tả và tính từ
giới hạn.
1. Tính từ mô tả (Descriptive adjectives)
Tính từ mô tả là những từ dùng để miêu tả về đặc điểm của danh từ như phẩm chất, tính
cách, màu sắc, hình dạng, kích thước, độ cũ mới, chất liệu ...
Ví dụ: beautiful, intelligent, green, round, small, new, woolen
2. Tính từ giới hạn (Limiting adjectives)
Tính từ giới hạn là những từ đặt giới hạn cho những danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa. Tính từ giới
hạn được chia thành 7 loại dưới đây:
Loại Chức năng Ví dụ
Tính từ riêng Là những từ phát sinh từ danh - I like Japanese food.
(Proper từ riêng, thường là các từ chỉ - She enjoys Korean films.
adjectives) dân tộc, ngôn ngữ của một - He is doing a research on Darwinian
nước nào đó hoặc những điều theory.
gì gắn với tác phẩm, phát - Shakespearean language is
minh nổi tiếng của ai đó sophisticated.
Tính từ sở hữu Là những từ chỉ tính sở hữu -I want to listen to your childhood.
(Possessive của một danh từ nhất định và - Their house is located on a hill.
adjectives) luôn có danh từ đi kèm phía
- His love for her is admirable.
sau
Tính từ chỉ định Là những từ dùng để chỉ rõ -1 have watched this movie before.
(Demonstrative một người, một sự vật, hoặc - That lady is graceful.
adjectives) một sự việc nào đó
- Whose are those cats?
Tính từ nghi vân Là hai từ ('what' và 'which') - What novel are you reading?
(Interrogative dùng trong câu nghi vấn luôn - What country would you like to visit
adjectives) đi có danh từ đi kèm phía sau next?
- Which subject is this book?
- Which dress are you wearing for the
party tonight?
6
1
Tính từ bất định Là những từ dùng để chỉ - I need to buy some milk.
(Indefinite người, vật, sự việc nào đó - He does not have any money.
adjectives) nhưng không chỉ rõ tính chất, - There is no place like home.
đặc điểm của danh từ đó như:
all, no, many, much, some,
few, several, little, any
* Lưu ý: Some, Any, No, - Someone is following US now.
Every sẽ trở thành đại từ nếu - I don't need anything except for a
theo sau chúng là các từ body, good health.
one, thing.
Tính từ chỉ số - Là những từ dùng để chỉ số
đếm (Cardinal lượng của danh từ mà chúng - Your essay should be two hundred
adjectives) bô nghĩa như: one, two, five words long.
- Những tính từ chỉ số lượng
sau đây khi dùng không thêm
‘s’ ở cuối mặc dù nó có nghĩa
số nhiều: hundred, thousand, - Hundreds of people are gathering on
million, billion, dozen the streets.
* Lưu ý: Nếu thêm 'of vào
sau các từ trên thì phải thêm
's' ở cuối các từ.
Tính từ chỉ số Là những từ dùng để chỉ số - Who was the first person to set foot on
thứ tự (Ordinal thứ tự của danh từ mà chúng the Moon?
adjectives) bổ nghĩa như: first, twelfth - Her second daughter was born in
* Lưu ý: Tính từ chỉ số thứ tự 2010.
phải đi kèm với mạo từ 'the'
hoặc tính từ sở hữu ở phía
trước nó.
II. Dạng đặc biệt của tính từ

1. Danh từ dùng làm tính từ (Nouns used as adjectives)
Trong nhiều trường hợp, danh từ có thể được dùng như tính từ để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ
khác.
Ví dụ: a chemistry teacher, a love story, a color box, a ticket office, a horse race
a. Quy tắc 1: Danh từ dùng làm tính từ luôn phải đứng trước danh từ mà nó muốn bổ
nghĩa. So sánh hai cụm danh từ sau:
- a horse race: cuộc đua ngựa (danh từ ‘horse’ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ race’ - horse’ đứng
trước race)
- a race horse: con ngựa đua (danh từ ‘race’ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ 'horse' – ‘race' đứng
trước ‘horse’)
b. Quy tắc 2: Danh từ dùng làm tính từ thông thường có dạng số ít.
Ví dụ: a pencil sharpener or pencil sharpeners. NOT: pencils sharpener hay pencils
sharpener
* Lưu ý: những trường hợp ngoại lệ: a clothes shop, a sports club, a customs duty,
arms production
c. Quy tắc 3: Danh từ dùng làm tính từ được viết theo ba cách dưới đây:
6
2
- Hai từ đứng tách rời nhau (two separate words)
Ví dụ: a car door, a history book, a tennis racket, a soccer ball
- Hai từ nối với nhau bằng dấu gạch ngang (two hyphenated words)
Ví dụ: duty-free, text-editor, city-state, counter-attack
- Hai từ đứng liền nhau tạo thành một từ đồng nhất (one word)
Ví dụ: bedroom, notebook, fireman, waistcoat, boyfriend, paintbrush, chinaware
* Lưu ý: Không có quy tắc cụ thể nào cho các cách viết trên, trong nhiều trường hợp, một
số cụm danh từ có thể được viết theo cả 3 cách.
Ví dụ: healthcare, health care, health-care
d. Quy tắc 4: Một danh từ có thể được bổ nghĩa bởi nhiều danh từ khác nhau đứng trước
nó. Ví dụ: car production cost, England football team coach, Government road
accident research centre
e. Quy tắc 5: Một danh từ có thể được bổ nghĩa bởi cả tính từ và danh từ đứng trước nó:
Ví dụ: a lovely coffee mug, an honest shop assistant, an expensive gold watch
2. Phân từ dùng làm tính từ (Participles used as adjectives)
Có một số tính từ được cấu tạo bởi [(động từ) + đuôi '-ing' / '-ed'] dùng để bổ nghĩa cho
danh từ hoặc đại từ.
Ví dụ: boring, bored/interesting, interested/exciting, excited
Cách sử dụng hai loại tính từ phân từ này:
- Tính từ tận cùng bằng đuôi '-ing' dùng để mô tả đặc điểm, tính chất, tính cách của sự
vật, sự việc hoặc người.
Ví dụ: an interesting film (một bộ phim thú vị), a boring man (một người đàn ông
nhàm chán) a moving story (một câu chuyện cảm động), an annoying client (một khách
hàng khó chịu)
- Tính từ tận cùng bằng đuôi '-ed' dùng để mô tả tâm trạng, cảm nhận của một người
hoặc con vật.
Ví dụ:
+ I was bored during the long fight. (Tôi cảm thấy chán trong suốt chuyến bay dài.) so
sánh với: It was such a long boring fight. (Đó là một chuyến bay dài và nhàm chán.)
+ My cat is frightened of that huge dog (Con mèo của tôi sợ con chó khổng lồ kia.) so
sánh với: It is such a huge frightening dog. (Đó là một con chó khổng lồ đáng sợ.)
III. Chức năng của tính từ (Functions of adjectives)
Chức năng Đặc điểm Ví dụ
Bổ nghĩa cho - Thường đứng ngay trước - She is a bright student.
danh từ danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa - I'm looking for a nice red skirt.
(modify for a - Có thể đứng sau danh từ - What is your sweetest childhood memory?
noun) trong các trường hợp: - I need to discuss something important with
+ được dùng với đại từ bất you.
định như: something, - Have you heard anything new?
anything - He only dates someone beautiful and smart.
6
3
- Her boyfriend, tall and handsome, is from
+ tính từ được tách rời Korea.
trong câu - The old man, poor and lonely, devoured his
+ các tình từ bắt đầu bằng food.
tiếp đầu ngữ 'a': alive, -1 saw the house aflame.
alone, alike, alight,
aflame, asleep, afoot
Bổ ngữ của Đi sau các động từ liên - After a shower, the streets look clean and
động từ kết (linking verbs) như: fresh. -I don't know why he got angry with
(complement of be, become, get, grow, me.
a verb) get, keep, look, prove, - Many restaurants remained empty after the
remain, seem crisis.
- The plan has proved successful.
Bổ ngữ của tân Đứng phía sau tân ngữ, bổ - My parents want to paint the house yellow.
ngữ (objective nghĩa cho chính danh từ - You should keep your body warm in winter.
complement) làm tân ngữ
- He cut his daughter's hair short.
Bổ ngữ của chủ Thường đứng sau động từ - The man was found dead on the way home.
ngữ (subjective ở dạng bị động và bô - His hair has been dyed black.
complement) nghĩa cho danh từ phía - Some food should never be eaten raw.
trước đó
Sử dụng như Những tính từ có 'the' - The poor do not understand how the rich
danh từ (used đứng trước nhưng không think.
as a noun) kèm danh từ phía sau, - The disabled still find it hard to get a job.
đóng vai trò như danh từ
để chỉ một tập hợp người
hoặc khái niệm nào đó
như: the rich, the poor,
the young, the old, the
handicapped, the
unemployed
IV. Tính từ kép (Compound adjectives)

Tính từ kép là những tính từ được cấu tạo bởi hai thành phần từ riêng biệt. Trong nhiều
trường hợp, việc sử dụng tính từ kép là cần thiết và hữu ích vì chúng ngắn gọn, rõ ràng mà
có tác dụng biểu đạt ý tưởng đầy đủ, súc tích.
Cách thành lập các dạng tính từ kép:
Dạng thức Đặc điểm Ví dụ
Thường dùng với tính pale-blue, dark-blue, light-purple, deep-green,
từ miêu tả để chỉ rõ red-hot, rosy-red
Adj + Adj cấp độ, sắc thái của
tính từ đó
6
4
Mô tả tính chất, đặc good-looking, dull-ỉooking, old-looking, long-
điểm được biểu lộ rõ lasting, long-standing, slow-moving, quick-
V-ing qua hình thức bên firing, far-reaching, sweet-smelling, sour-
ngoài tasting
Mô tả tính chất hoặc cold-pressed juice, an ill-bred boy, a far-
cách thức được tạo ra fetched story, a pink-painted house
V-ed hay thực hiện của
danh từ mà nó bổ
nghĩa
Thường được dùng để green-eyed, long-legged, short-haired, sharp-

miêu tả về ngoại hình nosed, old-fashioned, cold-blooded, quick-
Noun-ed hoặc tính cách, phẩm witted, ill-fated, low-roofted, bad-tempered,
chất của người hoặc strong-willed, open-minded, narrow-minded,
vật absent-minded, high-spirited, kind-hearted,
light-hearted, short-sighted
full-time, full-length, last-minute, long-
Thành phần phía trước distance, three-week, four-month, two-year,
Noun thường là các tính từ one-way, second-hand, five-star, hot-air, high-
chỉ số đếm hoặc tính speed, high-quality, late-night, short-term,
từ mô tả long-term
snow-white, ink-black, navy-blue, stone-hard,
So sánh sự tương đồng
Adj giữa hai sự vật, sự gold-bright
việc, hiện tượng
heart-breaking, heart-wrenching, heart-
Chỉ sự hiện hữu của warming, mouth-watering, thought-provoking,
một trạng thái tâm lí,
V-ing hoặc một vấn đ'ê nào law-abiding, coal-mining, time-consuming,
life-saving, recordbreaking, English-speaking,
đó đang được thực home-schooling
hiện, áp dụng
Thường chỉ sự bị heart-broken, tear-stained, weather-beaten,
Noun + V-ed
động, thụ động hoặc sun-baked, wind-powered, water-cooled,
(P2) cam chịu hand-made,...
a lion-hearted soldier, a moon-faced woman,
Thường so sánh ẩn dụ
an ash-colored shirt
Noun-ed giữa hai sự vật, hiện
tượng (danh từ đứng
sau thêm "ed")
Không đa dạng, lưu ý
tránh nhầm với danh part-time, bed-time, water-proof, bullet-proof,
Noun
từ được dùng làm tính noise-proof, north-ward, west-ward, eastward,
từ south-ward, world-class, home-style
Adv + V-ing Thường chỉ sự hoạt ever-lasting, fast-moving, fast-running, hard-
động hoặc chuyển working, n ever-ending, forward-thinking
động
6
5
Thường mô tả đặc well-behaved, well-educated, well-designed,
V-ed điểm, chất lượng hoặc well-known, well-heeled, newly-born, densely-
cấp độ tính chất của populated, widely-recognized, highly-
(P2) danh từ mà nó bổ respected, deeply-rooted, easily-broken,
nghĩa badly-torn, hard-boiled
6
6
V. Trật tự của tính từ (Order of adjectives)
Trong nhiều trường hợp, danh từ có thể được bổ nghĩa bởi hai hay nhiều tính từ miêu tả đi
liền nhau. Tuy nhiên, những tính từ này cần được sắp xếp theo một thứ tự nhất định.
Có hai loại tính từ miêu tả cần lưu ý: tính từ miêu tả thực (adjectives for physical
description - gọi tắt: descriptive adjectives), ví dụ: big, small, long, short, round, flat,
young, green và tính từ miêu tả cảm nghĩ, ý kiến cá nhân (opinion adjectives): lovely, nice,
good, great, tasty, bad, terrible, strange, silly, ugly
1. Tính từ miêu tả cảm nghĩ (Opinion adjectives)
Tính từ chỉ cảm nghĩ được chia thành hai loại nhỏ hơn: tính từ chỉ cảm nghĩ khái quát
(general opinion adjectives) và tính từ chỉ cảm nghĩ cụ thể (specific opinion adjectives)
Tính từ chỉ Ví dụ
cảm nghĩ
Khái quát good, bad, lovely, nice, great, beautiful, excellent, important, awful,
terrible
- Đồ ăn: tasty, delicious, scrumptious, delectable, bland, tasteless
Cụ thể - Đồ vật: comfortable, uncomfortable, cosy, handy, accessible, convenient
- Người, con vặt: friendly, hospitable, cheerful, fierce, clever, faithful
2. Tính từ miêu tả thực (Descriptive adjectives)

Tính từ miêu tả Ví dụ
thực
Kích cỡ (size) huge, gigantic, big, small, tiny, little, fat, heavy, thin, slim, skinny
Hình dáng (shape) square, round, oval, fat, curved, straight, wide, narrow, pointy,
Độ tuổi/cũ-mới (age) bent
old, ancient, antique,young, new, novel,youthful, mature, six-year-
Màu sắc (colour) old
orange, deep-green, reddish, dark-blue, light-brown, faded, pale
Họa tiết spotted, checked, fecked, fowery, striped, zigzag, criss-cross
(pattern/design)
Nguồn gốc (origin) British, American, French, Japanese, Korean, Vietnamese, Arabic
Chất liệu (material) wooden, woollen, paper, leather, plastic, silk, silver, gold, synthetic
Mục đích (purpose) racing, riding, running, dinning, gardening, shopping, swimming
3. Cách sắp xếp thứ tự các tính từ

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Determine Opinion Size Age Shape Colou Pattern Origin Materi Purpose Noun
r A r checked French leather
lovely small new square brown al shopping
Her beautiful big antiqu round pink fowery Korean wooden dinning table
* Lưu ý: e
- Tính từ cảm nghĩ chung (general opinion adjectives) đứng trước tính từ cảm nghĩ cụ thể
(specific opinion adjectives)
- Nếu có nhiều tính từ cùng nhóm thì sắp xếp theo thứ tự bảng chữ cái (ví dụ: a cold sticky
wet saucepan)
VI. Những tính từ không kết hợp với danh từ phía sau
6
7
Có một số tính từ chỉ có thể đứng sau động từ liên kết (linking verbs) mà không thể đi
kèm bổ nghĩa cho danh từ nào phía sau nó như: afraid, alive, alone, asleep, aflame,
ablaze, content, glad, ready, sorry, sure, unable, interested, bored, annoyed, finished,
thrilled, alarmed, v.v.
Ví dụ: - She was very glad when she heard the news (câu đúng)
- When she heard the news, she was a very glad person. (câu sai)
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) to complete each sentence below.
1. He seems rather…………. Is he upset about anything?
A. unsocial B. apathetic C. reserved D. subdued
2. He’s very………….about his work, so try not to say anything that he might take as a
criticism.
A. annoyed B. touchy C. irritated D. annoying
3. It was a………….mistake. I wasn't trying to cheat you.
A. genuine B. sincere C. truthful D. frank
4. My first day at work was………….because there were so many new things to take in.
A. confused B. puzzled C. bewildering D. mystifying
5. I was absolutely………….It took me ages to stop thinking.
A. dreaded B. petrified C. feared D. scary
6. She's very………….. She can’t sit down for long.
A. lively B. decisive C. impassive D. good company
7. She's………….with the idea that somebody is following her. I think she ought to see a
psychiatrist
A. enthusiastic B. fascinated C. obsessed D. fanatical
8. He’s got a very………….manner, so don’t be surprised if, the first time you meet him,
he asks you how much you earn.
A. sincere B. frank C. direct D. reliable
9. With half of the office either on holiday or ill, we're all feeling quite…………. at
the moment.
A. harassed B. bothered C. ill at ease D. uncomfortable
10. Both she and her partner have got………….attitudes towards marriage.
A. single B. free C. independent D. liberated
Exercise 2. Rewrite each sentence below using a compound adjective without

changing the meaning of the given sentence.
1.This man has a strong will.
→ It's ………………………………………………………………………………….....
2.This scheme is supposed to help you make money.
→ It’s …………………………………………………………………………………....
3. As a child I used to have curly hair.
→ I…………………………………………………………………………………..........
4. The engine is cooled by water.
→ It's…………………………………………………………………………………......
5.The charity appeal show will go on for 24 hours.
→ It's …………………………………………………………………………………....
6. The writing in the script is brilliant.
6
8
→ It’s …………………………………………………………………………………....
7. The canteen here is subsidised in part.
→ There …………………………………………………………………………………
8. The sports center was constructed last year so it’s still new.
→ There………………………………………………………………………………….
9.Rescue workers planned the operation carefully.
→ It…………………………………………………………………………………........
10. This solar panel is as thin as paper.
→ This…………………………………………………………………………………...
Exercise 3. Complete the sentences below using the words in bold in the correct
order.
1. Oh, what a/an…………sculpture! Did you buy it when you were there?
(African, gorgeous, little)
2. Have you seen my…………boots anywhere? I'm sure I left them here.
(black, climbing, leather)
3. They’ve got some…………shoes in the sale at Derbyshire’s.
(ballet, fantastic, pink, Russian, silk)
4. Didn't the bride look lovely in that…………dress?
(beautiful, cotton, cream, wedding)
5. Does Spencer still drive that…………car of his?
(blue, foreign, ugly)
6. It's hard to imagine that such a…………frog is so important to the local environment.
(Amazonian, green, tiny)
7. Andrea has a…………rug on the floor in her bedroom.
(long, lovely, sheepskin, white)
8. The clown was wearing a…………wig and a red nose.
(funny, plastic, red)
9. I couldn't believe it when Sylvia turned up in the same…………hat that she wore last
time.
(horrible, wide, yellow)
10. When are you going to get rid of those…………trousers?
(French, nylon, dreadful, short)
6
9
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 10
TRẠNG TỪ (ADVERBS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Định nghĩa
Trạng từ hay còn được gọi là phó từ (adverbs) là từ dùng để bổ nghĩa cho động từ, tính từ,
một trạng từ khác hoặc cả một cụm từ, một mệnh đề, một câu. Trạng từ cung cấp thêm
thông tin về nơi chốn, thời gian, hoàn cảnh, cách thức, nguyên nhân, mức độ, v.v.
Ví dụ: - He speaks English well. (‘well’ là trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ ‘speak’)
- It was extremely hot yesterday. (‘extremely’ là trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho tính từ
'hot’)
- She always drives very fast (‘very’ là trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho trạng từ fast’)
- Fortunately, we still arrived there in time, (‘fortunately’ là trạng từ bổ nghĩa
cho câu ‘we still arrived there in time')
II. Các loại trạng từ (Kinds of adverbs)
Trạng từ Vai trò VỊ trí Ví dụ
Cho biết sự việc Đa phần đứng sau - They have worked very hard.
được xảy ra hoặc động từ và tân ngữ - She speaks French well.
được thực hiện như (cuối câu); nếu trạng - He shut the door angrily.
thế nào, dùng để trả từ có đuôi ‘ly’ có thể
lời cho câu hỏi với đứng sau hoặc trước - He angrily shut the door.
'how' động từ (giữa câu). - She smiled happily and left.
- We walked slowly along the
* Lưu ý:
Chỉ cách 1. Trạng từ chỉ cách thức thường được badly = bad + ly
thức thành lập bằng cách thêm 'ly' vào sau tính nicely = nice + ly
(Adverbs of từ. happily = happy -y + ily
manner) Adv = Adj + ‘ly'
2. Một số từ kết thúc bằng Ty' nhưng là lovely, friendly, silly, lonely,
tính từ. ugly
3. Một số trạng từ cùng hình thức với tính hard, fast, early, late, deep,
từ. near
4. Một số từ có thể có hai trạng từ: một late - lately; hard - hardly; near
trạng từ cùng hình thức với tính từ và một - nearly; deep - deeply; high -
trạng từ có đuôi Ty’ có nghĩa khác. highly
Cho biết sự việc xảy - Chủ yếu đứng ở - What are you doing now?
ra khi nào, trả lời cuối câu
Chỉ thời cho câu hỏi với - Đứng ở đầu câu để - Today we're getting married.
gian 'when' nhấn mạnh hoặc chỉ - Our team was doing well last
(Adverbs of sự trái ngược year. This year we are
time) - Có thể đứng ở giữa struggling.
câu - Shh! The baby is still sleeping.
- Sorry, my boss has just gone
7
0
Cho biết sự việc xảy -Thường đứng ở cuối - See you there!
ra ở đâu, trả lời cho câu -I want to study abroad.
câu hỏi với - Đôi khi đứng ở đầu - At the foot of the hill, there's a
'where' câu (trong văn lovely small house.
chương hoặc khi - Outside the window is a large
trạng từ không phải parking lot.
Chỉ nơi trọng tâm của câu)
chốn
(Adverbs of
place) * Lưu ý:
1. Trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn thường đứng -We have lived here since 2005.
trước trạng từ chỉ thời gian.
2. 'Here' và 'There' có thể bắt đầu một
-She always goes to school
mệnh đề. early.
Here/ There + Verb + Subject -Here comes the birthday girl!
-There goes the bride!
Cho biết sự việc xảy - Đứng ở vị trí giữa - He always gets up at 6 o'clock.
ra thường xuyên như câu, trước động từ - She is seldom late for class.
Chỉ tần suất thế nào, trả lời cho thường và sau động
(Adverbs of câu hỏi với từ 'be'
frequency) 'how often’ - Đứng ở đầu hoặc
cuối câu - I go swimming twice a week.
Cho biết mức độ (ít, - Đứng trước tính từ - The weather is quite hot today.
nhiều, v.v.) của một hoặc trạng từ mà nó - She can play piano very well.
tính chất hoặc một bổ nghĩa. - Don't eat too quickly!
đặc điểm. * Lưu ý: 'enough' - This flat is not big enough for
Chỉ mức độ đứng sau tính từ và us.
(Adverbs of trạng từ. - You don't write clearly
degree) - Đứng trước động từ enough.
thường hoặc sau động -I really enjoy the book.
từ 'be' - She quite likes the food.
- He is just my type.
Được dùng để đặt Luôn đứng đầu câu When did he arrive?
-
Nghi vấn
câu hỏi: where, - Why don't you come over?
(Interrogati
when, why, how
ve adverbs) - How good is your English?
Trạng từ Giới thiệu các mệnh Đứng ở giữa câu và - That's the day when he was
quan hệ đề quan hệ sau các sau các danh từ mà gone.
(Relative danh từ chỉ thời nó bổ trợ trong mệnh - This is the house where she
adverbs) gian, nơi chốn và lý đề quan hệ lived.
do - Do you know the reason why
he quit his job?
7
1
III. Chức năng của trạng từ (Functions of adverbs)
Chức năng Ví dụ
Bổ nghĩa cho động - She dances beautifully, ('beautifully' bổ nghĩa cho động từ 'dances')
từ - He quickly turned back. ('quickly' bổ nghĩa cho động từ 'turned')
Bổ nghĩa cho tính - They are newly rich people. ('newly' bổ nghĩa cho tính từ 'rich')
từ - It's bitterly cold outside. ('bitterly' bổ nghĩa cho tính từ 'cold')
Bổ nghĩa cho trạng - He plays cricket very well, ('very' bố nghĩa cho trạng từ 'well')
từ khác - She behaved too badly, ('too' bổ nghĩa cho trạng từ 'badly')
- The picture is slightly above the eye-level, ('slightly' bô nghĩa cho

Bổ nghĩa cho cụm cụm giới từ above the eye-leveỉ')
giới từ - The plane is just below the horizon, ('just' bổ nghĩa cho cụm giới từ
'below the horizon')
Bổ nghĩa cho cả - Hopefully, she will come, ('hopefully' bô nghĩa cho 'she will come)
câu - Luckily, we found him. ('luckily' bố nghĩa cho we found him')
IV. Các trường hợp đặc biệt của trạng từ (Special cases of adverbs)
1. Những trạng từ có cùng hình thức với tính từ (Adverbs and adjectives with same
forms)
Từ Vai trò tính từ Vai trò trạng từ
Back He's been in the back garden for hours. He sat back on the sofa.
Close She is very close to her cousins. Don't come too close!
Daily My grandpa still reads a daily News stories are updated daily.
newspaper.
Deep The water looks quite deep there. He looked deep into her eyes.
Early She's in her early twenties. She always gets up early in the
Fair The punishment was very fair. morning.
Come on, you two, fight fair!
Far I saw her on the far side of the road. Don't worry! We won't go far.
Fast She is a fast learner. She learns fast.
Free What do you often do in your free time? Children under two can travel free.
Hard Girls like her are hard to find. He is fighting hard to keep his job.
High I rarely wear high heels. A plane flew high above the building.
Home Vietnam is my home country. Please go home right now!
Late Some children are very late developers. He became an author late in life.
Long He walked down the long corridor. Stay as long as you like!
Low They have a low standard of living. The batteries are running low.
Straight It's time for some straight talking. Please come straight to the point!
Upstairs The upstairs room is larger and She went upstairs to get dressed.
Well brighter.
Is he well enough to travel? The team work well together.
Wrong She is the wrong person for this job. My name is often spelt wrong.
7
2
2. Những trạng từ có hai hình thức, một hình thức giống tính từ và một hình thức
thêm đuôi 'ly' nhưng mang nghĩa khác.
Trạng từ giống hình thức tính từ Trạng từ có đuôi 'ly'
Deep: a long way inside or into something Deeply: very much
They continued deep in the forest. I deeply regret myGiaoandethitienganh.info
error.
Fair: according to rules Fairly: to some extent but not very
Please act fair! This is a fairly common problem.
Fine: in a way that is acceptable or good Finely: in a beautiful or impressive way
enough That is a finely furnished room.
That arrangement suits me fine.
Flat: spread out in a level, straight position Flatly: in a way that is definite, won't be
Lie flat and breathe deeply. changed
He flatly rejected the offer.
Free: in a way that is not tied, able to Freely: without anything stopping the
move about movement
Her long hair hung free down her back. Traffic is now moving freely.
Hard: with great effort, with difficulty Hardly: almost no, almost not, almost none
He was still breathing hard after his run. We hardly know each other.
High: at or to a large value, amount or Highly: very
price The US car market is highly competitive.
They buy shares low and sell them high.
Just: only, simply Justly: in a fair or morally correct way
I waited an hour just to see you. He was justly celebrated as an actor.
Most: to the greatest degree Mostly: mainly, generally
What do you enjoy the most? The sauce is mostly cream.
Near: in a short distance/ time away Nearly: almost; not quite; not completely
A bomb exploded somewhere near. The bottle is nearly empty.
Pretty: to some extent; fairly Prettily: in an attractive way
The game was pretty good. She smiled prettily.
Right: exactly, directly Rightly: for a good reason, justifiably
The bus came right on time. Quite rightly, air pollution is of great
concern.
Sharp: exactly Sharply: in a critical, rough or severe way
Please be here at seven o'clock sharp. "Is there a problem?" he asked sharply.
Short: before the time expected or Shortly: a short time; not long
arranged She arrived shortly after us.
His career was cut short by injury.
Sure: emphasize something that you are Surely: without doubt; certainly
saying If help did not arrive soon, they would surely
He sure looked unhappy. die.
7
3
Wide: as far or fully as possible Widely: by a lot of people; in or to many
The door was wide open. places
The idea is now widely accepted.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Complete the text below with the following adverbs.
ever always no longer only outside recently sometimes today twice yet
Actress and model Viviane Tavenard is (1)………… the centre of attention
wherever she goes and her appearance in a London boutique this morning was no
exception. But her big smile isn't (2)…………for the crowd of photographers waiting (3)
…………(4)…………. She is enjoying her life these days and is (5)…………concerned
about old romances or bad reviews. Tavenard has won the Best Actress award (6)
…………, but that hasn't stopped her from working on new and (7)………… unusual
films. “This is an excellent time," she said (8)…………in an interview with Celebrity Life
magazine. "I think that my life is the best it’s (9)…………been." The good news for all
you Viviane Tavernard fans is that you may not have seen her best work (10)………….
(Advanced English Practice Grammar)
Exercise 2. Underline the word or phrase which CANNOT complete the sentence.
1. Jackie didn’t like the show so much, but I thought it was absolutely/ quite/ very
perfect.
2. You were completely/ fairly/ totally right about Laura - she is from Manchester.
3. We've been absolutely/ a little/ quite busy at work, so I'm looking forward to a break.
4. It’s completely/ totally/ very pointless trying to persuade Michael to lend you his new
car.
5. Anthony seems to be a little/ really/ utterly worried about the situation.
6. Jackson’s shot from the halfway line was absolutely/ quite/ too incredible.
7. If you think I'm going to help you after what you did, you’re a bit/ completely/ quite
wrong.
8. In the end, the documents that the tax office sent us were completely/ totally/ very
useless.
Exercise 3. Complete the sentences below using the words in bold. Some words can
be used twice.
HARD - HARDLY
1. Don’t press the keys so………….or you’ll break the keyboard.
2. This is………….the most attractive part of the city, is it?
3. It’s………….to understand why Isabelle reacted in the way she did.
FAIR - FAIRLY
4. It’s not………….! You never let me go to parties!
5. Divide the money between you…………..
6. I’m………….satisfied with your progress.
FREE - FREELY
7. They're giving away………….tickets to the concert!
7
4
8. This tool moves………….in any direction.
9. Can we get in………….if we're members of the club?
HIGH - HIGHLY
10. I'm always uncomfortable in………….places.
11. This request is………….unusual.
12. The dog jumped………….and cleared the fence.
7
5
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 11
SO SÁNH CỦA TÍNH TỪ & TRẠNG TỪ
(COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES & ADVERBS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
Trong tiếng Anh có ba dạng so sánh cho tính từ và trạng từ đó là: so sánh ngang bằng
(equatives), so sánh hơn kém (comparatives) và so sánh nhất (superlatives).
I. So sánh ngang bằng (Equatives)
So sánh ngang bằng là dạng so sánh giữa hai người, hai vật, hai sự vật hay sự việc ... có
tính chất, đặc điểm giống nhau
Cấu trúc Ví dụ
Khẳng S + V + as + adj/adv + noun/pronoun/clause - You look as happy as her.
định - Work as hard as you can!
- This test doesn't seem so

Phủ S + V + not + as/so + adj/adv + easy as the previous one.
định noun/pronoun/clause - The plan didn't work as well
as we expected.
- Has the service been as
Nghi Vaux + S + V + as + adj/adv + good as it was advertised?
vấn noun/pronoun/clause? - Will you play as fair as him?
* Lưu ý:
1. So sánh ngang bằng còn có thể sử dụng cấu trúc sau:
a. S + V + the same + (noun) + as + noun/ pronoun
Ví dụ: - An is as old as Mi →An is the same age as Mi OR An's age is the same as
Mi's.
- His cat is as heavy as my puppy → His cat is the same weight as my puppy OR
The weight of his cat is the same as that of my puppy.
Câu trúc S + V + similar to + noun/pronoun OR S + V + similar (+ noun) dùng để diễn
tả hai người, vật, sự việc... tương tự nhau, không phải hoàn toàn giống nhau.
Ví dụ: - His interests are similar to mine. OR We have similar interests.
b. S + V + like + noun/ verb phrase (thường được sử dụng trong văn chương)
Ví dụ: - He runs like the wind.
- She lay there on the sand like a beached whale.
- It's hard to describe that feeling; it's a bit like going to the dentist.
2. So sánh ngang bằng có thể được bổ nghĩa bởi những trạng từ sau:
* Câu khẳng định: nearly/ almost/just/ every bit/ half/ twice/ three times, etc. + as... as
Ví dụ: - Her 10-year-old son is nearly as tall as her.
- Going there by plane costs three times as much as going by train.
- She cooks just as well as her mother does.
* Câu phủ định: nearly/ quite/ half/ anything (like), etc. + as ... as
Ví dụ: - Iron is not nearly as hard as diamond.
- You do not seem quite as tired as you were yesterday.
- That pretty girl did not behave anything as nicely as she looked.
OR Verb + nothing tike/ nowhere near + as... as
Ví dụ: - The show was nothing like as good as we thought.
- She speaks French nowhere as fluently as she used to.
7
6
3. Hai cấu trúc sau tương đương nhau về nghĩa:
S + V + not so/ as ... as + ...
S + V + less ... than + ...
Ví dụ: - This car is not as expensive as that one. / This car is less expensive than that
one.
II. So sánh hơn kém (Comparatives)

So sánh hơn kém là dạng so sánh giữa hai người, hai vật, hai sự vật hay sự việc có tính
chất, đặc điểm hơn/ kém nhau.
1. Cách biến đôi tính từ và trạng từ trong so sánh hơn
Cấu trúc so sánh sẽ thay đổi phụ thuộc vào đặc điểm của tính từ và trạng từ.
a. Thêm đuôi ‘er’ vào sau:
- Tính từ, trạng từ ngắn (short adjectives, adverbs): là những tính từ, trạng từ có duy
nhất một âm tiết.
Ví dụ: strong → stronger, deep → deeper, fast → faster
* Lưu ý:
+ Một số tính từ/ trạng từ kết thúc bằng một nguyên âm kẹp giữa 2 phụ âm như: big,
thin, fit, etc. thì cần gấp đôi phụ âm cuối trước khi thêm ‘er’: big → bigger, thin →
thinner, fit → fitter.
+ Một số tính từ/ trạng từ kết thúc bằng ‘-e’ thì chỉ cần thêm 'r': large → larger, late
→ slater, nice → nicer.
- Một số tính từ có 2 âm tiết tận cùng bằng: '-y', '-ow', '-le'
Ví dụ: happy → happier, lucky → luckier, narrow → narrower, noble → nobler
b. Thêm từ 'more' vào trước tính từ và trạng từ dài (long adjectives, adverbs): là
những tính từ/ trạng từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở lên (trừ trường hợp tính từ 2 âm tiết có đuôi -y, -
ow, -le đã nêu ở trên)
Ví dụ: helpful → more helpful, difficult → more difficult, quickly → more quickly
c. Thêm 'er' ở sau hoặc 'more' ở trước cho một sô tính từ đặc biệt sau:
clever → cleverer/ more clever common → commoner/ more common
tender → tenderer/more tender polite → politer/ more polite
slender → slender/more slender cruel → cruder/ more cruel
simple → simpler/ more simple quiet → quieter/more quiet
subtle → subtler/ more subtle likely → likelier/ more likely
pleasant → pleasanter/ more pleasant stupid → stupider/ more stupid
2. Cấu trúc câu so sánh hơn kém
a. So sánh hơn
[short adj/adv] + er
S+V+ + than + noun/ pronoun/ clause
more + [long adj/adv]
Ví dụ: - He is now stronger than he was before.
- This new sofa is more comfortable than the old one.
- They got the work done faster than we did.
- She dances more skillfully than her partner.
b. So sánh kém
S + V+ less + [long/short] adj/adv + than + noun/pronoun/clause
Ví dụ: - She is less funny than her brother.
7
7
- Online learning is less expensive than conventional college courses.
- He still acts less wisely than his father.
- Younger students seem to listen to the lectures less attentively than the old
ones.
3. Lưu ý
a. So sánh hơn kém có thể được bổ nghĩa bởi những trạng từ như: much, far, a lot,
a bit, a little, rather, slightly, even, any, no
Ví dụ: - New coronavirus is far more dangerous than seasonal flu.
- This new machine works much more effectively than the old one.
b. Đại từ sau 'as' hoặc 'than'
- Trong lối văn thân mật, đại từ nhân xưng làm tân ngữ (object pronouns] thường được
dùng sau 'as' hoặc 'than'.
Ví dụ: - She's older than him.
- You are as tall as me.
- Trong lối văn trang trọng, đại từ nhân xưng là chủ ngữ (subject pronouns) được dùng,
thường đi với động từ hoặc trợ động từ.
Ví dụ: - She's older than he is.
- He works harder than we do.
III. So sánh nhất (Superlatives)

So sánh nhất là dạng so sánh cho ít nhất ba đối tượng trở lên, trong đó có một đối tượng là
nhất về một mặt nào đó.
1. Cách biến đổi tính từ và trạng từ trong so sánh nhất
a. Thêm đuôi 'est' vào sau:
- Tính từ, trạng từ ngắn
Ví dụ: strong → strongest, deep → deepest, fast → fastest
* Lưu ý:
+ Một số tính từ/ trạng từ kết thúc bằng một nguyên âm kẹp giữa 2 phụ âm như: big,
thin, fit, etc. thì cần gấp đôi phụ âm cuối trước khi thêm ‘est’: big → biggest, thin →
thinnest, fit → fittest
+ Một số tính từ/ trạng từ kết thúc bằng 'e' thì chỉ cần thêm 'st': large → largest,
late → latest, nice → nicest
- Một số tính từ có 2 âm tiết tận cùng bằng: '-y', ‘-ow’,'- le’
Ví dụ: happy → happiest, lucky → luckiest, narrow → narrowest, noble → noblest
b. Thêm từ ‘most’ vào trước tính từ và trạng từ dài
Ví dụ: helpful→ most helpful, difficult→ most difficult, quickly→ most quickly
c. Thêm 'est' ở sau hoặc 'most' ở trước cho một số tính từ đặc biệt sau:
clever → cleverest/ most clever likely → likeliest/most likely
tender → tenderest/ most tender slender stupid → stupidest/ most stupid
→ slenderest/ most slender simple →
simplest/ most simple
subtle → subtlest/ most subtle
pleasant → pleasantest/ most pleasant
common→commonest/ most common
polite → politest/ most polite
cruel → crudest/ most cruel
quiet → quietest/ most quiet
7
8
2. Cấu trúc so sánh nhất
S + V + the +
[short adj/adv] + est most + + (noun/ phrase)
[long adj/adv]
Ví dụ: - She is the happiest girl I have ever met.
- Family is the most important to me.
- He speaks English the most fluently in the class.
- She works the hardest of the three workers.
3. Lưu ý
a. So sánh nhất có thể được bổ nghĩa bằng những trạng từ như: much, by far, far
and away, far from, quite, almost, easily
Ví dụ: - She is by far the most successful person in her family.
- This house is almost the cheapest one in this residential area.
b. Tính từ hoặc trạng từ so sánh nhất có thể được dùng mà không có danh từ theo
sau khi danh từ đã hoặc sẽ được đề cập đến.
Ví dụ: - This room is the warmest (room) in the house.
- It's the warmest (room) of three rooms.
c. Giới từ 'in' hoặc 'of thường được dùng sau so sánh nhất.
- 'In’ được dùng với danh từ đếm được số ít để chỉ địa điểm (country, city, town,
building, etc.), một tổ chức hoặc một nhóm người (class, group, team, company, family,
etc.).
- 'Of được dùng để chỉ khoảng thời gian hoặc dùng trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều chỉ
một số lượng xác định người hoặc vật.
Ví dụ: - Daisy is the tallest girl in the cheerleading team.
- Hilton was the most famous hotel in town.
- Simon has been nominated as the most outstanding staff of the year.
- Emily is the most hard-working of their three children.
d. Trường hợp lược bỏ và không được lược bỏ mạo từ 'the'
- Mạo từ 'the' đôi khi được bỏ đi trong lối văn thân mật nếu nó đứng trước tính từ ở vị trí
vị ngữ (predicative adjectives) và trước trạng từ trong hình thức so sánh nhất.
Ví dụ: - Which of the girls is (the) smartest?
- Our monitor speaks (the) most loudly.
- Mạo từ 'the' không thể được lược bỏ khi dạng so sánh nhất ở vị trí vị ngữ được dùng
với một nhóm từ xác định.
Ví dụ: - This movie is the best I've ever watched.
NOT This movie is best I've ever watched.
- He works the hardest of all the staff. NOT He works hardest of all the staff. -
Mạo từ 'the' được lược bỏ khi so sánh cùng một người hay một vật ở những tình
huống khác nhau.
Ví dụ: - She is most honest when she is with her best friends.
NOT She is-the-most-honest when-she is with her best friends.
- My students just do the tasks most carefully after they are warned.
NOT My students just do-the tasks the most carefully after they are warned.
e. 'Most' + adjective đôi khi được dùng với nghĩa 'very'.
Ví dụ: The place where we spent last weekend was most peaceful. [= very peaceful]
f. 'Least' là từ trái nghĩa với 'most'. Ta dùng 'least' để diễn tả điều gì đó ở mức độ ít
nhất.
S + V + the least + [short/long] adj/adv (+ noun/ phrase)
7
9
Ví dụ: - Marie is the least talkative girl in our group.
- He has smiled the least happily since you left.
IV. Những tính từ và trạng từ đặc biệt trong so sánh (special adjectives and adverbs
in comparison)
1. Những tính từ và trạng từ bất quy tắc (irregular adjectives and adverbs)
Đó là những tính từ và trạng từ có hình thức so sánh hơn và so sánh nhất không theo quy
tắc thêm đuôi '-er/-est' vào phía sau hoặc thêm từ 'more/ most’ vào phía trước.
Irregular adjectives/ adverbs Comparative form Superlative form
good/ well better best
bad/ badly worse worst
many/ much more most
little less least
far farther/ further farthest/ furthest
old older/ elder oldest/ eldest
fore former foremost/ first
late later/ latter latest/ last
up upper uppermost
in inner innermost
out outer outermost
2. Tính từ có cấp độ và tính từ phi cấp độ (gradable and ungradable adjectives)

Trong tiếng Anh, tính từ mô tả được chia thành hai loại: tính từ có cấp độ (gradable
adjectives) và tính từ phi cấp độ (ungradable adjectives) phụ thuộc vào nghĩa của tính từ
đó.
a. Tính từ có cấp độ (gradable adjectives)
- Hầu hết các tính từ mô tả là những tính từ có cấp độ, tức là chúng có thể được bổ nghĩa
bằng các trạng từ mức độ (adverbs of degree/ grading adverbs) để làm tăng hoặc giảm
nghĩa. Ví dụ: cold, good, easy, quick, late là những tính từ có cấp độ, có thể được bổ
nghĩa bởi các trạng từ chỉ mức độ như: extremely, very, rather, fairly, slightly, a bit và ta
CÓ: extremely cold, quite good, very easy, rather quick, a bit late
- Dạng so sánh hoàn toàn có thể được áp dụng với những tính từ có cấp độ.
Ví dụ: - Today is colder than yesterday.
- This movie is the best I have ever seen.
b. Tính từ phi cấp độ (ungradabỉe adjectives)
- Có một số tính từ không có cấp độ, đó là những tính từ diễn tả các tính chất, đặc điểm ở
mức thái cực, tuyệt đối hoặc duy nhất. Những tính từ này thường không thể được bổ nghĩa
bởi các trạng từ mức độ.
Ví dụ: freezing, dead, impossible, unique, superb, chemical, indoor, alive, huge,
exhausted, digital, domestic, correct, pregnant, perfect, terrible, free là những tính từ phi
cấp độ và KHÔNG thê nói: very freezing, slightly dead, rather alive, fairly unique, a bit
superb
- Tuy nhiên, một số tính từ phi cấp độ có thể được bổ nghĩa bởi các trạng từ phi mức độ
(non-grading adverbs). Đó là những trạng từ như: absolutely, almost, completely, entirely,
essentially, exclusively, fully, largely, mainly, nearly, perfectly, practically, primarily,
simply, totally, utterly, virtually, truly.
8
0
Và ta có thê nói: truly unique, totally dead, nearly impossible, utterly exhausted, entirely
free
* Lưu ý: trạng từ 'quite' là trường hợp đặc biệt có thể được dùng để bổ trợ cho cả tính từ
có cấp độ và hầu hết các tính từ phi cấp độ.
Ví dụ: - The play was quite interesting, (trong trường hợp này quite = rather, fairly)
- The play was quite fascinating, (trong trường hợp này quite = absolutely)
- Các dạng so sánh hầu như không được áp dụng với những tính từ phi cấp độ.
3. Tính từ ghép
Một số tính từ ghép như: good-looking, well-known, long-lasting, ... có thể có hai cách so
sánh.
Ví dụ: better-looking/ more good-looking; better-known/ more well-known; longer-
lasting/ more long-lasting
best-looking/ most good-looking; best-known/ most well-known; longest-
lasting/ most long-lasting
V. Hình thức so sánh đặc biệt (special comparison)

1. So sánh kép (double comparatives)
a. So sánh đồng tiến (càng...càng)
So sánh đồng tiến là dạng so sánh dùng để diễn đạt sự cùng thay đổi (tăng thêm hay giảm
bớt về số lượng hoặc mức độ) của sự việc. Dạng so sánh này có cấu trúc như sau:
The + comparative + S + V, the + comparative + S + V
Ví dụ: - The hotter it is, the busier the swimming pools are.
- The cheaper the plane tickets are, the more difficult it is to book them.
- The harder you work, the happier your parents feel.
- The more I know her, the less I like her.
* Lưu ý:
- 'More' có thể được dùng với danh từ trong so sánh đồng tiến.
Ví dụ; - The more effort you make, the more chances you have.
- The more money he spends, the less savings he has.
- So sánh đồng tiến có thể được sử dụng với dạng rút gọn như sau: The + comparative +
the better
Ví dụ: - What time should we be there? The sooner the better.
- How do you like your tea? The stronger the better.
- The less electricity we use, the better.
- The more the merrier [càng đông càng vui)
b. So sánh lũy tiến (càng ngày càng)
So sánh lũy tiến là dạng so sánh dùng để diễn đạt sự việc đang tăng dần hoặc giảm dần
một cách liên tục.
Với tính từ, trạng từ ngắn: short adị/adv + er + and + short adj/adv + er
Ví dụ: - Lucy has become prettier and prettier.
- He ran faster and faster
Với tính từ, trạng từ dài: more and more + long adj/adv
Ví dụ: - The game is becoming more and more competitive.
- My students do their homework more and more carefully.
* Lưu ý: [less and less + (adj/adv)] dùng để diễn đạt sự giảm dần.
Ví dụ: - I have been less and less attracted to Korean TV dramas for the last few years.
- They work less and less as they grow older.
8
1
2. So sánh hành động (Comparison of actions)
So sánh hành động là dạng so sánh ngang bằng hoặc hơn kém giữa hai hành động cụ thể.
Trong dạng so sánh này, danh động từ (gerund) hoặc động từ nguyên mẫu (to-infinitive)
theo sau từ so sánh.
Ví dụ: - Learning English is not as difficult as learning Japanese.
- It's easier to make a plan than to put it into action.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences below with an appropriate comparative or
superlative form of the words in the box. Add any other words you need.
demanding few funny hard long observant reliable slightugly valuable
1. I thought this week’s programme was far………last week's, so it's definitely improving.
2. My new laptop is………my old one, but 1 suppose it was quite cheap so I shouldn't
be surprised.
3. He knows what he wants from employees, and I don't think I've ever worked for a
……… manager.
4. Because of its internal structure, diamond is………substance known.
5. Beside the house, there stood………tower block I had ever seen.
6. If the conflict goes on any………, more people are going to lose their lives.
7.………his Portrait of Dr. Gachet, Van Gogh's Irises still sold for $49 million.
8. Even………among us soon realise when a friend has changed their appearance in
some way.
9. I'm afraid that what you’re saying doesn't make………difference to how I feel.
10. Frankly, I think………people who know about this, the better.
Exercise 2. Circle the correct answer to complete the text below.

DRIVING IN CHINA
The number of cars in China is increasing by 25% a year, and billions are being
invested in new roads. A (1) far/ quite/ bit more worrying statistic is the number of road
accidents, which is growing at an alarming rate - one person dies every six minutes on
Chinese roads. This is (2) hardly/ almost/ nearly surprising when one takes into account
the fact that many drivers have never had a driving lesson in their lives. The proper
procedure for obtaining a driving licence involves a six-week course but many drivers
prefer a (3) very/ much/ many less time-consuming method - they arrange to buy one.
With so many inexperienced drivers bribing their way onto the road, accident rates seem
likely to get (4) bit/ quite/ even worse. Cars are becoming (5) more/ as/ just and more
popular, particularly for weekend leisure trips, even though (6) by far/ most/ rather the
best course of action would seem to be to stay away from the roads altogether. Despite the
investment in the country’s infrastructure, roads are primitive and (7) incredibly/ utterly/
partly hazardous, jammed with everything from pedestrians and animals to bicycles and
huge container trucks, which an expert driver would find (8) just/ like/ every as
impossible to negotiate safely. The pace of change has (9) absolutely/ usually/ clearly
caused problems, and the Chinese may well find that Westernisation is not (10) so/ the/
any much a blessing as a curse.
Exercise 3. Rewrite the second sentence using the given word(s) so that it has a
similar meaning to the first sentence. Write between FOUR and SIX words including
the given words.
8
2
1.She says she's rarely been as happy as she was on the day she graduated. DAYS
→ She describes her graduation day……………………………………..of her life.
2. Julie seems to have slightly less confidence than she used to………………QUITE
→ Julie doesn't…………………………………………………………………used to.
3. It hasn’t snowed anywhere near as heavily this year as in previous years. MUCH
→ This year, there has……………………………………..in previous years.
4.Everest was a far greater challenge than any other mountain she's climbed. EASILY
→ Everest was……………………………………………………she’s ever climbed.
5.Your coursework will probably increase in difficulty over time. AND
→ Your coursework is likely……………………………………..over time.
6. England is much bigger than Wales. NOWHERE
→Wales……………………………………………………………England.
7. Bigger cities have higher crime rates. THE
→The ……………………………………………………………the crime rate.
8. John is quite a bit more adventurous than his brother, Joe. NEARLY
→ Joe……………………………………………………………his brother, John.
9.Rachel is much more committed to the project than Monica seems to be. LIKE
→ Monica seems to be…………………………………………………to the project.
10.My new MP3 player was twice the price of yours. EXPENSIVE
→ Your MP3 player was……………………………………………………….mine.
8
3
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 12
THỨC GIẢ ĐỊNH (SUBJUNCTIVE)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Định nghĩa
Thức giả định (subjunctive hoặc subjunctive mood) hay câu giả định/ câu cầu khiến là loại
câu thể hiện mong muốn của đối tượng thứ nhất với đối tượng thứ hai về một việc gì đó.
Câu giả định và câu mệnh lệnh thường bị nhầm lẫn với nhau, tuy nhiên câu giả định có
tính chất cầu khiến chứ không mang tính ép buộc như câu mệnh lệnh.
Thức giả định chủ yếu được sử dụng để nói đến những sự việc không chắc chắn sẽ
xảy ra.
Ví dụ: chúng ta sử dụng khi nói về những sự việc mà một ai đó:
- muốn xảy ra: She asks that her brother give her a ride tomorrow.
- dự đoán sẽ xảy ra: It is proposed that the president be elected for another term.
- xảy ra trong tưởng tượng: If only I spoke English like a native speaker.
II. Các hình thức giả định (Kinds of subjunctive)

1. Hiện tại giả định (Present subjunctive)
Cách dùng Cấu trúc và ví dụ trong câu
Dùng sau động từ: advise, ask, S1 + V + (that) + S2 + (should) + (not) + V (bare)
command, decree, demand, desire, - My teacher advised (that) we listen to English
insist, order, prefer, propose, everyday.
recommend, request, require,
- The boss insisted (that) Tim not be at the meeting.
stipulate, suggest, urge
- We proposed (that) staff have three-week paid
Dùng sau tính từ: advised, best, leave.
It + be + Adj + (that) + S + (should) + (not) + V
crucial, desirable, essential, (bare)
imperative, important, mandatory, - It is crucial (that) we cooperate to save the
necessary, obligatory, proposed, environment
recommended, required, suggested,
- It was urgent (that) their children not be ill-treated.
urgent, vital
- It is required (that) students wear uniform to
Dùng sau danh từ (N) / cụm danh school.
It + be + Noun + (that) + s + (should) + (not) + V
từ (NP): a good/ bad idea, demand, (bare)
command, insistence, preference, - It is a wish that I get accepted to Oxford University.
proposal, request recommendation,
- It is a good idea that we have a holiday in Hoi An.
suggestion, wish
N/NP + be + (that) + s + (should) + (not) + V
(bare)
- Our proposal is that we work from home twice a
week
- Their demand was that the admission fee not be
raised.
Dùng với mẫu câu: would rather S1 + would rather (that) + S2 + (not) + V (bare)
(that) - My parents would rather (that) I not go home late. -
I would rather (that) my husband give me a new
phone.
8
4
Trường Câu cảm thán: thường đề - God save the Queen.
hợp đặc cập đến các đấng tối cao, - Long live the King!
biệt thế lực siêu nhiên - Heaven forbid!
Câu thành ngữ
- Come what may (dù có chuyện gì đi nữa) Come
what may, I will never forget you.
- Be that as it may (mặc dù vậy)
I know he has tried hard, be that as it may, his work
is not good enough to be praised.
2.Quá khứ giả định (Past subjunctive)

Cách dùng Cấu trúc và ví dụ
Dùng Câu điều kiện không có If + S + V(past simple), S + would/could/might +
trong câu thực ở hiện tại (loại 2) V(bare)
điều kiện
- If I were you, I would apologize to her.
- If you didn't help me, I couldn't finish it.
Điều ước ở tương lai
Si + wish (that) + Sl/2 + would/could + V(bare) -1
wish they would win the award.
- We wish we could make a greater profit.
If only + s + would/could + V(bare)
Dùng
- If only the pandemic would disappear soon.
trong câu
Điều ước ở hiện tại
điều ước S1 + wish (that) + S1/2 + V(past simple)
- I wish I were 10 cm taller.
- He wishes he had enough money to buy a new car.
If only + S + V(past simple)
- If only we were lying on the beach now.
Si + would rather + s2 + V(past simple)
Would rather/ would
- His parents would rather he played fewer video
sooner
games. -I would rather she did not behave
('would rather' được sử
impulsively.
dụng phổ biến hơn)
Dùng với It’s time
It’s (high/about) time that s + V(past simple)
cấu trúc
- It's (high/about) time that you worked harder.
As if/ as though S + V (present simple) + as if/ as though + S +
V(past simple)
- She acts as if/as though she were my boss.
3. Quá khứ hoàn thành giả định (Past perfect subjunctive)

Cách dùng Cấu trúc và ví dụ
Dùng Câu điều kiện không có If + S + V(past perfect), S + would/could/might +
trong câu thực ở quá khứ (Loại 3) have + P 2
điêu kiện If she had come earlier, she could have seen her idol.
8
5
Dùng Điều ước ở quá khứ S1 + wish (that) + S1/2 + V(pastperfect)
trong câu - He wishes (that) he had listened to his parent's
điều ước advice.
If only + S + V(past perfect)
- If only we had met each other back then.
Would rather/ would
S1 + would rather + S2 + V(past perfect)
sooner
Her ex-boyfriend would rather she had moved to
New York city with him after graduation.
As if/ as though S + V (pastsimple) + as if/ as though + S +
Dùng với V(pastperfect)
cấu trúc
- They treated us as if/ as though we had been their
beloved children.
- Mrs. Smith behaved as if/as though nothing had
happened between her and her neighbours.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentences below.
1. I suggested that she…………her lawyer before signing the contract.
A. consults B. shall consult C. will consult D. should consult
2. It is necessary that everything…………ready by two o’clock tomorrow.
A. be B. was C. were D. would have
been
3. He decided to go inside the haunted house,…………what may.
A. comes B. come C. should come D. would come
4. It is strange that he…………so upset about such a trifle, isn’t it?
A. were B. shall be C. should be D. have been
5. Far…………it from me to criticize your plan, but I think you should change a few
things
in it.
A. is B. was C. were D. be
6. I wish you…………me about it yesterday, before I sent out the invitations.
A. could tell B. had told C. told D. would tell
7. I suggest that these questions…………discussed at the next meeting.
A. be B. are C. will be D. have been
8. We'd like to stay longer, but it's already late. It's time we…………home.
A. go B. should go C. went D. will go
9. She realized he waved to her but she still went by him as if he…………invisible.
A. were B. was C. had been D. has been
10. What would you do if your car…………in the middle of the road?
A. breaks down B. broke down
C. is breaking down D. had broken down
Exercise 2. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

Dear Sarah,
8
6
I’m having an absolutely fabulous time here in Geneva! I wish you (1)………..
(decide) to come with me. It (2)………..(be) even better if you were here. I wish I (3)
………..(try) harder to persuade you to come with me. If only you (4)………..(change)
your mind! I’m sure you could get time off work if you (5)………..(ask). If you can’t
come to Geneva, (6)………..(you/consider) meeting in Rome at the beginning of next
month? Of course, if you (7)………..(come) with me in the first place, we (8)………..
(have) a great time right now. Anyway, if you (9)………..(give) me a ring, I (10)………..
(tell) you exactly what my plans are and then you can decide what you want to do.
Love,
Julia
Exercise 3. Rewrite the following sentences using the subjunctive structure,

beginning as shown, without changing their meaning.
1. She asked him to fix the computer.
→ She requested___________________________________________________________
2. Sandra wanted the post office to hold onto her mail.
→ Sandra asked___________________________________________________________
3. The judge told the lawyer to be quiet.
→ The judge insisted _______________________________________________________
4. My supervisor said it would be a good idea for me to accept this new position.
→ My supervisor suggested__________________________________________________
5. "He should handle it himself," I said.
→ I suggested_____________________________________________________________
6. "Give me a refund," John told the clerk.
→ John demanded _________________________________________________________
7. "Could you help me move some boxes," Tom asked me.
→ Tom requested__________________________________________________________
8. "Can you work this weekend?" Sue's boss asked. (Sue is a woman.]
→ Sue's boss asked ________________________________________________________
9. "Stop drinking so much!" Bill's wife told him.
→ Bill's wife demanded _____________________________________________________
10. "Take a vacation," our boss told us.
→ Our boss insisted ________________________________________________________
8
7
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 13
CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN (CONDITIONALS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Định nghĩa
Câu điều kiện (conditional sentences) là loại câu dùng để diễn tả giả thiết cho một sự việc
hoặc hành động nào đó mà nó chỉ có thể xảy ra khi điều kiện được đề cập đến trong câu
xảy ra trước.
Câu điều kiện gồm có 2 phần, tương đương với 2 mệnh đề:
- Mệnh đề 'If (If clause) hay còn gọi là mệnh đề phụ là mệnh đề chỉ điều kiện
(conditional clause).
- Mệnh đề chính (main clause) là mệnh đề chỉ kết quả (result clause).
* Lưu ý: Mệnh đề 'If có thể đứng ở đầu câu hoặc cuối câu, nếu đứng ở đầu câu thì cần có
dấu phẩy ngăn cách giữa hai mệnh đề; nếu đứng ở cuối câu thì không cần dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ: - If you work harder, you will achieve the target.
- I wouldn't behave that way if I were you.
IL Các loại câu điều kiện (Types of conditional sentences)
Cấu Trúc
Loại Cách dùng
Mệnh đê If Mệnh đề chính
Diễn tả một thói quen, sư
Loại 0 If + S + any present S + present thật hiển nhiên hoặc điều
tense/modal simple/modal luôn đúng
(Zero
Conditional) Ví dụ:
True in the present - He can get ill if he eats cheese.
- Ifyou heat ice, it turns into water.
- S + future simple/ Diễn tả một sự việc có thể
If + S + any present modal xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương
Loại 1 (First tense - imperative lai.
conditional)
Ví dụ:
possible in the
present/future - If we continue to destroy the environment, future generations will
suffer.
- If you want to lose weight, you must eat less rice and bread.
Diễn tả một sự việc không
If + S + past simple/ S + would/ could/ có thật hoặc không thể xảy
Loại 2 (Second past continuous might + V (bare) ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai
conditional) Ví dụ:
impossible in the
present/future - If I were invited to the party, I might bring my girlfriend along.
- If we didn't have to finish this today, we could go out.
- What would your boss do if you missed the deadline again.
8
8
If + S + past perfect/ S + would/ could/ Diễn tả một sự việc không
Loại 3 (Third past perfect might + have + P2 có thật hoặc không thể xảy
conditional) continuous ra ở quá khứ
impossible in the Ví dụ:
past - If he had studied more carefully, he would have passed the exam.
- If we had brought the map, we wouldn't have got lost.
Diễn tả giả thiết trái ngược
Type 2 If + S + past Type 3 với hiện tại, còn kết quả thì
simple/ past S + would/ could/ không có thực trong quá
continuous might + have + P2 khứ
Ví dụ:
- If I were rich, I would have bought a bigger house.
(Fact: I am not rich, so I didn't buy a bigger house.')
Loại hỗn hợp - If she liked him, she might have dated him before.
(Mixed (Fact: She does not like him, so she did not date him before.)
Conditionals) Type 3 Type 2 Diễn tả giả thiết không có
If + S + past perfect S + would/ could/ thực ở quá khứ và kết quả
might + V(bare) không thể xảy ra ở hiện tại
Ví dụ:
- If you hadn't stayed up too late last night, you wouldn't feel tired
now. (Fact: You stayed up too late last night, so you feel tired now.)
- If I had been invited to her wedding, I would be there today.
(Fact: I wasn't invited to her wedding, so I am not there today.)
III. Những cách diễn đạt khác của câu điêu kiện (Other expressions of conditional
sentences)
Từ/ Cụm từ Ý nghĩa Ví dụ
- You'll get ill unless you stop smoking.
Trừ khi; nếu ... không (You'll get ill if you don't stop smoking.)
* Lưu ý: - Unless you leave now, you’ll miss the bus.
- 'Unless' thường dùng đưa (Ifyou don't leave now,you'll miss the bus.)
ra lời cảnh báo. - She'd look nicer if she didn't put too much
Unless - Không dùng 'unless' khi make-up on.
(If... not / except sự việc trong mệnh đề if là (NOT: She'd look nicer unless she put too
if) nguyên nhân chính gây ra much make-up on.)
tình huống trong câu. - What would she do if he didn't come?
- Không dùng 'unless' (NOT: What would she de-unless he
trong câu hỏi. came?)
- Mệnh đề có 'unless' luôn - Unless you don’t study, you will fail.
ở dạng khẳng định.
As/ So long as; -You can watch TV as long as you finish all
Provided/ your homework.
Providing Miễn là Với điều kiện là - He would come on condition (that) we
(that); On gave him a lift.
condition (that) - I'll go there providing (that) I am invited.
8
9
Only if Chỉ với điều kiện là She'll lend him her car only if he returns it
to her by lunchtime today.
Suppose/ Suppose/Supposing (that) he suddenly
Supposing Giả sử như turned up, what would we do?
(that)
Otherwise Nếu không thì We must hurry, otherwise we'll be late.
But for + Noun Nếu không có/nhờ/vì But for your help, I would have failed.
In case/ In case Trong trường hợp ... - Take the umbrella with you in case it
of + Noun Kẻo ... rains.
IV. Trường hợp 'if được lược bỏ - Đảo ngữ- câu In case
điềuofkiện
fire,(Omission
make for the
of nearest exit.
'if - inverted
conditionals)
Câu điều kiện có thể được diễn đạt mà không cần dùng 'if hay 'unless' bằng cách đảo chủ
ngữ ra sau các động từ 'were', 'had', 'should' trong mệnh đề điều kiện (if-clausef
Ví dụ: - If you hear anything, please let me know.
→ Should you hear anything, please let me know.
- If I were taller, I would register for a beauty contest.
→ Were I taller, I would register for a beauty contest.
- If you had made him an offer, he might have accepted.
→ Had you made him an offer, he might have accepted.
* Lưu ý: Không dùng dạng rút gọn (contracted forms) trong mệnh đề đảo ngữ phủ định.
Ví dụ: If the boss hadn't treated her unfairly, she wouldn't have quit the job.
Had the boss not treated her unfairly, she wouldn't have quit the job.
NOT: Hadn't the boss treated-her unfairly, she wouldn't have quit the job.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Match the if-clause on the left with the result-clause on the right to make
meaningful sentences.
If-clause Result-clause
1. If you stay with us for three days, A. we might get served a bit more quickly.
2. If you decide not to vote in the election, B. give us a call and we’ll come to pick you
3. If you didn't eat your lunch so fast, up.
C. very few people would obey the law.
4. If there were a few more people D. you wouldn’t get hiccups, would you?
working
5. If you forget to take your passport, E. they have to go through a complicated
procedure.
F. we’d be happy to give you a good reference.
6. If the hire car isn't there when you
arrive,
7. If the city continues to expand, G. I’m pretty sure they won't let you check in.
8. If the police didn't find people, H. more natural areas of beauty will be
9. If you did decide to leave the company, destroyed.
I. we'll have enough time to see a few sights.
10. If MPs wish to resign, J. you can’t really complain about the
government
Exercise 2. Complete the text below using the most suitable form of the verbs given.
One verb will be used twice.
9
0
guess have work recognise erupt stop seem miss go
Dear Nicola,
How are you? Thanks a lot for the photos - your sister has grown up so much that I
(1)………..her if you hadn’t told me which one she was.
I’ve been really busy at college all day and working at the café most nights. I know
I'd have more time to study if I (2)……….., but then I (3)_………..enough money to go on
the field trip next month. We're going to Sicily and we'll be able to go up Mt. Etna if it (4)
………..in the meantime. If we’re lucky, we (5)………..time for some shopping and
sunbathing in between completing our projects on the local geology. Our department is
really good about organising trips like this. If I'd done geography (my first choice), I (6)
………..anywhere this year. And if I didn’t have the trip to look forward to, it (7)
………..a very long term, I can tell you.
What else? Well, Phil’s so-called surprise party was great fun. He (8)………..never
………..what we were up to, but we had to tell him because he was planning to go home
for the weekend, so he (9)………..the whole thing!
Anyway, I'd better not waffle on anymore - I'll miss my next lecture if I (10)………..
writing now!
Love,
Gail
Exercise 3. Rewrite the following sentences as mixed conditionals.
1. They walked 20 kilometers, so they are exhausted now.
→ If they………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Mr. Owen is making a fortune now because he invested his money at the right time.
→ If Mr. Owen………………………………………………………………………….
3. Sue is still ill, otherwise she would already have sent the invitations.
→ If Sue…………………………………………………………………………………
4. She was standing at that bus stop when she first met Peter. Now they are married.
→ If she………………………………………………………………………………….
5. He is gullible that he believed everything you said.
→ If he…………………………………………………………………………………...
Exercise 4. Rewrite the following sentences without the word ‘if, beginning as shown.
1. If the wound becomes infected, you'll need to take antibiotics.
→ Should…………………………………………………………………………….......
2. If I were to be chosen as the team leader, I'd do my best to get everyone training
together.
→ Were……………………………………………………………………………..........
3. I might have got the scholarship if I had applied for it.
→ Had ……………………………………………………………………………...........
4. The driver’s quick reaction prevented a tragedy.
→ But for……………………………………………………………………………........
5. Would you take freelance work if it was offered to you?
→ Supposing……………………………………………………………………………...
9
1
CHYÊN ĐỀ 14
THỂ BI ĐỘNG (PASSIVE VOICE)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Khái niệm
1. Câu chủ động và câu bị động
Trước khi bàn về câu bị động, chúng ta cần hiểu về câu chủ động trước.
- Câu chủ động (active sentences): là loại câu mà chủ ngữ của câu là người hay vật tự
thực hiện hành động, gây ra tác động đến người hay vật khác; hoặc có thể hiểu chủ ngữ
trong câu chủ động đóng vai trò chủ thể hay tác nhân gây ra sự việc (agent).
Cấu trúc: Subject + Verb + Object
Ví dụ: Mary cooked the food.
- Câu bị động (passive sentences): là loại câu mà chủ ngữ của câu là người hay vật không
tự thực hiện được hành động, mà chịu tác động từ người hay vật khác; hoặc có thể hiểu
chủ ngữ trong câu bị động đóng vai trò khách thể.
Câu trúc: Subject + be + past participle + (by + agent)
Ví dụ: The food was cooked by Mary.
2. Cách dùng câu bị động (Use of passive voice)
Câu bị động được dùng khi Ví dụ
Chủ thể của hành động không được biết Her phone has been stolen this morning.
đến
Chủ thể của hành động quá rõ ràng, hiển He was arrested for looting, (obviously by
nhiên the police)
Không cần thiết nhắc đến chủ thể hành The little boy was found sleeping soundly in
động the shed.
Muốn nhấn mạnh vào hành động hon chủ The meeting will be held tomorrow.
thể thể hiện văn phong trang trọng
Muốn - The blood is pumped around the body by
(trong tiếng Anh học thuật, báo chí, tiêu heart
đề ...) - The team was defeated in the final minutes.
* Lưu ý:
'By + agent’ được thêm vào câu trong các trường hợp khi ngưừi nói/ người viết
muôn:
Đề cập đến tác nhân gây ra hành The building was designed by Frank Lloyd Wright.
động
Đưa ra một thông tin mới mà trước This type of submarine was developed during the
đó chưa từng đề cập Second World War by the Americans.
Đề cập đến phưong pháp và cách Our house can be improved by building an
thức thực hiện hành động (by + V- extension.
ing)
II. Cấu trúc câu bị động (Passive structures)

Cấu trúc chung: Noun/Noun phrase + be + P2 + (by + noun/noun phrase)
Thì Câu chủ động Câu bị động
9
2
Present Simple S + V(present simple) + 0 0 + am/ is/ are + P2 + (by + S)
Sue teaches English. English is taught by Sue.
Present S + am/is/are + V-ing + 0 0 + am/ is/ are + being + P2 + (by +
Continuous Sue is teaching English. S) English is being taught by Sue.
S + V(past simple) + 0 0 + was/ were + P2 + (by + S)
Past Simple
Sue taught English English was taught by Sue.
Past S + was/were + V-ing + 0 0 + was/ were + being + P2 + (by +
Continuous Sue was teaching English. S)
English was being taught by Sue.
Future Simple S + will + V(bare) + 0 0 + will be + P2 + (by + S)
Sue will teach English. English will be taught by Sue.
Present Perfect S + have/has + P2 + 0 0 + have/ has + been + P2 + (by +
Simple Sue has taught English. S)
Past Perfect S + had + P2 + 0 English
0 + hadhas been
been + taught by+Sue.
P2 + (by S)
Simple Sue had taught English. English had been taught by Sue.
Future Perfect S + will have + P2 + 0 0 + will have been + p2 + (by + S)
Simple Sue will have taught English.English will have been taught by Sue.
S + modal + V(bare) + 0 0 + modal + be + p2 + (by + S)
Modal
Sue can teach English. English can be taught by Sue.
S + modal perfect + P2 + 0 0 + modal + have been + p2 + (by +
Modal + perfect Sue could have taught English. S)
English could have been taught by
Sue.
Be going to S + be going to + V(bare) + 0 0 + be going to be + P2 + (by + S)
Sue is going to teach English. English is going to be taught by Sue.
* Lưu ý:
1. 'Get' có thể được dùng thay thế cho 'be' trong trường hợp diễn đạt những sự việc gây
bất ngờ hoặc khó chịu.
Ví dụ: - He got injured while he was fixing the roof.
- The house next door got knocked down last night.
2. Nếu chủ ngữ trong câu chủ động là: I, you, he, she, it, we, they, people, someone,
nobody, no one, v.v. thì chủ ngữ này có thể được lược bỏ trong câu bị động. Riêng với
nobody và no one lưu ý đổi động từ sang dạng phủ định.
Ví dụ: Nobody saw him sneaking into the room → He wasn't seen sneaking into the
room.
3. Giới từ 'with' được dùng trong câu bị động cho những trường hợp sau:
- Để chỉ dụng cụ, công cụ hoặc nguyên liệu được sử dụng:
Ví dụ: - The cut is made with a scalpel.
- He was shot with a rife.
- Khi đi sau các phân từ như: packed, filled, crowded, crammed, covered, surrounded,
decorated
Ví dụ: - The stadium was packed with supporters.
- The room was decorated with fowers.
4. Vị trí của trạng từ và cụm trạng từ trong câu bị động
9
3
Trạng từ Vị trí Ví dụ
Chỉ cách Đứng giữa be và P2 The wall has been carefully painted by my father.
thức
Chỉ nơi chốn Đứng trước by + agent The fire got started in the lab by a group of
Chỉ thời gian Đứng sau by + agent students.
A present was sent to her by a stranger yesterday.
Thường đứng sau trợ - He will never be forgiven for what he has done to
Trạng từ động từ đầu tiên us.
khác - She has always been bullied by her older brother.
III. Những dạng bị động đặc biệt (Special passive forms)

Cấu Trúc Đặc điểm & cách đổi sang bị động Ví dụ
1. Verbs - Động từ của một câu có thể có 2 tân Câu chủ động:
with two ngữ: tân ngữ trực tiếp (direct object = - He gave his girlfriend a nice
objects D.O) và tân ngữ gián tiếp (indirect object present.
(Động từ = I.O). Cả 2 tân ngữ đều có thể làm chủ - He gave a nice present to his
với ngữ trong câu bị động tùy thuộc người girlfriend.
hai tân ngữ) nói muốn nhấn mạnh điều gì. D.O: a nice present
Câu chủ động: I.O: his girlfriend
S + V+I.O + D.O Câu bị động:
S + V + D.O + preposition + I.O - His girlfriend was given a
Câu bị động: nice present
I.O + be + P2 + D.O - A nice present was given to
D.O + be + P2 + preposition + I.O his girlfriend.
- Một số động từ thường dùng với cấu Câu chủ động:
trúc này: allow, award, ask, give, sell, - She has just told her sister a
send, show, lend, pay, promise, tell, secret.
offer, teach, write, etc. - She has just told a secret to
- Không áp dụng cấu trúc: S + V + I.O + her sister.
D.O với động từ explain và suggest Câu bị động:
- Her sister has just been told
a secret.
- A secret has just been told to
her sister.
Mary explained the rules to
her students.
NOT: Mary explained her
students the rules.
→ The rules were explained to
her students.
NOT: Her students were
explained the rules.
2. Verb + - Các động từ chỉ cảm xúc hoặc mong - Do you wish me to serve
object + ước: S + like/ love/ want/ hate/ dinner now?
to V hope/ wish/ prefer + O + to V → Do you wish to be served
(Động từ + → Câu bị động: S + V + O + to be dinner now?
tân ngữ + + P2 - She likes people to call her
động từ có * Nếu S = O trong câu chủ động thì: "Miss".
9
4
'to') → Câu bị động: S + V + to be + P2 → She likes to be called
- Các động từ chỉ mệnh lệnh, cho phép, lời "Miss".
khuyên, lời mời: S + ask/tell/ request/ - He asked me to take care of
advise/ order/ invite/ allow/ permit + O his dogs.
+ to V → I was asked to take care of
- Và các động từ chỉ tri giác: S + think/ his dogs.
feel/ know/ understand/ believe/ - I believe him to have great
consider + O + to V musical talent.
→ Câu bị động: S + be + P2 + to + V - He is believed to have great
musical talent.
3. Verb + - Các động từ chỉ giác quan: S + feel/ hear/ -I saw Tim leave the party early.
object + listen to/ see/ watch/ smell/ taste + O + → Tim was seen to leave the
V(bare) V(bare) party early.
(Động từ + - S + make/ help+ 0 + v(bare) - His parent made him tidy his
tân ngữ + → Câu bị động: S + be + P2 + to V bedroom.
động từ * Lưu ý động từ: 'let', khi đổi sang bị động → He was made to tidy his
nguyên thể bỏ 'to'. Thông thường, ‘allow’ được dùng bedroom.
không có thay thế - They let us go home
‘to’) eventually.
→We were let go eventually.
→ We were allowed to go
eventually.
4. Verb + - Với các động từ như: S + see/ hear/ watch/ -He kept me waiting for two
object + find/ stop/ keep + O + V-ing hours.
gerund → Câu bị động: S + be + P2 + V-ing →I was kept waiting for two
(Động từ + - Nếu chủ ngữ và tân ngữ giống nhau (S = hours.
tân ngữ + O) trong câu chủ động có các động từ như:
danh động like, love, hate, want, remember, forget - She doesn't like people teasing
từ) thì: her.
→ Câu bị động: S + V + being + P2 →She doesn't like being teased.
- I remember someone giving
me a good book.
→ I remember being given a
good book
5. Verb + Một số động từ như: S + advise/ agree/ - They decided to send their
to- arrange/ determine/ decide/ demand/ only child to a boarding school
infinitive insist/ propose/ suggest/ recommend + to- in the UK.
/gerund + inf./V-ing + O → They decided that their only
object → Câu bị động: child should be sent to a
(Động từ + S + V + that + S + should be + P2 boarding school in the UK.
to-inf. /V-
ing + tân
9
5
6. Verb + - Tân ngữ trực tiếp sau một số động từ có thể - They voted him the most
object + được theo sau bởi một bổ ngữ (danh từ hoặc promising actor.
complement tính từ) S + V + O + Ocomplement → He was voted the most
(Động từ + - Khi chuyển sang câu bị động, các bổ ngữ promising actor.
tân ngữ + bổ trên sẽ được chuyển thành bổ ngữ cho chủ
ngữ của tân ngữ và đi sau động từ.
ngữ) S + be + P2 + Ocomplement - We will paint our house blue.
→ Our house will be painted
blue.
7. Verb + Khi mệnh đề that (that-clause) được dùng - Students think that Sue is a
that-clause làm tân ngữ cho các động từ như: agree, good teacher.
(Động từ + allege, announce, assume, believe, → (a) Sue is thought to be a
mệnh đề) claim,consider, estimate, expect, feel, find, good teacher.
hope, know, think, report, rumor, say, → (b) It is thought that Sue is
understand thì dạng bị động được diễn đạt a good teacher.
theo 2 cách: - They believe that he got the
(a): S + be + P2 + to + V/have + P2 job.
(b): It + be + P2 + that-clause → He is believed to have got
* Lưu ý: Đối với cách biến đổi theo dạng the job.
(a): → It is believed that he got the
- Nếu hành động ở that-clause xảy ra đồng job.
thời hoặc sau hành động ở main-clause thì
dùng to + V.
-Nếu hành động ở that-clause xảy ra trước
hành động ở main- clause thì dùng to +
have + P2.
8. Với câu mệnh lệnh dạng: - Turn off the light before you
Imperative S + V + O / Don’t + V + O! go out.
Sentences →Let the light be turned off
Khi đổi sang bị động sẽ có dạng:
(Câu mệnh before you go out.
lệnh) Let + O + be + P2 - Don't say bad words to the
Let not/Don't let + O + be + P2 children.
→ Let not bad words be said to
the children.
→ Don't let bad words be said
to the children.
* Lưu ý: Những động từ không thể chuyển sang dạng bị động
Chúng ta không thể dùng cấu trúc bị động với các nội động từ (intransitive verbs) - là
những động từ không đi kèm tân ngữ như: die, live, sit, sleep, sneeze, stay, rise, happen,
occur. Và những động từ chỉ trạng thái như: have, lack, fit, suit, resemble, look, contain,
mean, hold.
Ví dụ: - They have a beautiful daughter. NOT: A beautiful daughter is had by them.
- This shirt doesn't fit me. NOT: Ị am not fitted by this shirt.
IV. Thể sai khiến (Causative forms)

Thể sai khiến được dùng để nói rằng chúng ta sắp xếp cho một người khác làm điều gì đó
9
6
cho chúng ta, nghĩa là chủ ngữ không phải là người thực hiện hành động, chủ ngữ yêu cầu,
sai bảo hoặc trả tiền cho người khác làm việc đó.
Ví dụ: - She painted the wall: Cô ấy sơn tường → Cô ấy tự làm việc này.
- She had the wall painted: Cô ấy thuê/nhờ người sơn tường → Người khác làm
việc này cho cô ấy.
Thể sai khiến có thê được diễn đạt bằng hai cách: chủ động và bị động
1. Chủ động: khi muốn đề cập đến người thực hiện hành động
Cấu trúc: [S + have + O (person) + V(bare) + O] hoặc [S + get + O(person) + to V + O]
Ví dụ: - The manager just had her assistant book a fight ticket.
- We will get someone to fix the car as soon as possible.
2. Bị động: Khi không muốn/cần đề cập đến người thực hiện hành động hoặc nói về điều
gì (thường không tốt đẹp) xảy đến với ai đó
Cấu trúc: S + have/get + O (thing) + P2
Ví dụ: - He should have his hair cut a bit shorter.
-1 will get my eyes tested soon.
- She had her bag stolen in the shopping mall.
- He got his trousers caught in the fence.
* Cấu trúc sai khiến: S + have + O(person) + V-ing có thể được sử dụng để diễn đạt:
- Khi ai đó khiến/ gây ra (cause) cho ai khác phải làm điều gì đấy
Ví dụ: I'll have you playing the piano in no time. (I’ll teach you to play the piano in a
short time.)
- Khi có ngụ ý muốn nói đến kết quả/hậu quả (consequences are implied)
Ví dụ: You'll have dozens of people phoning at all hours if you put an advert in the
newspaper.
- Khi chủ ngữ không cho phép một hành động nào đó được xảy ra (someone won’t allow
an action)
Ví dụ: My mum won't have anyone walking into the house in muddy boots.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. We couldn't drive up to the hotel because the access road…………. (repair).
2. Surely everyone deserves………….(give) the same opportunities in life.
3. I'll never forget………….(make) to stand in front of the whole class and recite a poem.
4. Remarkable progress………….(achieve) in the field of genetic engineering in the
last decade.
5. Receiving private emails………….(not approve) of in the workplace.
6. The newspaper has to be careful not to print comments that their readers might
………… (offend) by.
7. The company chairman………….(succeed) by his son next year.
8. The cost of flood damage………….(estimate) at over $60 million.
9. Shouldn’t the water in the goldfish bowl………….(change) more often?
10. Jack was afraid of………….(send) to prison.
11. The air conditioning units…………. (not install) by the time the hotel’s first guests
arrive next week.
12. The soundtrack for The Lion King………….(compose) by Elton John and Tim Rice.
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences using the correct phrase below.

have us doing have it coming have it stolen have anyone tell
9
7
get it all done have them going have somebody send get a firm to do
1. We’ll never manage to move this furniture ourselves. We'd better…………it for us.
2. The flood water was so deep that we…………in through the window.
3. Look at the pile of ironing! How am I going to…………?
4. I make my children have breakfast every day. I won't…………to school on an
empty stomach.
5. I've never…………me I'm talented before. It was such a nice compliment.
6. The judo teacher…………throws and kicks from the very first session.
7. Did you hear about Carl's car stereo? He…………last night.
8. If you leave us your address, I’ll …………you our brochure.
Exercise 3. Turn the following sentences into passive form using two different
structures with the words given at the beginning.
1. They think he is lying.
→ He…………………………………………………………………………………...
→ It………………………………………………………………………………….....
2. They assume he got lost in the forest.
→ He…………………………………………………………………………………....
→ It…………………………………………………………………………………......
3. They say she has been very ill.
→ She…………………………………………………………………………………...
→ It…………………………………………………………………………………......
4. They said the president had been in a meeting.
→ The president………………………………………………………………………...
→ It…………………………………………………………………………………......
5. They believe she was responsible for the accident.
→ She…………………………………………………………………………………...
→ It………………………………………………………………………………….......
6. They expect he will pass his driving test.
→ He………………………………………………………………………………….....
→ It………………………………………………………………………………….......
7. They claimed she had been wrongly accused.
→ She…………………………………………………………………………………....
→ It………………………………………………………………………………….......
8. They hope he is leaving soon.
→ He………………………………………………………………………………….....
→ It………………………………………………………………………………….......
9. They agree his health is very poor.
→ His health …………………………………………………………………………...
→ It………………………………………………………………………………….......
10. They report that some papers have been stolen.
→ Some papers …………………………………………………………………………
→ It………………………………………………………………………………….......
9
8
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 15
LỜI NÓI GIÁN TIẾP (REPORTED SPEECH)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
Lời nói gián tiếp (reported speech hay indirect speech) là lời tường thuật những điều người
khác nói.
Ví dụ:
- Lời nói trực tiếp (direct speech): "We will finish the project soon," said Jack.
- Lời nói gián tiếp (reported speech): Jack said that they would finish the project
soon.
I. Các thay đổi trong lời nói gián tiếp
1. Thay đổi các đại từ, tính từ sở hữu
Các đại từ chỉ ngôi (personal pronouns), đại từ sở hữu (possessive pronouns), đại từ phản
thân (reflexive pronouns) và tính từ sở hữu (possessive adjectives) trong lời nói gián tiếp
được thay đổi như sau:
Câu trực
tiếp Câu gián tiếp Ví dụ
I he/she "I've made my bed,"said Ann.
→ Ann said she had made her bed.
you (đại từ I/ he/ she/ they "You can use it", Ann told Peter.
chủ ngữ) → Ann told Peter that he could use it.
you (đại từ me/ him/ her/ them "I'll call you soon," said Ann.
tân ngữ) → Ann said she would call me soon.
we they "We'll pick you up at 7," his parents told him.
→ His parents told him that they would pick him up
at 7.
me him/ her "Peter will lend me his car," said Ann.
→ Ann said Peter would lend her his car.
us them "Peter took us to the concert," said Ann.
→Ann said Peter had taken them to the concert.
my his/ her "Peter took my bike,"said Ann.
→ Ann said Peter had taken her bike.
your my/ his/ her/ their "I have seen your new car," Ann told Peter.
→ Ann told Peter that she had seen his new car.
myself himself/ herself "I have made this cake by myself," said Ann.
→ Ann said she had made that cake by herself.
yourself myself/ himself/ herself "You did it yourself?" Ann asked Peter.
→ Ann asked Peter if he had done it himself.
yourselves themselves "You can try it out for yourselves," Ann told her
friends.
→ Ann told her friends that they could try it out for
themselves.
9
9
2. Thay đổi trạng từ thời gian, địa điểm và từ chỉ định
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp Ví dụ
Trạng từ now then/ "I'm very busy now,” said Ann.
thời gian at that moment → Ann said she was very busy then/ at the
moment.
tomorrow the next day/ the "I'm going camping tomorrow,” said Ann.
following day → Ann said she was going camping the
next day/ the following day.
next week the week after/ the "I'm going camping next week, ” said Ann.
following week → Ann said she was going camping the
week after/ the following week.
today/tonight that day/ that "I'm going camping today," said Ann.
night → Ann said she was going shopping that
yesterday the day before/ the day.
"I met Sam yesterday," said Ann.
previous day → Ann said she had met Sam the day
before/ the previous day.
last week the week before/ "I met Sam last week," said Ann.
the previous week → Ann said she had met Sam the week
before/ the previous week
ago before "I met Sam three days ago, " said Ann.
→ Ann said she had met Sam three days
Trạng từ here there before.
"I've met Sam here," said Ann.
địa điểm → Ann said she had met Sam there.
Từ chỉ định this that "I'll take this shirt," said Ann.
→Ann said she would take that shirt.
these those "I'll take these books,"said Ann.
→ Ann said she would take those books.
* Lưu ý: Không thay đổi trạng từ thời gian, địa điểm, và từ chỉ định nếu động từ tường
thuật (reporting verb) như say, tell ở thì hiện tại.
Ví dụ: "I'll meet Sam here tomorrow” says Ann.
→ Ann says she will meet Sam here tomorrow.
3. Thay đổi về thì động từ
3.1. Trường hợp thay đổi thì động từ
Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ, chúng ta cần thay đổi thì của động từ trong lời nói
gián tiếp.
Ví dụ: “I went to the cinema last weekend,” he said
→ He said he had gone to the cinema the previous weekend. Cụ thể:
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp Ví dụ
Thì hiện tại đơn Thì quá khứ đơn “I need to take a nap," said Ann.
→ Ann said she needed to take a nap.
1
0
Thì hiện tại tiếp Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn“I’m taking a cooking course," said Ann.
diễn → Ann said she was taking a cooking
Thì hiện tại hoàn Thì quá khứ hoàn thành course.
"I've repainted my room,"said Ann.
thành → Ann said she had repainted her room.
Thì hiện tại hoàn Thì quá khứ hoàn thành
thành tiếp diễn tiếp diễn “I’ve been thinking about buying an
apartment," said Ann.
→ Ann said she had been thinking about
buying an apartment.
Thì quá khứ đơn Thì quá khứ hoàn thành
"I spent the whole day tidying my room,"
said Ann.
→Ann said she had spent the whole day
tidying her room.
Thì quá khứ tiếp Thì quá khứ hoàn thành
"I was doing my project all day,"said Ann.
diễn tiếp diễn
→ Ann said she had been doing her project
all day.
am/is/are going to was/ were going to "I'm going to travel abroad with Tim," said
Ann. → Ann said she was going to travel
abroad with Tim.
will would "I'll help you solve it," said Ann.
→ Ann said she would help me solve it.
can could "I can do some tasks at the same time," said
Ann. → Ann said she could do some tasks at
the same time.
must/ have to had to "I must spend more time relaxing,"said Ann.
→ Ann said she had to spend more time
relaxing.
may might "Sarah may come late," said Ann.
→ Ann said Sarah might come late.
3.2. Trường hợp KHÔNG thay đổi thì động từ

- Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại, động từ trong câu gián tiếp không đổi thì.
Ví dụ: “I don't know where the key is," my mother says to me.
→ My mother says to me that she doesn't know where the key is.
- Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ, động từ trong câu gián tiếp không đổi thì trong
các trường hợp sau:
+ Tường thuật một sự thật hoặc điều luôn đúng hay một thói quen ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ: "The largest planet in our solar system is Jupiter," my teacher said.
My teacher said that the largest planet in our solar system is Jupiter.
+ Động từ trong câu trực tiếp ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành, quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn,
hoặc là các động từ khuyết thiêu: could, should, would, might, ought to, had to, used
to.
Ví dụ: "You should think positively and be optimistic," the doctor told him.
→ The doctor told him that he should think positively and be optimistic.
+ Động từ trong câu trực tiếp ở thì quá khứ đơn hoặc quá khứ tiếp diễn có thời gian cụ
1
0
thể hoặc thuộc mệnh đề chỉ thời gian
Ví dụ: "The Australian bushfires happened in February 2020," Brian said.
→ Brian said that the Australian bushfires happened in February 2020.
"I was having dinner when you called," Karen told me.
→ Karen told me that she was having dinner when I called.
+ Sự việc giả định ở câu điều kiện loại II, loại III, cấu trúc ‘wish’, 'if only’, 'as if, 'as
though’, it’s time + mệnh đề’
Ví dụ: "Ifyou had followed my advice, you would have succeeded," his father told him.
→ His father told him if he had followed his father's advice, he would have
succeeded.
* Lưu ý: trong cấu trúc 'wish', 'as if, 'as though', 'it’s time’ chỉ động từ trong mệnh
đề giả định mới giữ nguyên thì.
"It's time you focused on your work," John said to Tim.
→ John said to Tim that it was time he focused on his work.
II. LỜI NÓI GIÁN TIẾP TRONG CÁC LOẠI CÂU
1. Câu trần thuật (statement)
Động từ tường thuật: say, tell
say + (to sb) + (that) + s + V
tell + sb + (that) s + V
Ví dụ: “I have tasted Indian food before," said Jenny.
→ Jenny said to me that she had tasted Indian food before.
→ Jenny told me that she had tasted Indian food before.
2. Câu hỏi (question)
Động từ tường thuật: ask (sb), wonder
2.1. Yes-No questions
Khi chuyển câu hỏi Yes-No sang câu gián tiếp, cần thêm từ "if hoặc "whether” trước
chủ ngữ của câu hỏi được tường thuật.
ask + (sb) + if/ whether + s + V wonder + if/ whether + s + V
Ví dụ: "Haveyou been to Spain before?" Mary asked me.
→ Mary asked me if/ whether I had been to Spain before.
2.2. Wh-questions
ask + (sb) + wh-word + s + V wonder + wh-word + s + V
Ví dụ: "How did you make this dish?" asked Tim.
Tim asked me how I had made that dish.
* Lưu ý: Câu hỏi đuôi (tag question) khi chuyển sang lời nói gián tiếp giống như cách
chuyển câu hỏi Yes-No nhưng bỏ phần đuôi phía sau (question tag).
Ví dụ: "This dress is elegant, isn't it?" asked she.
→ She asked if/ whether that dress was elegant.
1
0
3. Câu mệnh lệnh, cầu khiến (command, request)
Động từ tường thuật: ask, tell
ask/ tell + sb + (not) + to V
Ví dụ: "Stop making noise!", said his mother.
His mother asked him to stop making noise.
"Don't use your phone in this room!" she said to me.
→ She told me not to use my phone in that room.
4. Câu cảm thán (exclamation)
Động từ tường thuật: exclaim
exclaim + (that) + s + V
Ví dụ: “What a nice day!" said Sam.
→ Sam exclaimed that it was a nice day.
5. Câu hỗn hợp (mixed types)
Khi đôi câu hỗn hợp sang lời nói gián tiếp, ta đổi theo từng loại câu, dùng động từ
tường thuật riêng cho từng loại câu.
Ví dụ: "Hi, Sam. What are you going?" said Ann.
→ Ann greeted Sam and asked what she was going.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1. He asked me…………..
A. what did I see last night B. what I had seen last night
C. what I had seen the previous night D. what I saw the night before
2. Mrs. Smith warned the children………….horror films at night.
A. don’t watch B. shouldn’t watch C. with watching D. not to watch
3. Dad told me that……………in the world.
A. Russia is the largest country B. Russia was the largest country
C. Russia had been the largest country D. Russia has been the largest country
4. My sister reminded me……………the door before going to school.
A. to remember to lock B. to lock
C. of locking D. not to forget to lock
5. Jack wanted to know……………in 2015.
A. whether I had moved house B. had I moved house
C. did I move house D. if I moved house
6. Tony said that he…………..with his friend at 10 o’clock the night before.
A. was staying B. had stayed C. had been staying D. stayed
7. My brother said if he……………a lot of money, he………….around the world.
A. had - would travel B. has - will travel
C. had had - would have travelled D. had - will travel
8. The neighbor wanted to know………….to the supermarket.
A. how far is it B. how long it was C. what's the distance D. how far it was
9. The principal promised………….the matter.
A. all the students to look into B. to look into
C. about looking into D. that he will look into
10. Alan asked Jane………….to Paris the summer…………..
A. why she hadn't gone - previous B. why hadn't she gone - after
C. why she hadn't gone - before D. why she didn't go - before
1
0
Exercise 2. Choose the sentence CLOSEST in meaning to the given one in each
question.
1. He wanted to know if there was anything he could do to help.
A. He asked us what he should do to assist us.
B. If there was anything he could aid us, we'd tell him.
C. He said he could have done something if he had known we needed help.
D. He was wondering whether his assistance was needed at all.
2. "Why don't we go out for dinner?" said Helen.
A. Helen suggested a dinner out. B. Helen ordered a dinner out.
C. Helen demanded a dinner out. D. Helen requested a dinner out.
3. "Cigarette?" he asked. "No, thanks," I said.
A. He asked for a cigarette, and I immediately refused.
B. He mentioned a cigarette, so I thanked him.
C. He offered me a cigarette, but I promptly declined.
D. He asked if I was smoking, and I denied at once.
4. "Would you like to come to my birthday party, Sarah?" asked Charlie.
A. Charlie ordered Sarah to come to his birthday party.
B. Charlie invited Sarah to his birthday party.
C. Charlie reminded Sarah of his coming birthday party.
D. Charlie asked if Sarah was able to come to his birthday party.
5. "My company makes a large profit every year. Why don't you invest more money in it?"
my friend said to me.
A. My friend persuaded me to invest more money in his company.
B. My friend suggested his investing more money in his company.
C. My friend instructed me how to put more money into his company.
D. I was asked to invest more money in my friend's company.
6. "If only I had studied my lessons carefully last night," Tim sighs.
A. Tim feels regret because he didn't study his lessons carefully last night.
B. Tim only studied his lessons carefully the night before.
C. Tim wishes he studied his lessons carefully last night.
D. Tim said he hadn’t studied his lessons carefully last night.
7. "You should have finished the report by now," Mark told his secretary.
A. Mark said that his secretary should finish the report now.
B. Mark reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.
C. Mark reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
D. Mark scolded his secretary for not having finished the report.
8. "Mum, please don’t tell dad about my mistake," the boy said.
A. The mother was forced to keep her son's mistake as a secret when he insisted.
B. The boy requested his mother not to talk about his mistake any more.
C. The boy begged his mother not to tell his father about his mistake.
D. The boy earnestly insisted that his mother tell his father about his mistake.
9. "Please don't drive so fast, Tom," said Sophie.
A. Sophie complained about Tom’s driving too fast.
B. Sophie insisted Tom's driving on.
C. Sophie grumbled to Tom about driving slowly.
D. Sophie pleaded with Tom not to drive too fast.
10. The captain said to his men: "Abandon the ship immediately!"
A. The captain invited his men to abandon the ship immediately.
1
0
B. The captain suggested his men abandon the ship immediately.
C. The captain ordered his men to abandon the ship immediately.
D. The captain requested his men to abandon the ship immediately.
Exercise 3. Rewrite the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first
one, using the word given. You must use between THREE and EIGHT words,
including the word given.
1. "Wow, you’ve won the first prize in the contest!" Liz said to me. (ON)
→ Liz……………………………………………………the first prize in the contest.
2. "I'm sorry I didn't phone you earlier," Mary said to Helen. (FOR)
→ Mary………………………………………………………………………. earlier.
3."You didn’t pay attention to what I said," the teacher said to the boy. (PAYING)
→ The teacher accused…………………………………………………what she said.
4."If I were you, I'd accept their offer," Ann said to me. (ADVISED)
→ Ann………………………………………………………………………their offer.
5."Why don't you postpone your party until the end of the month?" Jack's mother said to
him. (PUT)
→ Jack's mother suggested…………………………………until the end of the month.
6."I must see the manager at once!" said Kevin. (INSISTED)
→ Kevin………………………………………………………………………..at once.
7. "If you don’t give me your money, I'll hit you!" the thief told me. (TO)
→ The thief……………………………………………………give him my money.
8. "I'll give it to Ryan tomorrow," John said. (PROMISED)
→ John…………………………………………………………………………….day.
9. "I've always wanted to be rich," my brother said. (DREAMT)
→ My brother has always…………………………………………………………rich.
10. "How kind of you to bring me the flowers!" Miss White said to Jack. (BRINGING)
→ Miss White………………………………………………………………the flowers.
1
0
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 16
MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSES)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Khái niệm
- Mệnh đề quan hệ (relative clause) còn được gọi là mệnh đề tính ngữ được dùng để bổ
nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước.
- Mệnh đề quan hệ đứng ngay sau danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa. Giaoandethitienganh.info
- Mệnh đề quan hệ được bắt đầu bằng một đại từ quan hệ (relative pronoun) hoặc một
trạng từ quan hệ (relative adverb).
Ví dụ: The man who lives next door is very friendly.
II. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative pronouns)

Đại từ
quan hệ Cách dùng Ví dụ
Who - Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người - The man who is standing over
there is Mr. Pike.
- Được dùng làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ - That is the girl who has won the
trong mệnh đề quan hệ medal.
Whom - Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người The boy whom you are looking for
-
is Tom.
- Được dùng làm tân ngữ trong mệnh đề - Do you know the girl whom Tom is
quan hệ talking to?
Which
- Thay thế cho sự vật, đồ vật, con vật - This is the book which I like best.
hoặc sự việc
- Được dùng làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ - The cat which I have recently
trong mệnh đề quan hệ bought is a tri-colored cat.
That - Được dùng thay thế cho who, whom, - The architect who/ that designed
which trong mệnh đ'ê quan hệ xác định this building is very famous.
- Dùng that sau danh từ hỗn hợp chỉ cả - We can see farmers and cattle that
người và vật are going to the field.
- Dùng that sau các đại từ bất định - He just said anything that came
nothing, everything, something, anything into his head.
- Dùng that sau all, little, much, none - These walls are all that remain in
the city.
-Bắt buộc dùng that sau dạng so sánh - She's one of the kindest people that
nhất I know.
Whose - Được dùng để chỉ sự sở hữu cho danh từ - The boy whose bicycle you
chỉ người hoặc vật đứng trước borrowed yesterday is Tom.
- Thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu hoặc sở hữu - John found a cat whose leg was
cách của danh từ broken.
- Luôn theo sau là danh từ
1
0
* Lưu ý:
- Who có thể được dùng thay thế cho whom.
Ví dụ: They are visiting the woman who / whom they met on holiday.
- Which được dùng sau dấu phẩy để thay thế cho cả mệnh đề đứng trước.
Ví dụ: He passed the exam, which made his parents happy.
- Không dùng that sau dấu phẩy và giới từ.
- Có thể dùng of which thay thế cho whose để chỉ sự sở hữu của vật.
Ví dụ: John found a cat, the leg of which was broken.
III. Trạng từ quan hệ (Relative Adverbs)

Trạng từ Cách dùng Ví dụ
quan hệ
Where - Được dùng thay thế cho danh từ chỉ
- This is the place where/ at which
(= giới từ + nơi chốn the accident happened.
which) - We then moved to Paris, where/ in
which we lived for six years.
When (= - Được dùng thay thế cho danh từ chỉ
- I'll never forget the day when/ on
giới từ + thời gian
which) which I met her.
- That was the time when/ at which
he managed the company.
Why (= for - Được dùng để chỉ lý do, thay thế - Please tell me the reason why you
which) cho the reason are so sad.
* Lưu ý:
- Where có thể bỏ đi hoặc được thay thế bằng that sau somewhere, anywhere,
everywhere, nowhere, place.
Ví dụ: Have you got somewhere (where/ that) I can lie down for an hour.
- Where có thể bỏ đi hoặc thay thế bằng that trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định.
Ví dụ: I’ll never forget the day (when/ that) I met her.
IV. Giới từ trong mệnh đê quan hệ (Prepositions in relative clauses)
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ, khi đại từ quan hệ làm tân ngữ của giới từ thì giới từ thường có
hai vị trí: trước các đại từ quan hệ whom và which hoặc sau động từ.
1. Trong lối văn trang trọng, giới từ đứng trước các đại từ quan hệ whom và which.
Ví dụ: The man to whom my mother is talking is my form teacher.
Mr. Carter, to whom I spoke on the phone last night, is very interested in our
plan.
2. Trong lối văn thân mật, giới từ thường đứng sau động từ trong mệnh đề quan hệ.
Ví dụ: That's the man who(m)/ that I was talking about.
The picture that/ which she was looking at was famous.
3. Trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định, các cụm từ chỉ số lượng như: all of/ most of/
neither of/ many of có thể được dùng với whom, which và whose.
Ví dụ: Mary has three brothers, all of whom are married.
Tom tried on three jackets, none of which fitted him.
1
0
* Lưu ý:
- Trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định, các đại từ quan hệ làm tân ngữ của giới từ (who(m)/
which/ that) thường được lược bỏ và giới từ luôn đứng sau động từ.
Ví dụ: Was that the restaurant (which/ that) you normally go to?
- Giới từ không được đặt trước that hoặc who.
Ví dụ: Mr. Jones, who I am working for, is very generous.
- Với cụm động từ (phrasal verb) thì không tách được giới từ ra khỏi động từ nên giới từ
luôn theo sau động từ.
Ví dụ: Did you find the word which/ that you were looking up?
- Giới từ without không được đặt sau động từ.
Ví dụ: The woman without whom I can't live is Jane.
NOT: The woman whom I can't live without is Jane:
V. Các loại mệnh đề quan hệ (Types of relative clause)

1. Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (Defining relative clauses)
- Được dùng để xác định danh từ đứng trước vì danh từ đó chưa rõ chỉ ai/ cái gì
- Cần thiết cho ý nghĩa của câu, nếu bỏ đi câu không đủ nghĩa
- Không tách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy
Ví dụ: The man who robbed you has been arrested.
* Lưu ý: Có thể lược whom, which, that, when, why trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định.
2. Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (Non-defining relative clauses)
- Được dùng để bổ sung thêm thông tin cho danh từ đứng trước và danh từ đó đã xác định
(tên riêng; có tính từ sở hữu đứng trước; có tính từ chỉ định đứng trước)
- Không cần thiết phải có trong câu, không có nó câu vẫn đủ nghĩa
- Phải tách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy
Ví dụ: Sarah, who/ whom you met yesterday, is my friend at school.
VI. Dạng rút gọn của mệnh đề quan hệ (Reduced forms of relative clause)
1. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ bằng cụm phân từ (Participle phrases)
a. Cụm phân từ hiện tại (present participle)
Được dùng để rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ khi động từ trong mệnh đề ở thể CHỦ ĐỘNG
(thường ở thì tiếp diễn)
Ví dụ: - The man who is sitting next to Mandy is my uncle.
→The man sitting next to Mandy is my uncle.
- A lorry which was carrying pipes has overturned.
→A lorry carrying pipes has overturned.
- Boys who attended this school had to wear uniform.
→Boys attending this school had to wear uniform.
1
0
b. Cụm phân từ quá khứ (past participle)
Được dùng để rút gọn mệnh đ'ê quan hệ khi động từ trong mệnh đề ở thể BỊ ĐỘNG. Ví
dụ: - The boy who was injured in the accident was taken to the hospital.
→ The boy injured in the accident was taken to the hospital.
- Most of the goods which are made in this factory are exported.
→ Most of the goods made in this factory are exported.
2. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ bằng cụm danh từ (Noun phrases)

Mệnh đề quan hệ KHÔNG XÁC ĐỊNH có thể rút gọn bằng cụm danh từ.
Ví dụ: - George Washington, who was the first president of the United States, was a
general in the army.
→ George Washington, the first president of the United States, was a general in
the army.
- We visited Barcelona, which is a city in northern Spain.
→ We visited Barcelona, a city in northern Spain.
3. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ bằng cụm động từ nguyên thê (Infinitive phrases)
Mệnh đ'ê quan hệ KHÔNG XÁC ĐỊNH có thể rút gọn bằng cụm động từ nguyên thể
trong các trường hợp sau:
- Sau các từ first, second,..., last, next, only và so sánh nhất
Ví dụ: - The captain was the last man who left the ship.
→The captain was the last man to leave the ship.
- The guest on our show is the youngest golfer who won the Open.
→The guest on our show is the youngest golfer to win the Open.
- Khi muốn diễn đạt mục đích hoặc sự cho phép
Ví dụ: - The children need a big yard which they can play in.
→The children need a big yard to play in.
- Here is the form that you must fill in.
→ Here is the form for you to fill in.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1. The Apollo 11 astronauts …………..of the Earth’s inhabitants witnessed on the famous
first moonwalk on July 20, 1969 were Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin.
A. whom B. whom millions
C. were some D. whom some were
2. Dr. Watson is a person…………
A. in who I don’t have much confidence
B. in that I don’t have much confidence
C. I don’t have much confidence in him
D. I don’t have much confidence in
3. By 1890, there were over 60 steamboats on the Mississippi River,…………were quite
luxurious.
A. many of them B. many of which C. which many D. many of those
4. There are several reasons…………Adam is not chosen for the National Rugby League.
A. from then B. why C. for what D. explaining
5. The law limits the speed…………motorists are permitted to drive.
A. at which B. which C. that D. where
1
0
6. There are…………believe that our lives and health are influenced by the moon.
A. some people B. some that C. people D. those who
7. The girls and flowers…………he painted were vivid.
A. who B. that C. whose D. which
8. Anyone………….about the environment cannot ignore the facts…………..the speaker
was referring.
A. who’s concerned - to which B. who’s concerning - which
C. whose concern - to which D. whose concerned - to that
9. Did you apologize to Mary,…………..?
A. who you split some coffee on her dress
B. you split some coffee on her dress
C. whose dress you spilt some coffee
D. whose dress you spilt some coffee on
10. We went to different places…………..you find people language was hard to
understand.
A. where - which B. where - whose C. that-whose D. which - whose
11. The teachers…………..negligence resulted in the boy being left behind in France have
been suspended.
A. that B. why C. whose D. whom
12. 4.23 p.m is the time………….. the tide here will be at its highest.
A. for which B. why C. that D. where
13. The philosopher…………..theories I am writing went insane before he died.
A. in which B. for whom C. with whom D. about whose
14. "Don’t run away. Stay…………..I can see you," the mother shouted to her children.
A. which B. how C. where D. when
15. The tickets for the remembrance concert are too expensive for the veterans,…………..
most ordinary citizens of our town find deeply offensive.
A. whom B. which C. what D. that
16. Mr. Newhart, …………..honour the reception will be held next Saturday, has worked
for this company for exactly thirty years.
A. in whose B. about what C. for whom D. that
17. It was Mrs. Norton, the accountant in our company…………..recommendation I
booked our holiday at this hotel.
A. with whom B. on whose C. for whom D. that
18. Ann,…………..for the safety of her child, ran to stop him playing with the electric
socket.
A. concerned B. concerning C. to concern D. to be concerned
19. The complex in the Forbidden City, Beijing, has an outer palace,…………..emperors
held official audiences, and an inner palace,…………..served as living quarters for the
imperial family.
A. that - where B. which - which C. whose - that D. where - which
20. St Andrews, a Scottish town,…………..golf course is one of the oldest in the world, is
the host for this year’s British Open Gold Championship.
A. whose B. for whom C. with which D. when

1. This is the car which its engine uses only 4 liters of petrol per 100 kilometers.
A B C D
1
1
2. Dad discovered I went out with Nick last night, for which I wasn't supposed to do.
A B C D
3. The earth was flat, was believed by most people in the fifteenth century.
A B C D
4. Physicists are scientists whose study matter and energy, as well as their patterns of
interaction. A B C D
5. One of the features of London is the number of big stores, most of them are to be found
A B C D
in or near the West End.
6. A warning sign 'Overheat' may come on, in that case turn off the appliance at once.
A B C D
7. In recent years, educated women have been marrying later, that means that they have
A B
fewer years in which to produce offspring.
C D
8. The water temperature in a spring depends on that of the soil through where the water
flows. A B C
D
9. In a basketball game a player what is fouled receives one or two free throws.
A B C D
10. When you look in the mirror, you see your own face in the glass, that is a reflection of
A B C
the true image.
D
1
1
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 17
CÁC DẠNG CÂU HỎI (QUESTION TYPES)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Câu hỏi Có-Không (Yes-No questions)
Câu hỏi Có-Không bắt đầu bằng động từ be, trợ động từ hoặc động từ khuyết thiếu. Câu
trả lời cho câu hỏi Có-Không có 2 dạng: Yes và No.
Be V-ing/P2/danhtừ/giớitừ/tínhtừ?
Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + động từ chính?
Động từ khuyết thiếu động từ chính?
Ví dụ: - Is your brother a lawyer? - Yes, he is.
- Have they finished painting the room? - No, they haven't.
- Should he do regular exercise? - Yes, he should.
II. Câu hỏi Wh- (Wh-questions)

Câu hỏi Wh- bắt đầu bằng các nghi vấn từ (question words): who, what, which, whose,
when, where, why, how. Có hai trường hợp:
1. Câu hỏi chủ ngữ (subject questions): Không cần đưa động từ 'be', trợ động từ, động từ
khuyết thiếu lên trước chủ ngữ. Trật tự từ giống như câu trần thuật.
be + V-ing/ P2 / danh từ/ giới từ/ tính từ?
Nghi vấn từ + động từ có chia thì?
động từ khuyết thiếu + động từ nguyên thể?
Ví dụ: - Who was the first one to complete the task?
- What has happened to his car?
2. Câu hỏi không dành cho chủ ngữ (non-subject questions): đưa động từ 'be', trợ động
từ, động từ khuyết thiếu lên trước chủ ngữ.
be V-ing/ p2 / danh từ/ giới từ/ tính từ?
Nghi vấn từ + trợ động từ + chủ ngữ + động từ chính?
động từ khuyết thiếu động từ chính?
Ví dụ: - Where did you go last summer?
- Why is your sister crying in her room?
III. Câu hỏi gián tiếp (Indirect questions)

Câu hỏi gián tiếp bắt đầu bằng cụm từ hoặc bằng câu hỏi trực tiếp. Câu hỏi gián tiếp có trật
tự từ giống câu trần thuật. Câu hỏi gián tiếp được sử dụng nhằm khiến cho câu hỏi lịch sự
hơn.
Cụm từ/ câu hỏi trực tiếp + câu trần thuật
Ví dụ: - I wonder what John's job is.
- Do you know when the lecture begins?
* Lưu ý:
- Nghi vấn từ không phải lúc nào cũng bắt đầu một câu hỏi. Nó có thể kết hợp với mệnh đề
để tạo thành chủ ngữ của câu trần thuật.
Ví dụ: - How the virus reproduces remains a mystery.
- What she said at the meeting didn't affect the company in any way.
- Hậu tố -ever và cụm on earth có thể được thêm vào nghi vấn từ (trừ whose) để thể hiện
sự ngạc nhiên hoặc khó chịu của người nói.
1
1
Ví dụ: - Whoever would have imagined such a thing?
- What on earth do you think you're doing?
IV. Câu hỏi đuôi (Tag questions)

1. Chức năng
Câu hỏi đuôi được sử dụng khi người nói không chắc về điều gì và muốn xác nhận lại.
Ví dụ: You are working for Facebook, aren't you?
Ngoài ra, câu hỏi đuôi được sử dụng khi người nói biết rõ về điều gì và muốn người nghe
đồng ý với điều đó.
Ví dụ: It's a great idea, isn't it?
2. Cách thành lập
Câu hỏi đuôi gồm 2 thành phần: câu trần thuật (statement) và đuôi câu hỏi (question tag).
- Nếu câu trần thuật mang nghĩa khẳng định thì đuôi câu hỏi phủ định.
- Nếu câu trần thuật mang nghĩa phủ định thì đuôi câu hỏi khẳng định. Đuôi câu hỏi có
cấu trúc sau:
be
trợ động từ + (not) + đại từ chủ ngữ?
động từ khuyết thiếu
Ví dụ: - The meeting is at 8 a.m., isn't it?
- Jane never tells lies, does she?
- He must lose weight, mustn't he?
3. Các trường hợp đặc biệt
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong câu trần thuật là nobody, no one, everyone, everybody, someone
thì chủ ngữ trong phần đuôi là they.
Ví dụ: Nobody has submitted proposals for the research, have they?
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong câu trần thuật là nothing, everything, this, that thì chủ ngữ trong
phần đuôi là it. Tương tự nếu câu trần thuật có chủ ngữ là these, those thì chủ ngữ trong
phần đuôi sẽ là they.
Ví dụ: - Everything was covered in a thick layer of dust, wasn't it?
- Those bottles of wine are the finest ones, aren't they?
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong câu trần thuật là there thì chủ ngữ trong phần đuôi là there.
Ví dụ: There are more countries north of the equator than south of it, aren't there?
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề trần thuật là I và (trợ) động từ trong mệnh đề trần thuật là
‘be’ thì phần đuôi phủ định sẽ có dạng là aren’t I.
Ví dụ: I am supposed to bring the books, aren't I?
- Nếu câu phần trần thuật là câu mệnh lệnh thì có đuôi là will you dù câu mệnh lệnh là
khẳng định hay phủ định. Có thể thay will you bằng would you, could you để thêm lịch
sự.
Ví dụ: - Help me lift this box, will you?
- Don't call me by that name, will you?
- Nếu câu trần thuật có 2 mệnh đề theo mẫu: Chủ ngữ + believe / suppose / think /
know / feel I expect + that + a clause thì ta xét 2 trường hợp:
+ Nếu chủ ngữ trong mệnh đ'ê chính là I thì ta lấy mệnh đề phụ trong câu trần thuật (mệnh
đề sau that] để thành lập đuôi câu hỏi.
Ví dụ: I think he is a talented artist, isn't he?
+ Nếu chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề chính không phải là I thì ta lấy mệnh đề chính để thành lập
đuôi câu hỏi.
Ví dụ: They think it's a good idea, don't they?
1
1
- Với câu cảm thán, ta lấy danh từ trong câu đổi thành đại từ, và dùng động từ be.
Ví dụ: - What a pleasant weather, isn't it?
- How gorgeous your sister is, isn't she?
- Must có nhiều cách dùng, do đó tùy theo cách dùng mà sẽ có đuôi câu hỏi khác nhau.
+ Nếu must chỉ sự cần thiết thì ta dùng need.
Ví dụ: They must go to bed early, needn't they?
+ Nếu must chỉ sự cấm đoán thì ta dùng must.
Ví dụ: You mustn't use your mobile phone in class, must you?
+ Nếu must chỉ sự suy đoán ở hiện tại thì ta dựa vào động từ theo sau must.
Ví dụ: He must earn a lot of money, doesn't he?
+ Nếu must chỉ sự suy đoán ở quá khứ thì ta dùng trợ động từ have.
Ví dụ: Helen must have revised for the exam thoroughly, hasn't she?
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Choose the best answer to each sentence.
1. Sarah: "………….do you go to the movies?"
Mary: "Once a week."
A. What time B. How much time C. How long D. How often
2. Sam:"………….detective stories?"
Susan: "In my opinion, they are very good for teenagers.
A. What do you think about B. Are you fond of
C. How about D. What do people feel about
3. She asks me………….I am looking at.
A. when B. if C. why D. what
4. Daisy: “Would you mind lending me your calculator?”
John: “……………”
A. Yes, here it is B. Not at all C. Great D. Yes, I would
5. Selena: “………….was he driving when he had an accident?”
Miley: “80 km/h”
A. How fast B. How far C. What distance D. How long
6. Do you know…………..?
A. what wrong was it with B. what wrong is it with
C. what’s wrong with it D. what wrong was with it
7. Buy me a cup of coffee on your way back,…………?
A. don’t you B. will you C. do you D. can’t you
8. …………without animals and plants?
A. What would life on earth be like B. What will life on earth be like
C. How would life on earth be for D. How will life on earth be like
9. Why………….the man where…………to stay?
A. don’t you ask – would he like B. you don’t ask – he would like
C. don’t you ask – he would like D. you don’t ask – would he like
10. ………….sometimes annoys me very much.
A. When does he do B. What he does
C. Why he does D. What does he do
11. Jack: “…………..”
Tom: “I won’t say no!”
A. How are things with you, Tom?
B. What about playing badminton this Sunday?
1
1
C. Tom, do you know where the new mall is?
D. What’s your favourite, tea or coffee?
12…………..makes you think I would want to move house?
A. Which on earth B. Whom on earth
C. How on earth D. What on earth
13.…………..has been a topic of continual geological research.
A. How the continents were formed B. How did the continents form
C. The continents formed D. If the continents were formed
14. Brian: "Do want another serving of salad?"
Kate:"…………..."
A. No way B. No comment C. No longer D. No thanks
15. Researchers are making enormous progress in understanding………….and………….
A. what is a tsunami - what does it cause
B. what is a tsunami - what it causes
C. what a tsunami is - what causes it
D. what a tsunami is - what does cause it
Exercise 2. Add the question tag to each sentence.

1. He'd hardly finished doing his homework when you arrived,…………?
2. I'm right about his personality,…………?
3. Nothing matters to him apart from his job,…………?
4. People don't like the way he shows off,…………?
5. What a luxurious hotel,…………?
6. Give me another chance,…………?
7. There has been a great increase in retail sales,…………?
8. I believe she has done a great job in the project,…………?
9. Why he left his well-paid job seems a secret,…………?
10. Peter must have missed the bus again,…………?
11. Let's use our common sense,…………?
12. A two-week course hardly qualifies him as an expert,…………?
13. Neither you nor I have seen this film,…………?
14. Nobody would intend to create an animal with a human brain,…………?
15. Sally thought that the film would be a blockbuster,…………?
1
1
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 18
ĐẢO NGỮ (INVERSION)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
Đảo ngữ (inversion) là hiện tượng đảo ngược vị trí của động từ/ trợ động từ/ động từ khuyết
thiếu và chủ ngữ trong câu nhằm mục đích nhấn mạnh. Đảo ngữ thường được sử dụng trong
ngôn ngữ có văn phong trang trọng (formal) hoặc ngôn ngữ viết (written English). Hiện
tượng đảo ngữ được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
1. Trạng từ, trạng ngữ phủ định (never, little, at no time, v.v.) và only ở đầu câu
Seldom Seldom have I seen my father so angry.
Little Little does she know about our plan.
Not only ... but also/ too/ as well... Not only can she sing but she is also a fantastic
Nowhere dancer.
Nowhere is the treasure to be found.
At no time At no time did he doubt that she was a liar.
In no way In no way am I inviting her!
Under no circumstances/ condition Under no circumstances should you lend him money.
On no account On no account must you disturb me.
Hardly/ Scarcely ... when Hardly had we sat down when the fire alarm went off.
No sooner ... than ... No sooner had we opened the door than we realized
something went wrong.
Only then/ later/ after/ when/ if/ by - Only after I had heard his reasons did I forgive him.
- Only later did she realize what had happened.
Not until Not until we met did I realize that I knew him.
2. As, so, neither, nor để thế hiện sự giống nhau

as We always vote Conservative, as do most of our friends.
so Jack has given a Powerpoint presentation and so has Julie.
neither/ nor Kate won't be able to come to the meeting and neither/nor will Crystal.
3. So, such ở đầu câu

So + adj + be + S + that + S + V + O
So + adv + auxiliary + S + V + that + S + V + O
Ví dụ: - So difficult was the task that expert assistance was required.
- So little did he know about her that he wasn't even sure of her name.
Such + be + (a/an/the) + N + that + S + V + O
Such + (a/an/the) + N + be + S + that + S + V + O
Ví dụ: - Such was his annoyance that he tore up the letter.
- Such a successful advertising campaign was it that the product sold out within
a week.
4. Câu điều kiện
1
1
Câu điều kiện loại I: Should the rope break, the dinghy will float away.
Should + S + V
Câu điều kiện loại II: Were + S + - Were I in your position, I would tell the truth.
(to V/ P2) - Were they to offer you the job, would you accept it?
- Were he better trained, he would be more successful.
Câu điều kiện loại III: Had Colin informed the police, he would be safe now.
Had + S + p2
5. Các trạng từ/ trạng ngữ chỉ địa điểm (here, there, in the corner, v.v.) hoặc phương
phướng (away, down, V.V.] ở đầu câu. Lưu ý ta đảo động từ chính lên trước chủ ngữ, chứ
không phải trợ động từ như các trường hợp trên.
Ví dụ: - There comes the bus! NOT There does the bus come!
- Along the street came a strange procession. NOT Along the street did a st-r-
ange procession come.
* Lưu ý: khi chủ ngữ là đại từ ta KHÔNG đảo động từ chính lên trước chủ ngữ.
Ví dụ: - There it comes!
- Round the corner she ran.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Are the following sentences correct or not? If the sentence is correct, put a
tick. If not, underline the mistake and correct it.
E.g. Should you hear anything, let me know. ………√………..
Here the police come! Someone must have called them. come the police
1. Not only he twisted his ankle but he also dropped his wallet. ..……………
2. Look, there go the children on their way to school. ..……………
3. Only recently have scientists discovered a cure for certain types of ..……………
leukaemia.
4. "I’d rather have a walk in the morning." - "So I would." ..……………
5. Down in the valley did a fertile-looking vineyard lie. ..……………
6. Not until do you grow up, we will let you live independently. ..……………
7. Into the valley of death rode the six hundred. ..……………
8. Everybody didn't believe what she said, and neither didn't I. ..……………
9. Right through the underwater tunnel swam she. ..……………
10. Such the force of the earthquake it was that the whole village has ..……………
been devastated
Exercise 2. Complete each sentence by using the phrases from the box.
no sooner little not only had only by only then such
as should on no account were at no point not until scarcely
1. ..……………are passengers allowed to carry more than two pieces of hand luggage.
2...……………had the alarm gone off when the police cars arrived.
3...……………I asked a passer-by did I realize where I was.
4. I thought,..……………did my colleagues, that the recession would soon be over.
5...……………was the media interest in the wedding that there were over a dozen
photographers.
1
1
6...……………during the party did anyone mention that Peter and Julie were getting
married.
7...……………you to pay the full amount, there would be a ten percent discount.
8...……………had it stopped raining than the sun came out.
9..……………protecting its habitat can we hope to save the species.
10..……………did the passengers know that the driver was an undercover police officer.
Exercise 3. Rewrite the following sentences, beginning as shown.

1. The substance is so toxic that protective clothing must be worn at all times.
→ So ……………………………………………………………………………
2. A boy sat on the fence looking lost and alone.
→ On……………………………………………………………………………
3. No matter what happens, Jane will never forgive Mark for what he did.
→ Under………………………………………………………………………...
4. If everybody in this country contributed one euro, the charity would reach its target.
→ Were…………………………………………………………………………
5. I saw Owen last week and I realized then how much weight he had lost.
→ Only when……………………………………………………………………
6. It is the first time a book has moved me so much.
→ Never before………………………………………………………………….
7. The demands of an astronaut's body are so great that above - average physical fitness is
required.
→ Such…………………………………………………………………………..
8. We'd never have trusted him with our money if we’d known the truth.
→ Had …………………………………………………………………………..
9. Monica won first prize and she was offered a promotion too.
→ Not only………………………………………………………………………
10. The twins started screaming the minute the aeroplane took off.
→ Nosooner……………………………………………………………………..
1
1
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 19
CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ (PHRASAL VERBS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Khái niệm
Cụm động từ (phrasal verbs) là sự kết hợp giữa một động từ và một tiểu từ (a particle). Tiểu
từ có thể là một trạng từ (an adverb), hay là một giới từ (a preposition). Cụm động từ
thường có nghĩa khác so với với nghĩa của chính động từ đó. Cụm động từ bao gồm 2 từ
hoặc đôi khi ba từ.
Ví dụ: - We look after the neighbours' cat while they're away. (trông nom, chăm sóc)
- I was going to make pancakes, but we ran out of milk. (dùng hết)
II. Phân loại
Cụm động từ được chia thành 2 loại: Ngoại động từ (transitive phrasal verbs) và Nội động
từ (intransitive phrasal verbs)
1. Ngoại động từ: luôn có tân ngữ (objects) đứng sau tiểu từ. Có hai nhóm:
- Cụm động từ có thể chia tách (separable phrasal verbs): tân ngữ có thể đứng giữa động từ
và tiểu từ hoặc đứng sau tiểu từ. Tuy nhiên khi tân ngữ là đại từ thì luôn đứng giữa động từ
và tiểu từ.
Ví dụ: - The baby is sleeping, could you turn off the TV?
- The baby is sleeping, could you turn it off?
- Cụm động từ không thể chia tách (inseparable phrasal verbs): tân ngữ đứng sau tiểu từ.
2. Nội động từ: không có tân ngữ đứng sau tiểu từ. Vì thế loại cụm động từ này không
dùng ở thể bị động.
Ví dụ: We watched the sun come up. (ló, rạng)
* Lưu ý: Có nhiều cụm động từ vừa là ngoại động từ vừa là nội động từ, lúc này ngữ cảnh
cho ta biết chức năng cùng với nghĩa của chúng..
Ví dụ: - The plane took off three hours late, (cất cánh)
- Her business has really taken off. (thành công)
- I've decided to take a few days off next week, (nghỉ)
- Beth can take off Judy Garland brilliantly, (bắt chước, mạo danh)
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1: Complete each of the following sentences with suitable particles.
1. I went for the interview last week and now they’ve decided to take me………….
2. The kid ran………… …………a bunch of candy while her friend distracted the store
owner.
3. We all had to do extra work to make…………. ………….Harry, who was very tired
from being out late the night before.
4. She didn't come to the party because her car broke………….on the way here.
5. How could you fall………….such an obvious trick?
6. It was decided that I would stand…………. ………….my sister at the head of the
1
1
company while she took her sabbatical.
7. I'm so excited that my favorite author has a new book coming………….in a few weeks.
8. We’re putting………….Jen's brother for a couple of weeks while he looks for a new
apartment.
9. Over the course of several centuries, the coastline wore………….until the small village
was completely consumed by the sea.
10. Of course I want to go to the amusement park with you guys - count me………….!
Exercise 2: Replace the underlined phrase in each of the following sentences with the
appropriate phrasal verb from the box in its correct form.
bring back lay down burst into (tears) try out tell apart
put down to drop off give out turn to mix with
1. This one is real, and this one is the counterfeit - you can distinguish them by the small
holographic mark at the top corner of the genuine document.
2. We were chatting happily, and suddenly Helen began to cry for no apparent reason.
3. I attribute most of my success to the excellent teaching I received in secondary school.
4. That song recalls such fond memories of my childhood.
5. Students were distributing leaflets to everyone on the street.
6. Could you please leave me at the nearest supermarket?
7. John hopes to test his new running shoes this weekend.
8. I was worried that Tommy wouldn't like starting play school, but it's great to see him
socializing with the other kids right away.
9. The first thing the counselor did was to establish the rules for the campers.
10. My mom is someone that I can always come to and ask for help in times of need.
1……………… 2……………… 3……………… 4………………

5……………… 6……………… 7……………… 8………………
9……………… 10………………
Exercise 3: Match the verb in column A with the particle in column B and fill in the
blank with the suitable phrasal verb to complete each of the following questions. Each
particle can be used more than once.
Column A Column B
burn carry cut do draw away down in off on
look make pass show work out through to up with
1. My doctor told me that I need to…….. …….. ……..eating fried foods in order to
improve my cholesterol.
2. If you keep staying up so late working on this report, you're going to……..
yourself……...
3. The legends of this tribe have been…….. ……..from father to son over the centuries.
4. The company had to…….. …….. ……..free lunches in order to save money.
5. I can read most of this, but I can't…….. ……..the last part. Can you?
6. I've always…….. …….. ……..Bill for his courage and determination.
7. He doesn't usually drive as fast as this. He's just…….. …….. because you're here.
8. If our staff can't…….. ……..this problem, we're going to have to hire a consultant.
1
2
9. With your shared passion for this project, I'm confident that you two can……..it……...
10. The beginning of this book was so good that it just……..me……..- I haven't been
able to put it down since!
1
2
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 20
CỤM TỪ CỐ ĐỊNH (COLLOCATIONS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Khái niệm
Cụm từ cố định (collocations) là sự kết hợp của một cặp hoặc một nhóm từ nhằm tạo ra
cách diễn đạt tự nhiên như người bản ngữ.
Ví dụ: a fast car, NOT a quick car
a quick meal, NOT a-fast meal
Một số sự kết hợp mang tính chất cố định (a fixed collocation) tức là từ này chỉ kết hợp
với một, hai từ nhất định mà không kết hợp với những từ khác. Ví dụ: tính từ mitigating
luôn đi cùng với danh từ circumstances hoặc factors.
Một số sự kết hợp mang tính mở nhiều hơn (a weak collocation) tức là từ này có thể kết
hợp với các từ khác nhau. Ví dụ: tính từ broad có thể có nhiều cách kết hợp: a broad
avenue, a broad smile, broad shoulders, a broad accent, a broad hint.
IL Phân loại cụm từ cố định theo yếu tố cấu thành

1. Danh từ + danh từ
Danh từ Danh từ Nghĩa
food additives chất phụ gia thực phẩm
movie premiere buổi ra mắt phim
a pang of nostalgia nỗi nhớ nhà
a sense of humour tính hóm hỉnh
success rate tỉ lệ thành công
2. Động từ + danh từ
Động từ Danh từ Nghĩa
deliver a speech phát biểu diễn văn
draw up a contract thảo hợp đồng
launch a campaign phát động chiến dịch
make friends kết bạn
pass up a chance tuột mất cơ hội
2. Tính từ + danh từ
Tính từ Danh từ Nghĩa
key issue vấn đề chủ chốt
major problem vấn đề trọng yếu
nuclear family gia đình hai thế hệ
plain truth sự thật trần trụi
vain hope hi vọng hão huyền
1
2
4. Danh từ + động từ
Danh từ Động từ Nghĩa
company grow công ty lớn mạnh
duty call nhiệm vụ kêu gọi, hối thúc
economy boom nền kinh tế bùng nô
opportunity arise cơ hội xuất hiện
time go by thời gian trôi qua
5. Trạng từ + động từ
Trạng từ Động từ Nghĩa
badly damage gây thiệt hại nặng nề
deeply apologize xin lỗi sâu sắc
flatly refuse từ chối thẳng thừng
greatly appreciate đánh giá rất cao
warmly welcome chào đón nồng nhiệt
6. Trạng từ + tính từ
Trạng từ Tính từ Nghĩa
fully aware nhận thức đầy đủ
internationally renowned nổi tiếng toàn thế giới
newly born mới sinh
seriously ill ốm nặng
strictly prohibited nghiêm cấm
7. Động từ + trạng từ
Động từ Trạng từ Nghĩa
drive recklessly lái xe ẩu
fail miserably thất bại thảm hại
increase considerably tăng đáng kể
rain heavily mưa nặng hạt
smile proudly mỉm cười đầy tự hào
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Match a word from each box to form collocations.
A B
disease evidence key opportunity arises chatter refuse pressure
wind standards teeth flatly rises slip spreads suggests
withstand smoke issue howls
1
2
1………………….. 6…………………..
2………………….. 7…………………..
3………………….. 8…………………..
4………………….. 9…………………..
5………………….. 10…………………..
Exercise 2. Complete each sentence using the collocation from exercise 1 in the
appropriate form.
1. He was furious, and…………to continue with the programme.
2. For about two weeks afterward, the patient experiences extremely sensitive skin, as
their new grafts toughen up to………….
3. People feel educational…………when the government cuts finances.
4. Most of the…………have already been discussed at length.
5. The explosion also caused a massive plume of…………to…………from the building.
6. The scientific…………that human beings first emerged in Africa.
7. The…………as she settled against the far wall to wait out the storm.
8. Tuberculosis is a highly infectious bacterial_by…………coughing.
9. It was so cold that I couldn’t stop my…………from………….
10. An excellent career…………has now…………with a leading recruitment agency.
1. Two children became ill and briefly…………comas after eating the product, though both
fully recovered.
A. took off B. fell into C. came around D. got over
2. With this research he hoped to track solar constant in order to make weather…………
predictions.
A. style B. mode C. type D. pattern
3. His…………teeth slipped from his mouth during a particularly big snore.
A. false B. artificial C. fake D. counterfeit
4. With his speed, I think he'll break a…………for running before he graduates from high
school.
A. record B. medal C. championship D. account
5. He is living in a(n)…………family that includes his relatives such as his grandparents,
his uncles.
A. nuclear B. extended C. close-knit D. distant
6. I really thought she’d be here to help me, but it seems that she’s just a(n)…………friend.
A. social B. associate C. faithful D. fair-weather
7. When you…………minutes of a meeting, it is useful to report the ideas, rather than
every sentence.
A. read B. get C. take D. make
8. My wife and I first met on a…………date arranged by her sister.
A. deaf B. blind C. mute D. speed
9. The university…………the school-leaving exams of most other countries.
1
2
A. agrees B. takes C. recognizes D. keeps
10. The government has decided to…………a levy on commercial waste collection in order
to encourage recycling.
A. introduce B. carry out C. conduct D. make
1
2
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 21:
THANH NGỮ (IDIOMS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Khái niệm
Thành ngữ (idioms) là câu hoặc cụm từ được cấu tạo bằng nhiều từ khác nhau mà nghĩa
thường không thể giải thích đơn giản bằng nghĩa của các từ cấu tạo nên nó.
II. Các thành ngữ thường gặp theo chủ đê
1. Thành ngữ chửa từ chỉ con vật
STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 kill two birds with one stone một mũi tên trúng hai đích
2 take the bull by the horns giải quyết một vấn đề gì đó một cách trực
3 get butterflies in one's stomach diện
cảm thấy bồn chồn, lo lắng
4 let the cat out of the bag vô tình nói hớ, để lộ ra bí mật
5 be raining cats and dogs mưa như trút nước
6 Don't count your chickens before they Không nên chắc chắn một điều gì đó trước
hatch. khi nó thực sự diễn ra.
7 until the cows come home trong khoảng thời gian dài
8 crocodile tears nước mắt cá sấu
9 go to the dogs lâm vào cảnh khốn khó
10 donkey’s years rất lâu
11 like a fish out of water như cá ra khỏi nước (lạc lõng)
12 get one's goat làm ai bực mình, khó chịu
13 cook one's goose làm hỏng kế hoạch của ai, đặt dấu chẩm hết
cho việc gì
14 a dark horse nhân tố bí ẩn trong cuộc thi
15 flog a dead horse phí công vô ích
16 have kittens hoảng sợ
17 the lion’s share (of something) phần lớn nhất (của cái gì đó)
18 make a pig of oneself ăn nhiều như lợn
19 when pigs fly điều không thể xảy ra
20 the rat race môi trường cạnh tranh
21 a black sheep con ghẻ trong gia đình
22 a stag party tiệc độc thân dành cho nam
2. Thành ngữ chứa từ chỉ bộ phận cơ thể

1 cost an arm and a leg đắt đỏ
2 be/ run in your blood trở thành thành bản năng hoặc đặc điểm
chung của các thành viên trong gia đình
1
2
3 Blood is thicker than water. Một giọt máu đào hơn ao nước lã.
4 flesh and blood máu mủ ruột già
5 feel something in one’s bones có linh cảm
6 make a clean breast of something thú nhận, nói ra sự thật
7 be all ears dỏng tai lên nghe
8 go in one ear and out the other vào tai này ra tai kia
9 play (something] by ear chơi nhạc không cần đọc bản nhạc
10 play it by ear tùy cơ ứng biến
11 not bat an eyelid không chớp mắt
12 keep an eye on somebody/ something để mắt, trông coi ai/ cái gì
13 not see eye to eye with somebody (on bất đồng quan điểm với ai (về việc gì)
something)
14 turn a blind eye (to something) cố tình lờ đi, hay giả vờ không biết
15 (pull/ wear/ ...) a long face mặt dài như cái bơm, buồn chán
16 keep a straight face giữ vẻ mặt nghiêm nghị, nghiêm túc
17 get/ have cold feet bỗng dưng thấy bồn chồn
18 get/ start off on the right/ wrong foot bắt đầu mối quan hệ tốt đẹp/ tồi tệ
(with somebody)
19 have/ keep both feet on the ground có thái độ thực tế về cuộc sống
20 stand on one's own two feet tự đứng trên hai chân mình, tự lập
21 have something at one's fingertips (thông tin, kiến thức) dễ tiếp cận
22 keep your fingers crossed chúc may mắn
23 let one's hair down cho phép bản thân thư giãn hơn mọi khi
24 not turn a hair bình tĩnh, không thể hiện cảm xúc khi có việc
bất ngờ xảy ra
25 change hands bán lại, đổi chủ
26 (before noun) first-hand/ at first hand trải nghiệm của bản thân
27 get/ have/ etc. a free hand làm gì mình muốn
28 give/ lend somebody a helping hand giúp đỡ ai
29 have one’s hands full bận bù đầu
30 try one's hand at something thử làm gì
31 be/ stand head and shoulders above ở đẳng cấp, trình cao cao hơn ai/ cái gì
somebody/something
32 can't make head nor/or tail of không hiểu được cái gì
33 something
head over heels in love yêu say đắm ai
34 keep one's head above water cố gắng không bị mắc nợ
35 keep/get one's head down tránh mặt, tránh thu hút sự chú ý
36 pull one's leg chọc ghẹo ai
37 My lips are sealed. Tôi sẽ không tiết lộ gì/ hé một lời nào.
38 born with a silver spoon in your mouth sinh ra đã sung sướng
1
2
39 by word of mouth bằng hình thức truyền miệng
40 make one’s mouth water khiến ai chảy nước miếng
41 pay through the nose vung tay quá trán, chi tiêu lãng phí
42 poke/ stick one’s nose into something nhúng mũi vào chuyện của người khác
43 a pain in the neck người hoặc việc gây khó chịu
44 have a chip on one's shoulder (about nhạy cảm về việc trong quá khứ và không
something) muốn nhắc đến
45 give somebody the cold shoulder coi thường người khác, đối xử lạnh nhạt với
46 give the thumbs up/ down ai
tán thành/ phản đối việc gì
47 stick/ stand out like a sore thumb nổi bật, khác biệt
48 keep somebody on one’s toes tập trung vào công việc, không lơ là
49 on the tip of the tongue không thê nhớ ra được điều gì đó mặc dù
chắc chắn mình đã biết về điều đó
50 by the skin of one's teeth hoàn thành việc gì trong gang tấc
51 fight tooth and nail đánh nhau dữ dội, cấu xé nhau
52 have a sweet tooth thích đồ ngọt
3. Thành ngữ chứa từ chỉ màu sắc

1 the black market chợ đen
2 in one's black book trong sổ đen của ai, không được lòng ai
3 in black and white bằng văn bản chính thức, giấy trắng mực đen
4 a bolt from the blue tin sét đánh (tin bất ngờ)
5 do something until you're blue in the làm gì đến vô vọng, phí sức
face in a blue moon
6 once hiếm khi, năm thì mười họa
7 one’s blue-eyed boy là "con cưng" của ai
8 out of the blue bất ngờ, bất thình lình
9 a green belt vành đai xanh bao quanh thành phố
10 be green with envy ghen ăn tức ở
11 give the green light bật đèn xanh (cho phép ai làm gì)
12 have green fingers có tài làm vườn
13 grey matter chất xám
14 in the pink ở tình trạng sức khỏe tốt
15 a red herring điều không quan trọng được sử dụng để đánh
lạc hướng
16 a red-letter day ngày trọng đại
17 catch someone red-handed bắt quả tang ai
18 in the red (tài khoản ngân hàng) lạm chi
19 like a red rag to a bull điều gì đó có thể làm ai đó rất tức giận
1
2
20 paint the town red đến quán bar và tận hưởng
21 see red giận đỏ mặt
22 rose-coloured spectacles lăng kính màu hồng, lạc quan về việc gì đó
23 a white elephant đồ đắt tiền nhưng vô dụng
24 a white lie lời nói dối vô hại
25 a white-collar job công việc văn phòng
26 have a yellow streak có tính nhút nhát
4. Thành ngữ chứa từ chỉ thực phẩm

1 go bananas trở nên điên khùng
2 full of beans tràn đầy năng lượng
3 be your bread and butter kế sinh nhai, công việc kiếm ra tiền
4 a butterfingers người vụng về, hậu đậu
5 a piece of cake dễ như ăn cháo, chuyện nhỏ
6 go/ sell like hot cakes bán chạy, đắt hàng như tôm tươi
7 the cream (of something) người giỏi nhất
8 have egg on your face cảm thấy xấu hổ, ngu ngốc vì hành động của
mình
9 bear fruit có được kết quả tốt, đơm hoa kết trái
10 sour grapes thèm muốn thứ mà người khác có hoặc thứ
mà họ không bao giờ có được nhưng vẫn giả
vờ như không muốn
11 in a jam mắc kẹt, trong tình trạng khó khăn
12 go nuts cư xử điên khùng do tức giận
13 two peas in a pod (giống nhau) như hai giọt nước
14 peanuts số tiền nhỏ
15 a couch potato người lười biếng, cả ngày xem ti vi
16 a hot potato vấn đ'ê gây tranh cãi, vấn đề khó giải quyết
17 the salt of the earth người lương thiện, đáng tin
18 packed/ crammed like sardines chật như nêm cối, lèn như cá hộp
19 not be sb’s cup of tea không phải thứ ai đó muốn
20 a vegetable người sống tẻ nhạt
21 spend money like water tiêu tiền như nước
5. Thành ngữ chỉ sự so sánh

1 as brown as a berry có làn da rám nắng
2 as clear as a bell rõ ràng, rành rọt, dễ hiểu
3 as cool as a cucumber điềm tĩnh, không hề nao núng
1
2
4 as deaf as a post điếc hoàn toàn, không nghe thấy gì cả
5 as different as chalk from cheese khác biệt hoàn toàn
6 as dry as a bone khô như ngói
7 as dull as ditchwater buồn tẻ, phẳng lặng như nước ao tù
8 as flat as a pancake phẳng lì
9 as fit as a fiddle khỏe như vâm
10 as fresh as a daisy tươi như hoa
11 as gentle as a lamb hiền lành, dịu dàng, hòa nhã
12 as good as gold (trẻ con) ngoan, cư xử đúng mực
13 as good as new tốt như mới
14 as heavy as lead nặng như chì
15 as hard as nails lòng dạ sắt đá
16 as keen as mustard rất nhiệt tình, hăng hái
17 as large as life ngạc nhiên khi gặp ai
18 as light as a feather nhẹ như lông hồng
19 as miserable/ ugly as sin buồn như đưa đám/ xấu như ma
20 as old as the hills xưa như diễm, xưa như trái đất
21 as nutty as a fruitcake quái gở, ngang bướng
22 as plain as the nose on your face rõ như ban ngày
23 as pleased as punch rất hài lòng
24 as poor as church mice nghèo rớt mồng tơi
25 as red as a beetroot ngượng đỏ mặt
26 as right as rain mạnh khỏe, tốt lành
27 as safe as houses rất an toàn
28 as sick as a dog đau yếu, bệnh tật
29 as silent as the grave im lìm, yên tĩnh
30 as sober as a judge hoàn toàn tỉnh táo
31 as steady as a rock vững chãi, điềm đạm
32 as strong as a horse khỏe như trâu
33 as stubborn as a mule ngang như cua
34 as thick as thieves thân thiết, cùng hội cùng thuyền
35 as thick as two short planks rất khờ khạo
36 as thin as a rake gầy đét
37 as tough as old boots/ nails (thịt) dai; (sức khỏe) dẻo dai; (tính cách) kiên
định
38 as warm as toast ấm áp, thoải mái
39 as white as a sheet trắng bệch, nhợt nhạt
40 come down on somebody like a ton of chỉ trích, trừng phạt ai nghiêm khắc
bricks
41 eat like a horse ăn như lợn
42 fit like a glove vừa khít, vừa như in
43 get on like a house on fire có mối quan hệ rất tốt với ai
1
3
44 have a memory/ mind like a sieve có trí nhớ kém, hay quên
45 shake like a leaf run như cầy sấy

46 sleep like a log/ a baby ngủ say như chết
47 smoke like a chimney hút thuốc nhiều
48 spread like wildfire lan nhanh như lửa cháy
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1. You will have to offer her a high salary. An experienced designer like her wouldn’t do
the job for………….
A. beans B. juices C. peanuts D. bread
2. Ask Peter to move the sofa. He's as strong as…………..
A. an elephant B. a horse C. a gorilla D. a blue whale
3. When I was a kid, I threw my brother's birthday cake on the floor because I was………
with envy that it wasn't my birthday.
A. blue B. pink C. purple D. green
4. Why pay through the………….for a used car? Come to Smith's for prices you can afford!
A. nose B. mouth C. hand D. leg
5. Her new job is so stressful and she can't wait until the weekends when she can go home
and let her………….down with her friends.
A. hand B. head C. hair D. heel
6.I was red as………….when my crush came up and talked to me.
A. a beetroot B. an apple C. a tomato D. a cherry
7. Mark knew that his………….party had gotten out of control when the police arrived.
A. hen B. rooster C. sheep D. stag
8. Little kids are always as………….as mustard to learn new things around them.
A. spicy B. keen C. curious D. eager
9. I'm getting Dad new golf clubs for his birthday but please don't let the………….out of
the bag.
A. cat B. dog C. snake D. rat
10. There is a common prejudice that girls who are very beautiful must automatically be
lacking in matter - so-called 'dumb blondes'.
A. black B. red C. white D. grey
11. When someone comes to me for help, I never give them the cold…………..
A. hand B. feet C. shoulder D. head
12. “Are the shoes too big?”
“No, not at all. It fits like………….”
A. a stocking B. a glove C. glue D. pillowcase
13. You'll never get Rich to change his opinion-he's as tough as………….when it comes to
politics.
A. old boots B. steak C. a leech D. rakes
14. Lily has sprained her ankle, but after a few weeks of rest she should be as………….as
rain.
A. good B. heavy C. fresh D. right
15. All of my relatives are doctors - medical prowess just………….in the blood.
1
3
A. walks B. flows C. runs D. lies
Exercise 2. Complete the sentence with one suitable word.

1. Turning up half an hour late for the interview really cooked his………...
2. We're just waiting our manager to give us the………...light before we release the latest
software update.
3. Despite James and John being identical twins, their characters were as different as ……
and cheese.
4. She is a rising star as a stand-up comedian, always able to bring………...the house
during each performance.
5. Instead of wearing expensive suits, he likes to buy clothes off the………....
6. You've got the wrong end of the………..., she is not going abroad, and I am going
instead.
7. Stop………...around the bush and answer my question.
8. I think we have done enough work today, I am feeling tired now, let’s………...it a day.
9. Ann was dusting the furniture, making sure her home was………...and span.
10. When she failed the entrance exam, she started saying that she never wanted to go to
college anyway, but I think that’s just sour………....
11. Any financial adviser will tell you that you should save six months' worth of your
income for a………...day.
12. Kate's not coming tonight because she's snowed………...with research for her thesis.
13. He started taking the………...out of this poor man just because he was bald.
14. It’s just a simple disagreement. You don’t have to get so………...under the collar.
15. I'm pretty sure I did well on that last exam, so it looks like I'm home and………...for
the semester.
1
3
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 22
CẤU TẠO TỪ (WORD FORMATION)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Tiền tố (prefixes)
Tiền tố là âm tiết được thêm vào trước một từ để tạo thành từ mới. Nghĩa của từ mới phụ
thuộc vào tiền tố được thêm vào. Dưới đây là các tiền tố thường gặp trong tiếng Anh.
Ví dụ
Tiền tố Nghĩa
Động từ Danh từ Tính từ Trạng từ
anti- chống lại anti-war anti-apartheid
bi- (số lượng) bicycle bilingual
co- hai
cùng, với coexist co-pilot co-produced cooperatively
counter- theo chiều counterattack counter- counterfactual countercultural
hướng ngược argument
lại
tương ứng counterpart
de- trái ngược, defrost decentralization destabilizing decentralizingly
tách khỏi
dis- không, trái disappear disadvantage dishonest disagreeably
ngược
en- chuyển thành encourage
em- hành động
empower,
(trước emmarble,
‘b’, 'm', emburden
'p')
ex- trước, cũ ex-president
in- trái ngược inaccuracy inaccurate inaccurately
il- illiteracy illegal illegally
(trước
'1')
im- impossibility, impossible, impossibly
(trước 'b', immobility, immobile
'm', 'p') imbalance
ir- irrelevance irrelevant BUT irrelevantly BUT
(trước 'r') BUT unreliable, unreliably,
unreliability, unreasonable unreasonably
unreasonability
inter- (vị trí) ở giữa interact interdependence intercontinental internationally
mid- (thời điểm) ở midterm mid-century
giữa
1
3
mis- sal misunderstand misbehaviour misleading misleadingly
mono- (số lượng) monocycle monolingual
một
multi- nhiều, đa multitask multipack multicoloured
non- không non-member non-alcoholic non-stop
out- (động từ) outdo
nhiều hơn,
tốt hơn
(danh từ, tính outpatient outgoing
từ] bên
ngoài, tách
khỏi
over- hơn mức oversleep overproduction overoptimistic overpoweringly
bình thường
post- sau post-date postgraduate postdoctoral
pre- trước predate pre-school pre-cut
pro- ủng hộ pro-war
re- làm lại rewrite readministration reusable reassuringly
self- tự mình, cho self-control self-employed
bản thân
semi- một nửa semicircle semi-detached
sub- dưới, ít hơn substandard subtropical
phần nhỏ subdivide subset
hơn
super- quá mức superimpose superhero super-rich superabundantly
bình thường,
vượt quá
trans- (di chuyển) transform transcontinental
từ nơi này
đến nơi khác;
từ trạng thái
này sang
trạng thái
khác
tri- (số lượng) ba tricycle triangular

un- trái ngược unlock untruth unable unconsciously
under- không đủ, undercook undergrowth underpaid
dưới mức
uni- (số lượng) uniform unicycle unilaterally
một
1
3
II.Hậu tố (suffixes)
1. Danh từ
Từ gốc Hậu tô Nghĩa Ví dụ

Động từ -er Danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật train -strainer dry → dryer
fertilize fertilizer
-or Danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật inspect → inspector calculate
→ calculator
-ar Danh từ chỉ người beg → beggar lie → liar
-ist Danh từ chỉ người type → typist cycle → cyclist
-ant/ ent Danh từ chỉ người assist → assistant descend →
descendant study student
-ee Danh từ chỉ người (nghĩa bị examine → examinee
động) employ → employee
-sion/ tion/ Danh từ chỉ sự việc expand → expansion
ation prevent →prevention
preserve → preservation
-ment Danh từ chỉ sự việc develop → development
disappoint → disappointment
-ence/ ance Danh từ chỉ sự việc exist → existence
attend → attendance
-age Danh từ chỉ sự việc drain → drainage
store → storage
-al Danh từ chỉ sự việc propose → proposal
arrive → arrival
-ing Danh từ chỉ hành động understand → understanding
teach → teaching
-sis Danh từ chỉ sự việc emphasize → emphasis
analyze → analysis
-ure Danh từ chỉ sự việc fail → failure
create → creature
Tính từ -ist Danh từ chỉ người educational → educationalist
traditional → traditionalist
-ance/ ence Danh từ chỉ sự việc important → importance
innocent → innocence
-ion Danh từ chỉ sự việc perfect → perfection
abrupt → abruption
-y/ cy/ ty Danh từ chỉ sự việc modest → modesty
private → privacy
safe → safety
-ity Danh từ chỉ sự việc popular → popularity
special → speciality
-ism Danh từ chỉ chủ nghĩa hoặc chế common → communism
độ racial → racialism
1
3
-ness Danh từ chỉ sự việc lazy → laziness
dark → darkness
Danh từ -ist Danh từ chỉ người piano → pianist
violin → violinist
-an/ ian Danh từ chỉ người republic → republican
magic → magician
-ship Danh từ chỉ sự việc friend → friendship
partner → partnership
-ism Danh từ chỉ chủ nghĩa hoặc chế capital → capitalism
độ hero → heroism
2. Tính từ
Từ gốc Hậu tố Nghĩa Ví dụ
Danh từ -ous Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất poison → poisonous
outrage → outrageous
luxury → luxurious
-al Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất culture → cultural
function → functional
environment → environmental
-ic Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất drama → dramatic
class → classic
economy → economic
-ical Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất biology → biological
alphabet → alphabetical
psychology → psychological
-ish Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất fool → foolish
book → bookish
girl → girlish
-ive Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất expense → expensive
product → productive
mass → massive
-ful Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất hope → hopeful
(mang nghĩa khẳng định, có) use → useful
power → powerful
-less Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất harm →harmless
(mang nghĩa phủ định, không help → helpless
có) home → homeless
-ant Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất brilliance → brilliant
(thường bỏ đuôi 'ce' ở danh từ] abundance → abundant
elegance → elegant
1
3
-able Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất reason → reasonable
remark → remarkable
comfort → comfortable
-y Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất salt → salty
bush → bushy
dirt → dirty
-ly Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất week → weekly
man → manly
friend → friendly
-ate Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất passion → passionate
fortune → fortunate
temper → temperate
Động từ -able Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất accept → acceptable
(có thể thực hiện được) love → loveable
bear → bearable
-ible Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất respond → responsible
(đuôi 't'/d' → (có thể thực hiện được) access → accessible
lược bỏ) compress → compressible
-ive Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất attract → attractive
act → active
possess → possessive
-ent / ant Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất differ → different
import → important
depend → dependent
3. Động từ
Từ gốc Hậu tố Nghĩa Ví dụ
Tính từ -en Động từ chỉ hành động tight → tighten
(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm wide → widen
giống tính từ gốc) short → shorten
-ise/ ize Động từ chỉ hành động legal → legalise

(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm vocal → vocalise
giống tính từ gốc) normal → normalise
Danh từ -en Động từ chỉ hành động strength → strengthen
(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm height → heighten
của danh từ gốc) threat → threaten
-ise/ ize Động từ chỉ hành động author → authorise
(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm character → characterise
của danh từ gốc) custom → customise
1
3
B. LUYỆN TẬP
Exercise 1. Fill in the following sentences with the correct form of the words given.
1. He has just resigned from his job. He is now…………..as he wants to be his own
boss. (EMPLOY)
2.…………..at this school is severely punished, so remember to mind your manners
both during the lessons and outside the classroom? (OBEY)
3. At first, I was against keeping the news secret, but Frank's…………..arguments
finally convinced me. (SENSE)
4. The most…………..feature of his character is his great generosity. (STAND)
5. It's Jack’s…………..that drives his parents crazy. They can't even persuade him to
brush his teeth in the morning. (OBSTINATE)
6. The Thompsons have helped US a lot in these hard times. We do feel…………..to
them for their great support. (DEBT)
7. "Have you got any…………..about the cooperation?" - "Oh no, I'm sure it will be
successful." (GIVE)
8. Jane has no practical experience in financial analysis. She only has…………..knowledge
of the subject. (BOOK)
9. The man looked out of the door…………..and having found out there was nobody in the
street, he rushed towards the car. (SUSPECT)
10. Very soon their noisy parties became …………..to the neighbours who asked the police
to intervene. (TOLERATE)
Exercise 2. Fill in the following sentences with the correct form of the words given.
1. Most children………..their clothes very quickly. (GROW)
2. Why don't you consult with a………..about your being overweight? (DIET)
3. "How's your social life?" - "………... I'm afraid." (EXIST)
4. Anna was so………..that she fell ill and suffered from frequent stress. (WORK)
5. The sky………..as thick smoke billowed from the blazing oil well. (DARK)
6. Single mothers have been given………..access to council housing. (PREFER)
7. They are young………..parents and need support. (EXPERIENCE)
8. The waiter………..asked if we could move to a different table. (APOLOGY)
9. I can't smell anything. This is an ………..liquid. (ODOR)
10. His early work was influenced by the European………..of the 1930's. (REAL)
Exercise 3. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.

The Origin of Language
Over the centuries, language has………..(1. ABLE) humans to share complex
information. This………..(2. WONDER) ability eventually gave us the power to dominate
the world. Imagine if people couldn't pass on certain types of information, such as what is
required for building a wheel, without having to………..(3. LABOUR) demonstrate the
technique. The concept might even die out and have to be re-invented by each new
generation. With language, the concept of a wheel can spread very fast, and the original
idea can be………..(4. MODIFICATION) and improved on, time and again, until people
are able to develop wheels with tyres and spokes. Nobody knows how the human ability to
use language………..(5. ORIGIN). There are many different yet interesting theories.
Some linguists think it came about because of people's need to ………..(6. OPERATE)
with each other in order to hunt large animals. A group of humans communicating with
each other would have a better chance of killing a large, ………..(7. POTENTIAL)
1
3
dangerous animal such as mammoth. Other linguists believe that language stems from
a……….. (8. DESIRABLE) to manipulate and control people. They see it as a re-
enforcement of physical gesture. And others again attribute speech to the same spark
of………..(9. CREATE) that caused our distant ancestors to draw animals on cave walls.
Most linguists, however, now believe that it is an ……….. (10. INNATELY) ability, a
natural result of the development of the human brain, much like the spider's natural ability
to spin webs or the dolphin’s ability to use high-pitched sounds to judge distances.
1
3
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 23
TỪ NỐI (LINKING CONJUNCTIONS)
A. LÝ THUYẾT
I. Liên từ kết hợp (co-ordinating conjunctions)
Dùng để nối các từ, nhóm từ có chức năng giống nhau (danh từ với danh từ, động từ với
động từ, tính từ với tính từ, ...) hoặc các mệnh đề độc lập về mặt ngữ pháp
Liên từ kết hợp Ví dụ
1. Nhóm AND chỉ sự thêm vào - I do morning exercise every day to keep fit and
gồm: relax.
- các liên từ như: and, both ... and, -I want both the pizza and the sandwich. I'm very
not only ... but also, as well as hungry now.
- các trạng từ như: besides, - I'll eat them both: not only the pizza but also the
furthermore, moreover sandwich.
- các cụm từ như: in addition - She is a talented musician as well as a
professional photographer.
- I don't want to be a teacher. Besides, I am not
good at working with children.
2. Nhóm BUT chỉ sự mâu thuẫn - He works quickly but accurately.
hoặc trái ngược gồm: - I took a book with me on my holiday, yet I didn't
- các liên từ: but, yet, still read a single page.
- các trạng từ: however, nevertheless - There is little chance that we will succeed in
- các cụm từ: on the other hand changing the law. Nevertheless, it is important that
we try.
- I don't want to be late for the meeting. On the
other hand, 1 don't want to get there too early.
3. Nhóm OR chỉ sự lựa chọn hoặc - You can playgames or watch TV.
đoán chừng gồm: -I want either the pizza or the sandwich.
- các liên từ: or, or else, otherwise, -I neither knew nor cared what had happened to
either ... or, neither ... nor him.
- My parents lent me the money. Otherwise,I
couldn't have afforded the trip.
4. Nhóm SO chỉ hậu quả, kết quả - I've started dating one soccer player, so now I can
gôm: watch the game each week.
- các liên từ: so, therefore, for - There is still much to discuss. We shall, therefore,
- các trạng từ: consequently return to this item at our next meeting.
- các cụm từ: as a result - She failed her exams and was consequently
unable to start her studies at college.
II. Liên từ phụ thuộc (subordinating conjunctions)

Dùng để mở đầu một mệnh đề phụ (mệnh đề danh từ hoặc mệnh đề trạng từ)
Liên từ kết hợp Ví dụ
1. Nhóm WHEN chỉ mối quan hệ - When she cries, I just can’t think!
vê thời gian: - He watches TV after he finishes his work.
1
4
- các liên từ: when, whenever, - He didn't come home until2.00 a.m. yesterday.
while, as, as soon as, after, before, - By the time I am 30 years old, I will have finished
until/ till, since, by the time my English course.
2. Nhóm BECAUSE chỉ nguyên - I didn't go to school today because it rained so
nhân hoặc lí do gồm: heavily.
- các liên từ: as, since, now (that), - As/Since I liked him, I tried to help him.
seeing (that/ as) - Now (that)/ Seeing (that) it's your money, I
suppose you can buy whatever you want.
3. Nhóm IF chỉ điều kiện gồm: - The crop will die unless it rains soon.
- các liên từ: if, unless, in case, - Provided that you have the money in your
provided (that), supposing (that) account, you can withdraw up to $300 a day.
4. Nhóm THOUGH chỉ sự tương - Although/ Though I don't agree with him, I think
phản gồm: he's honest.
- các liên từ: though, although, even - Keep calm whatever happens.
though, even if - They'll find out the truth whether you tell them or
- các cụm từ: whether ... or not, no not.
matter what, whatever, whenever,
whoever, however
5. Nhóm IN ORDER THAT chỉ - All those concerned must work together in order
mục đích gồm: that agreement can be reached on this issue.
- các liên từ: in order that, so that, - I had to run away for fear (that) he might one day
for fear that kill me.
6. Nhóm SO ... THAT chỉ kết quả - The programme has been so organized that none
gồm: of the talks overlap.
- It was such a boring speech that I fell asleep.
- so + adj/ adv + that
7. Nhóm THAT đưa ra một lời -I understood that he was innocent.
tuyên bố, một ý kiến, một sự kiện - It's possible that he hasn't received the letter.
hoặc một lý do.
B. LUYỆN TẬP
1. I usually enjoy attending amateur productions in small community theaters. The play we
attended last night…………, was so bad that I wanted to leave after the first act.
A. therefore B. however C. whereas D. consequently
2. Crash diets are not a recommended means of weight loss…………they can lead to
malnutrition.
A. once B. for C. how much D. in order that
3. He had to act immediately;…………, it would have been too late.
A. nevertheless B. still C. consequently D. otherwise
4. …………Norway has tidy cities, historic buildings, and distinctive art, nature is clearly
its prime attraction.
A. What if B. Even though C. Otherwise D. If only
5.…………not openly, I disagree with him, as I didn't want to quarrel.
A. Since B. Although C. In spite of D. Unless
6. Everyone wondered what Tom's reaction to the accident would be;…………, it was his
1
4
bicycle that was in pieces.
A. therefore B. so that C. after all D. all at once
7. We wouldn’t finish our assignment…………we stayed up all night.
A. provided B. as long as C. in case D. even if
8.…………you plan to be walking after dark or not, it is a good idea to take a torch along
when you are hiking in rough terrain.
A. Provided B. In case C. Even if D. Whether
9. Simon crept into the house very quickly…………his parents would not notice how late
he was.
A. for fear that B. in order that C. in case D. if
10. "Phil borrowed the car without asking last night."
"I know, and…………, he asked me for a raise in his allowance."
A. all in all B. therefore C. on top of that D. all the same
11. Theatre audiences should turn off their mobile phones…………distract the actors
should they ring during the play.
A. on account of B. nevertheless C. in order not to D. in contrast to
12. No one will be allowed to leave the room…………the exam is in progress.
A. such as B. as though C. during D. while
13.…………the time change, it will now be getting dark an hour earlier.
A. Despite B. Owing to C. Just as D. Instead of
14. Many ordinary people don’t realize that fat is not digested in the stomach…………in
the small intestine.
A. while B. because C. but D. unless
15.…………injecting insulin, it is now possible to treat some forms of diabetes with a
combination of diet and exercise.
A. Whereas B. Rather than C. No matter D. No sooner
16. There are some things that you cannot accomplish…………hard you try.
A. however B. even if C. otherwise D. in spite of
17. Photography was invented in the mid-19th century;…………, painting lifelike pictures
became less in demand.
A. still B. nevertheless C. as a result D. on the contrary
18.…………we got to the concert hall, all the good seats had been sold.
A. While B. By the time C. Since D. Unless
19.…………you eat plenty of fresh fruit and vegetables, and get plenty of exercises can
you be really healthy.
A. Suppose that B. Provided C. Only if D. Unless
20. Eggs are generally good for your health,…………, of course, you exaggerate and eat an
excessive amount of them.
A. in case B. unless C. as though D. otherwise
Exercise 2. Choose the underlined part among A, B, c or D that needs correcting.

1. Plans for both the IMF or the World Bank were drawn up at the Breton Woods
A B C D
Conference.
2. Florence Sabin is recognized not only for her theoretical research in anatomy and
A B
physiology and for her work in public health.
C D
3. Many sportsmen attract publicity but in case Beckham, his fame was more like that of
1
4
A B C D
a pop star.
4. Life expectancy has increased a great deal in spite of modern medicine and technology.
A B C D
5. I hadn't understood his directions; however, I asked him to repeat what he'd said.
A B C D
6. The wedding was postponed according to the bride’s illness; it took place two weeks
later. A B C
D
7. Insects appeared on the earth before long the earliest mammals.
A B C D
8. "Won't I find the philosophy course hard to follow?”
A B C
"No. Contrary with what you might expect, everything is explained in very simple terms."
D
9. An earlier typewriter produced letters quickly and neatly. The typist, yet, couldn’t see his
A B C
work on this machine.
D
10. Despite of the law, people continue to use mobile phones while driving.
A B C D
1
4
PHẦN HAI: CHUYÊN ĐỀ KỸ NĂNG VIẾT
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 1
TỔNG QUAN VỀ VIẾT THƯ
(OVERVIEW OF A LETTER)
A. KHÁI NIỆM
I. Định nghĩa
Thư tín là văn bản chứa đựng những thông tin mà một người muốn báo cho một (hoặc
nhiều) người khác biết.
II. Văn phong

1. Thư có thể thức
- Với thư có thể thức hay thư trang trọng (formal letters), người nhận là một tổ chức, ví dụ
một công ty, hay là một người khác mà bạn không biết rõ.
- Ngôn ngữ trang trọng và lịch sự.
2. Thư bán thể thức Giaoandethitienganh.info
- Với thư bán thể thức hay thư gần trang trọng (semi-formal letters), người nhận là bạn bè,
gia đình, người cấp dưới.
- Ngôn ngữ sẽ thân thiện hơn và ít trang trọng hơn so với thư có thể thức.
3. Thư phi thể thức
- Với thư phi thể thức hay thư thân mật (informal letters), người nhận là bạn bè, gia đình
nhưng thân mật hơn.
- Ngôn ngữ thân mật, gần gũi hơn.
III. Bố cục
Ngày tháng - Viết bên tay phải của bức thư.
(Date) Ví dụ: May 24, 2008 hoặc 1 Aug, 2018 hoặc 24th May, 2018
Chào hỏi - Khi người nhận là người bạn biết rõ, sử dụng tên gọi của người nhận
(Salutation) (To the recipient you know well, address his/ her first name)
Ví dụ: Dear Linda,
Dear John,
- Khi người nhận là người cấp trên, nói rõ chức danh và tên họ của
người nhận (To the recipients who are superior to you, address their
title formally and their surname)
Ví dụ: Dear Mr. Adam,
Dear Mrs./ Miss. / Ms. CirLaurence,
1
4
- Khi người nhận là người bạn không biết rõ (To the person you don't
know)
Ví dụ: Dear Sir(s),
Dear Madam,
Dear Sir or Madam,
To Whom It May Concern,
- Khi bạn biết chức danh của người nhận (If you know the title of the
recipient)
Ví dụ: Dear Professor,
Dear Editor,
Dear Manager,
Dear Dean,
Phần mở đầu - Giới thiệu bản thân (Nếu cần thiết)

(Introduction) - Lí do của bức thư
Ví dụ: I'm writing to askyoufor a favour.
- Giới thiệu tình huống, thông tin chung chung
Phần thân (Body) - Đưa ra thông tin cụ thể về vấn đề/ tình huống (Give more detail about
the problem/ case)
- Trình bày phần thân của bài viết thư thành nhiều đoạn nhỏ, trong đó
mỗi đoạn trả lời một ý được hỏi ở đề bài (Divide the body into several
parts and each part covers one main idea stated in the instruction.)
Phần kết thư - Nếu bắt đầu thư bằng "Dear Sir" hoặc "Madam" (đối với thư từ
(Complimentary liên quan đến công việc) thì kết thư bằng:
Close) Kind regards, Yours truly, Respectfully,
Respectfully yours, Fai th fully yours,
- Nếu bắt đầu thư bằng "Dear + tên cụ thể" thì kết thư bằng:
Yours sincerely, Sincerely yours, Regards,
Most sincerely,
- Nếu viết thư cho người bạn biết rõ thì kết thư bằng:
Best wishes, All the best, Take care,
Cordially,
- Nếu viết thư cho người bạn thân hoặc các thành viên trong gia đình
thì kết thư bằng:
Yours, Love, Love always,
See you, Have a nice day, Lots of love,
With all my love, My best, Missing you,
Phần ký tên - Ký tên ở sau phần kết thư và viết tên đầy đủ của người viết
(Signature)
B. CÁC DẠNG BÀI VIẾT THƯ
I. Thư phàn nàn (Letter of complaint)
1. Định nghĩa
Thư phàn nàn là dạng thư có mục đích phàn nàn, đưa ra góp ý hoặc khiếu nại tới một công
ty, tổ chức, hay cá nhân về một dịch vụ, sản phẩm hoặc tình huống mà người viết thư không
hài lòng.
1
4
2.Bố cục
Phần mở đầu - Nêu lên những vấn đề cần phàn nàn và bất cứ thông tin quan trọng nào
có liên quan
- Đưa ra những thông tin chính sau:
+ Thời gian, địa điểm xảy ra vụ việc
+ Tên người chịu trách nhiệm bán hàng hoặc cung cấp dịch vụ liên
quan + Vấn đề gặp phải là gì
+ Các thông tin liên quan đến dịch vụ hay sản phầm gồm: tên sản
phẩm, số hiệu, mẫu mã
* Lưu ý: ở phần mở đầu, chỉ nêu lên thông tin, tránh đề cập đến cảm xúc
cá nhân
Phân thân
- Nêu lên những nguyên nhân và hậu quả của vấn đề cần phàn nàn
- Mô tả vấn đề và hậu quả gặp phải: tập trung vào ý chính như thời gian
cụ thể khi mua sản phẩm hay sử dụng dịch vụ, thời điểm và hoàn cảnh
chi tiết xảy ra vấn đề
Phần kết - Nêu lên phương án muốn thực hiện để giải quyết vấn đề
- Cũng có thể đưa ra thời gian hợp lí để dàn xếp, giải quyết vấn đề
3. Bài mẫu
You have bought an alarm clock through the mail order catalogue of a company but
found it went wrong after a few days. Write a letter to the manager and ask for
compensation.
Dear Sir/ Madam,

I am writing to you about the voice-controlled alarm clock which I ordered through your
mail order catalogue on Feb.20,2012, and the order number isAC-124.
The alarm clock arrived safely five days ago and worked perfectly well for the first few
days but now it has gone wrong. When I shout at the alarm, it keeps on buzzing. While
according to the catalogue introduction, the buzzing is supposed to halt simultaneously
with a loud noise made. I was careful to follow the instructions set the alarm correctly
and place it on my bed-stand whose stop is 'flat and dry' as instructed in the brochure.
Just now, I reset the clock following the Breakdown Clearance procedures in the
brochure, the same thing happened again.
I guess this is a rare problem as other than the alarm clock I ordered this time, I have
always found your products to be excellent.
1
4
Now, I am returning the alarm clock with this letter and would be grateful if you could
send a replacement and refund my postage.
I am looking forward to your favorable reply atyour earliest convenience.
Yours faithfully,
Jack Nicholson
4. Ngôn ngữ, diễn đạt gợi ý

Phần mở -I attended a training course and found it terrible.
đâu -I found the service of... Department Store poor.
- Much to my regret, I write this letter to place a complaint against...
-I am writing to draw your attention to ...
-I wish to complain in the strongest terms about...
-I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with ...
-I regret to inform you that...
-I am sorry to point it out, but...
-I suppose you can imagine my feelings when I discovered that...
-I guess you can understand my disappointment when I realized that...
Phân thân Nêu lên vấn đề (Reporting on the problem)
-I was careful to follow the instructions for use, honestly.
- Unfortunately, your product has not performed well because ...
- That the product does not work properly is not what I expected.
- That the service was not performed correctly is not what I expected.
-I was billed the wrong amount.
- Something was not disclosed clearly or was misrepresented.
Thể hiện sự thông cảm (Showing positive understanding)
-I realize that mistakes happen.
-I am not blaming anyone.
- Other than the three I’ve had to return recently, I’ve always found your
products to be excellent.
- Your engineers have been excellent as always, but without the correct parts
they can’t do the job required.
Phần kết - I'd be grateful if you could send a replacement and refund my postage.
- To resolve the problem, I would appreciate it if you could send technicians
over to repair the machine as soon as possible.
- When the matter is resolved, I’d be grateful for a suitable refund of some of
my service contract costs.
-I look forward to a positive reply from you.
- Please make sure that appropriate measures are taken to solve the problem.
-I expect a courtesy of a prompt reply from you and the necessary remedial
measures to be taken.
1. Đề luyện tập
Đề 1:
You bought a TV a week ago but when you got home you discovered it did not work
1
4
properly. You called customer service to report the problem but you have not yet received
any help.
Write a letter to the company and in your letter:
- introduce yourself
- explain the problem
- state what action you would like from the company
Write at least 150 words.
Đề 2:
You are a student at a language school in New Zealand studying Business English. Part of
the course is a summer work placement programme. Unfortunately, you have just learnt
from the school that this programme has now been cancelled.
Write a letter to the School Principal and in your letter:
- state your reason for writing
- describe the problem and your concerns
- explain what you would like the Principal to do.
II.Thư xin lỗi (Letter of apology)

1. Định nghĩa
Thư xin lỗi là dạng thư có mục đích bày tỏ sự hối tiếc và muốn xin lỗi về một sai lầm mà
người viết đã mắc phải.
2. Bố cục
Phân mở đâu - Nhận lỗi và trách nhiệm cho hành động của mình
Phần thân - Đưa ra câu hỏi liệu có thể giải quyết được vấn đề không và nếu có sẽ
giải quyết như thế nào
Phần kết - Đưa ra lời xin lỗi một lần nữa
- Nên đưa ra lời hứa sẽ không tái phạm lỗi
3. Bài mẫu
One of your close friends is coming to visit your city for a couple of days. You have
made arrangements so that you can spend some time with your friend. However, for
some unforeseeable reasons, you won't be available any more. Write to your friend to
apologize and explain the reason, and tell him/ her what to do.
Dear Linda,
I am terribly sorry that I can't spend any time with you during your stay in Ho Chi Minh
city and I'm writing to make my apology.
I have already made some arrangements for your visit and planned to accompany you to
Cu Chi Tunnels and the Ben Thanh Market. But this morning my boss assigned me to
take part in one-week training programme in Ha Noi starting on 30 th of this July exactly
when you arrive in Ho Chi Minh city.
However, I have booked a hotel room for you and have arranged my friend Nam to meet
you at the airport. Nam is an English major at Hoa Sen University and he will be on his
summer holiday when you are here.
1
4
He offers to take you to some tourist resorts that I have mentioned in my letters. I am sure
you will find him an excellent guide for his fluent English and profound knowledge.
I sincerely hope that you will kindly accept my apology and that you will have a
wonderful stay in Ho Chi Minh city.
Yours,
Minh

Phần mở -I am terribly/ awfully/ very sorry for ...
đầu -I owe you an apology for ...
- I'm writing to ask you to excuse me for ...
- The purpose of this is to convey to you my sincere apologies for ...
- Please accept my most sincere apology for ...
- Much to my regret,...
- Can you ever forgive me for ...?
Phần thân Giải thích và nhắc lại lỗi đã gây ra (Explaining or reporting your
mistake)
- Let's not let a little misunderstanding come between us.
- I do know that this is very impolite and must have caused you much trouble.
- There is simply no excuse for my tardiness.
- I realize how much this had inconvenienced you and how angry you must
have been.
- I feel bad about...
- I was unable to keep my promise owing to the fact that...
- I should(n’t) have + P2
Đưa ra mong muốn hoặc hành động nhằm bù đắp lỗi lầm (Expressing
your wish/ action to rectify the situation)
- I am sending two 10-euro bills along with my sincerest apology. Hope this
will cover the cost of purchasing the same dictionary.
- Naturally, I want to replace it or pay you its value. Will you please tell me
which you prefer?
-I hope the settlement of this matter can meet your wishes.
-I accept full responsibility for what happened.
-I know this was completely my fault.
Phần kết - The fault is entirely mine and I deeply regret that it happened.
- Please accept my most cordial and humblest apologies for once more.
-I will try my utmost not to make such a stupid mistake again.
-I can understand that it may be difficult for you to accept my apology, but I
hope that this letter might help make things better.
-I hope this letter will give us both a chance to understand each other better.
1
4
Đề 1:
You said you would attend a friend's dinner party but you did not go.
Write a letter to your friend and in your letter:
- apologize for not attending
- explain why you did not attend
- say what you will do to make up for it
Đề 2:
Your neighbours have recently written to you to complain about the noise from your house
flat. Write a letter to your neighbours and in your letter:
- explain the reasons for the noise
- apologise for the noise
- describe what action you will take: to make up for it
III.Thư yêu cầu (Letter of request)

1. Định nghĩa
Thư yêu cầu là dạng thư có mục đích đề nghị một tổ chức hay cá nhân nào đó thực hiện một
hoặc các yêu cầu được viết trong thư.
2. Bố cục
Phàn mở đâu - Đưa ra lí do tại sao muốn liên hệ với người nhận
Phần thân - Đưa ra thông tin chi tiết về yêu cầu hay sự nhờ vả
Phần kết - Đưa ra lời cảm ơn đối với người nhận
- Mức độ lịch sự và độ dài của phần kết phụ thuộc vào mức độ khó của
sự yêu cầu hay nhờ vả
3. Bài mẫu
You are accepted as an overseas student by a university. You have a friend who
happens to live in the city where you are going. Write to your friend and ask him/her
to help you find a place to stay.
Dear Alice,
How is everything going with you in Southampton? I have been awarded a scholarship to
study for my master's degree in the University of Southampton for two years and I am
planning to leave for the UK at the end of this September. I contacted the school yesterday
and was told that they do not have accommodation available for master students. I hope
you can help me to find a temporary place to stay for the first few weeks.
Preferably, it is close to the campus or within minutes' walk to bus stops. I wouldn't mind
living in a bedsit or sharing a flat with others, but I would like it to be basically furnished.
Please reserve it for three weeks so that I can look for a more suitable one if necessary.
If it is too difficult for you at such a short notice, I hope you can help me book a room for
one week in an inexpensive hostel near the university and I'd like to pay no more than 30
pounds per day for the room.
I would like to express my thankfulness and look forward to your early reply.
1
5
Yours,
Sarah

Phần mở
đâu - I am very interested in ...
-I am extremely interested in ...
-I take great interest in ...
-I would like to obtain some information about/ on ...
- I am writing to you in the hope that I may obtain some information about/
on ...
-I am writing to enquire about...
-I have been unable to ..., and I would like to seek help from you.
-I am writing to let you know that I find it difficult to ...
- Because of the difficulty of ..., I have to ask for advice.
Phần thân Mô tả một vài khó khăn/ vân đê muốn được giúp đỡ (Describing some of
your difficulties/ problems.)
- I hardly had any idea of what the teacher said in class and almost forgot
what I had ever known well.
- I contacted the school yesterday and was told that they do not have
accommodation available for master students.
- I called the human resources department and was told that they don't have
any vacant position for accountants.
Đưa ra yêu cầu một cách lịch sự (Telling the reader what you want)
-I wonder if you could ...
- Could you possibly ...?
- Would you please ...?
- Would it be possible for you to ...?
-I would like you to ...
- May I ...?
-Is it OK if I ...?
- Would it be all right if I ...?
1
5
-I wonder if I could ...
-I hope it is OK if I ...
-I wish to ...
-I would like to ...
Phần kết -I would greatly appreciate your help if you could ...
-I would be much obliged to you if you could ...
- It would be greatly appreciated if you could ...
-I hope you can ... and I will be grateful if you could ...
- Would it be possible for you to ...?
- Thank you for your time and consideration.
- Thank you very much in advance.
- Thank you in advance for your help.
- Your kind reply will be highly appreciated.
-I would like to express my thankfulness and look forward to your early
reply.
-I am looking forward to a favourable reply at your earliest convenience.
Đề 1:
You are going to another country to study. You would like to do a part-time job while you
are studying, so you want to ask a friend who lives there for some help.
Write a letter to your friend and in your letter:
- give details of your study plans
- explain why you want to get a part-time job
- suggest how your friend could help you find a job
Đề 2:
You are going on a short course to a training college abroad. It is a college that you have
not been to before.
Write a letter to the accommodation officer and in your letter:
- give details of your course and your arrival/departure date
- explain your accommodation needs
- ask for information about getting to and from the college
IV. Thư cảm ơn (Letter of thanks)

1. Định nghĩa
Thư cảm ơn là dạng thư có mục đích bày tỏ sự biết ơn, cảm kích với người nhận thư.
2. Bố cục
Phần mở đầu - Đưa ra mục đích của bức thư: thể hiện sự cảm ơn, trân trọng đối với
người nhận
Phần thân - Mô tả ngắn gọn những gì người nhận đã làm cho mình
Phần kết - Đưa ra lời cảm ơn chân thành một lần nữa và gợi ý những gì mình
muốn làm để đáp trả lại lòng tốt của người nhận
3.Bài mẫu
You had an operation and stayed in a hospital for two weeks for treatment. Now you
1
5
recovered and came back to school to continue your study. Write a letter to the
hospital to express your appreciation to the doctors and nurses who cared for you.
To All Staff of AAA Hospital:
I am writing to express my appreciation for the wonderful treatment and care you all
showed to me following my recent operation.
Before I came into the hospital, I was very nervous but you were all so kind, which took
away a lot of my anxiety. You demonstrated your great sense of responsibility caring for
me when I was helpless in the days immediately following the operation and also gave me
the support and encouragement I needed to recover.
I'd like to particularly thank Linda James who provided me with round-the-clock nursing
care and to Dr. Jerry Carter for his expertise in the operating theatre. However, I'd also
like to thank all the other people, who all played such an important part in my treatment.
Thanks to you all. I'm now able to go back to school and finish my Master's study. Without
your help, this would not have been possible. So you can imagine how grateful I am.
Best regards,
Peter Stark
4. Ngôn ngữ, diễn đạt gợi ý (Suggested words and expressions)

Phần mở -I want to thank you for/ Thank you so much for ...
đầu -I would like to write you and say thanks for ...
-I take this opportunity to express my deep appreciation to you for ...
- It was most thoughtful and generous of you to ...
Phần thân Tóm tắt ngắn gọn những gì người nhận đã làm cho mình (Briefly
retelling what the recipient has done)
- You certainly know how to make a guest feel at home.
- Your delicious meals were a treat, and your flexibility in adapting to my
irregular schedule made many things possible.
- The book you suggested was exactly what I needed and it has saved me
countless hours.
- This information is certain to help our future cooperation.
Thê hiện cảm xúc của mình (Expressing your emotions)
- Because of you, I was able to relax.
- It was a complete surprise for me and a thrill I'll never forget.
- I am sure this job would not have come to me without your help.
- The party you gave in my honour was quite a surprise and loads of fun.
1
5
Phần kết -I really appreciate it.
-I appreciate it more than I can say.
- It was kind and generous of you to do this for me.
- Thank you once again, from the bottom of my heart.
- Please accept our most sincere feelings of gratitude.
- I hope you know how much I appreciate your hospitality, and your many
kindnesses to me.
Đề 1:
You and some friends ate a meal at a restaurant to celebrate a special occasion, and you
were very pleased with the food and service. Write a letter to the restaurant manager and in
your letter you should:
- give details of your visit to the restaurant
- explain the reason for the celebration
- say what was good about the food and the service
Đê 2:
After being involved in an accident, you were looked after by a person you did not know
before. Write a special thank you letter to express your gratitude and in your letter you
should:
- introduce yourself and let him/her know why you are writing
- express your appreciation
- offer him/ her to visit your home with his/her family
1
5
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 2
TỔNG QUAN VỀ VIẾT ĐOẠN VĂN
(OVERVIEW OF A PARAGRAPH)
A. KHÁI NIỆM
1. Định nghĩa
Đoạn văn (a paragraph) là tập hợp các câu có liên kết chặt chẽ với nhau về nội dung và hình
thức nhằm diễn đạt hoàn chỉnh ý tưởng chính (main idea) về 1 chủ đề (topic). Đoạn văn bắt
đầu bằng chữ cái viết hoa, lùi đầu dòng và kết thúc bằng dấu chấm ngắt câu và xuống dòng.
2. Bố cục
Đoạn văn hoàn chỉnh gồm có 1 câu mở đoạn (a topic sentence), các câu thân đoạn (body
sentences) và 1 câu kết đoạn (a concluding sentence).
- Câu mở đoạn thường là câu đầu tiên, thể hiện ý chính của đoạn văn.
- Các câu thân đoạn diễn giải câu mở đoạn, cung cấp thêm thông tin chi tiết về chủ đề.
- Câu kết đoạn là câu cuối cùng của đoạn văn, nhắc lại ý chính hoặc đưa ra nhận xét
cuối cùng về chủ đề.
Indonesia - Something Interesting at Every Turn
By Ken Jones
If you dream of travelling to a country with beautiful → a topic sentence
trooical islands, wonderful food, beautiful places to go
sightseeing, and verv friendlv people, vou should visit
Indonesia. [If you look at the map, the first thing you notice
is that Indonesia is made up of islands - more than 17,000 of
them. Travelling between islands by boat is great fun. Just
like the many islands, there are also many different groups
of people living in Indonesia. In fact, there are around 300
different groups! Most Indonesians are Malay, but others →body sentences
are Javanese, Balinese, Chinese, or Indian. All these groups
together make Indonesian culture very interesting. Finally,
Indonesia has many cities and historical sights to see.
Jakarta, the capital city, is fast becoming a modern centre of
commerce, yet the ancient temples on the island of Bali show
that the country's old traditions are still alive.] All the
people, places, and things to see definitely make
Indonesia a great place for a vacation. → a concluding sentence
(College Writing: From Paragraph to Essay)
3. Cách viết một đoạn văn

3.1. Câu mở đoạn
Thường là câu đầu tiên của đoạn văn và cho người đọc biết chủ đề của đoạn văn cũng
như thông báo cho người đọc biết người viết sẽ viết gì về chủ đề đó. Trong câu mở đoạn có
2 thành phần chính: chủ đề (topic) và ý tưởng chủ đạo (controlling idea).
1
5
Ví dụ: Da Nang is considered the most worth-living cities in Vietnam
topic controlling idea
Ý tưởng chủ đạo chính là phần giới hạn nội dung của đoạn văn, cho người đọc biết rằng
đoạn văn chỉ nói đến những khía cạnh nào đó của chủ đề thôi chứ không phải những khía
cạnh khác. Những khía cạnh này sẽ được giải thích, làm rõ, chứng minh ở thân đoạn. Do đó
ý tưởng chủ đạo không nên là điều hiển nhiên hoặc là thông tin quá chi tiết.
Ví dụ: - A laptop is a machine, (điều hiển nhiên)
-I bought a new laptop last week, (thông tin quá chi tiết)
- A laptop is a useful tool for me to study English, (ý tưởng chủ đạo hợp lý)
3.2. Các câu thân đoạn
Các câu thân đoạn nằm sau câu mở đoạn và cung cấp thêm thông tin cho chủ đề cũng
như ý tưởng chủ đạo. Người viết có thể nêu định nghĩa, giải thích và đưa ra ví dụ minh họa
ở các câu thân đoạn.
Ví dụ:
Câu mở đoạn: Young people are too dependent on computers.
Thân đoạn:
Đưa ra định nghĩa: Dependency on computers means that young people cannot
perform the normal tasks and functions of daily life without them.
Giải thích: In the old days, people memorized important information, but today's
youth rely on their computers, cell phones, and PDA's to do assignments, record
numbers, and save important information. As a result, they can find themselves
unprepared in an emergency such as an electrical blackout. Once their batteries
die, these people will not be able to communicate.
Đưa ra ví dụ minh họa: For example, I do all my schoolwork on my computer. When
my computer crashed last week, I lost my only draft of an essay that was due the
next day. As a result, I got a bad grade.
(Effective Academic Writing 1: The Paragraph]
3.3. Câu kết đoạn
Đây là câu cuối cùng trong đoạn. Câu này có thê diễn đạt lại câu mở đoạn bằng từ ngữ,
cấu trúc câu khác hoặc tóm tắt các ý chính trình bày ở thân đoạn.
Ví dụ:
Câu mở đoạn: My favourite class is psychology.
Câu kết đoạn: Learning about how the mind works makes psychology my favourite
class, (tóm tắt các ý chính trong thân đoạn]
Câu mở đoạn: For me, a friend is someone who accepts you the way you are.
Câu kết đoạn: Someone who likes me the way I am is a good friend for me. (diễn đạt
lại câu mở đoạn)
Ngoài ra, người viết có thể dùng các cách sau để kết thúc đoạn văn:
- cảnh báo người đọc: If you do not follow these steps, you may not get the grade that
you want.
- đưa ra dự đoán: The automotive industry will change, and soon everyone will be
driving pollution-free cars.
- đưa ra ý kiến, quan điểm về chủ đề: Some people might disagree, but I believe lamb
is the best meat for grilling.
B. CÁC DẠNG ĐOẠN VĂN

I. Đoạn văn miêu tả (a descriptive paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa
1
5
Trong đoạn văn miêu tả, người viết sử dụng từ ngữ để giúp người đọc hình dung về đối
tượng được miêu tả. Do đó người đọc có thể hiểu được đối tượng đó trông ra làm sao, mùi
vị và âm thanh như thế nào, được đặt ở đâu, khi nào và cảm nhận được cảm xúc của người
viết.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu đối tượng được miêu tả
- Thể hiện cảm nhận chung hoặc ý kiến của người viết về đối tượng đó
Thân đoạn
- Cung cấp thêm thông tin về đối tượng
- Miêu tả chi tiết về đối tượng (hình thức, tính chất)
- Miêu tả chi tiết cảm nhận của người viết
Câu kết đoạn
- Diễn đạt lại câu mở đoạn bằng từ ngữ, cấu trúc câu khác hoặc tóm tắt các ý chính trình
bày ở thân đoạn
3. Bài mẫu
The Long Life ofmy Grandfather's Car
I own a car that has special meaning for me because it belonged to my grandfather.
When he was a young man, he saved money so he could buy a beautiful car to use on trips
around the country. He finally bought a Cadillac convertible. It was white and blue with
silver trim. There were white circles on the tires, and it had a powerful horn that made
people jump out of his way. The seats were also white, but the dashboard was black. The
steering wheel had a brown leather cover. The mats were gray and always clean. My
grandfather took very good care of the car, and after he died my uncle gave it to me. I am
very happy because it still has the original motor, and the body is intact. If it has problems,
I will fix it myself. I plan to take very good care of my grandfather's car because someday I
will use it to travel to all the states and cities that my grandfather visited when he was a
young man.
(Effective Academic Writing 1: The Paragraph)
Write a paragraph (150-200 words) on the following topics:
1. Describe a firework display.
2. Describe your favourite restaurant.
3. Describe your favourite film/ book.
4. Describe your favourite character.
II. Đoạn văn tường thuật (a narrative paragraph)
1. Khái niệm
Trong đoạn văn tường thuật, người viết kể về những tình tiết, sự kiện, v.v. đã xảy ra trong
quá khứ, có thể là câu chuyện của bản thân hoặc của một ai đó. Dạng đoạn văn này thường
tập trung vào việc trình bày logic và hệ thống theo trình tự thời gian, sự việc nào diễn ra
trước, sự việc nào diễn ra sau. Đoạn văn tường thuật thường bao gồm các yếu tố cần thiết
cho sự phát triển của một câu chuyện, ví dụ như: bối cảnh, các nhân vật, các hoạt động,
nhận xét về sự kiện đó.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu cho người biết câu chuyện về sự việc gì
- Có thể giới thiệu thời gian, địa điểm diễn ra câu chuyện
- Thu hút được sự chú ý của người đọc
1
5
Thân đoạn
- Kể chi tiết về câu chuyện đã diễn ra như thế nào
- Bao gồm cảm nhận của người viết, ví dụ như người viết đã nhìn thấy gì, nghe thấy gì,
ngửi thấy gì, cảm thấy gì
- Có thể đưa ra cảm xúc của người viết trong suốt câu chuyện
Câu kết đoạn
- "Đóng lại" câu chuyện
- Đưa ra nhận xét hoặc cảm nhận của người viết sau câu chuyện là gì
3. Bài mẫu
A Hair-raising Experience
One evening, my mom was downstairs doing the laundry. As usual, she was trying to
do ten jobs at once when she grabbed the wet clothes from the washer and tossed them into
the dryer. She slammed the dryer door, turned the timer, and started to run upstairs. All of
a sudden, a whining sound stopped her in her tracks. The sound was coming from the dryer.
She yelled for me. As I raced downstairs, the sound grew louder and louder. I flung the
dryer door open. There to our surprise was Mica, our cat. he looked like someone who had
just got off a Tilt-A-Whirl ride. His eyes bugged out, and his hair looked like a cartoon
character with a finger in an electric outlet. Mica darted out of the dryer and up the stairs.
After that, Mom always checked out the dryer before slamming the door, and Mica stayed
clear of the laundry room for a long, long time.
(Write Source}
1. Your embarrassing experience
2. A strange or interesting incident that you witnessed
3. Your heartbreaking moment
III. Đoạn văn miêu tả quá trình (a process paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn miêu tả quá trình, người viết tập trung vào việc giải thích cách thức thực
hiện một công việc hoặc nhiệm vụ nào đó bằng cách trả lời câu hỏi làm như thế nào, theo
cách nào.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu nhiệm vụ hoặc quá trình mà người viết sẽ giải thích ở thân đoạn
Thân đoạn
- Miêu tả các bước thực hiện một cách chi tiết
- Có thể cung cấp thông tin về nhiệm vụ/ quá trình để người đọc hiểu được tại sao nhiệm
vụ/ quá trình này cần thiết hoặc quan trọng
- Có thể bổ sung thông tin về các dụng cụ cần để thực hiện nhiệm vụ/ quá trình
Câu kết đoạn
- Diễn đạt lại câu mở đoạn bằng từ ngữ, cấu trúc khác
- Đưa ra gợi ý hoặc cảnh báo nhằm giúp người đọc thực hiện nhiệm vụ/ quá trình dễ dàng
hơn
3. Bài mẫu
Planning a vacation abroad? Here are some suggestions to make your trip
successful. First, find out if you need a visa for the country that you want to visit. Make sure
you have enough time to apply for it before you buy your ticket. After you have found out
about visas, you should research airfares and schedules. Next, look for the best flight for
1
5
you. Remember, the cheapest flight may stop over in several cities and reduce the amount of
time you have to spend at your destination. You might want to fly direct. While you are
researching flights, you can also ask your travel agent about getting a good deal on a hotel.
It's a good idea to book your flight and hotel early if you are sure of your destination. If you
haven't already done it, the next step is to learn about places to visit, the weather, the food,
and other details about the country. The Internet can be a very useful source of information.
Finally, on the day of your flight, make sure you go to the airport at least two hours before
your flight. Now you are ready to start enjoying your vacation!
1. How to create a successful profile?
2. How to use social networks (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, etc.) sensibly and
effectively?
3. How to choose a major in college?
IV. Đoạn văn so sánh – đối chiếu (a compare-contrast paragraph)

1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn so sánh - đối chiếu, người viết trình bày sự giống và khác nhau của hai đối
tượng (người, vật, sự việc)
2. Bố cục
Ta có thể viết lần lượt điểm giống hoặc khác nhau của cả hai đối tượng (block organization)
hay chia nhỏ từng ý rồi chỉ ra điểm giống và khác nhau của hai đối tượng (point-by-point
organization).
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu hai đối tượng được so sánh
- Trình bày sự giống nhau và/ hoặc khác nhau giữa hai đối tượng
Thân đoạn
Point-by-point organization
Block organization - Điểm giống nhau/ khác nhau 1: đặc điểm
- Đối tượng 1: những đặc điểm được so sánh của đối tượng 1 và đối tượng 2
- Đối tượng 2: những đặc điểm tương ứng - Điểm giống nhau/ khác nhau 2: đặc điểm
được so sánh với đối tượng 1 của đối tượng 1, đối tượng 2
Hoặc - Điểm giống nhau/ khác nhau 3: đặc điểm
- Tất cả điểm giống nhau giữa đối tượng 1 và của đối tượng 1, đối tượng 2
đối tượng 2
- Tất cả điểm khác nhau giữa đối tượng 1 và
đối tượng 2
Câu kết đoạn
- Tóm tắt lại những điểm giống nhau và/ hoặc khác nhau giữa hai đối tượng
- Đưa ra cảm nhận của người viết về hai đối tượng
3. Bài mẫu
Block organization
Reading a story in a book is often very different from seeing it as a movie. When you
read a story, you need to use your imagination. A book usually gives a lot of description
about the people, places, and things in the story, so you can create pictures in your mind. In
1
5
addition, the conversations between people are always written with details that describe
how the people look or feel while they are talking. When you read, you use a lot of
imagination to help "see" the characters in the story. However, when you see a movie, it is
a different experience. When you watch a movie, you do not need to use your imagination.
The pictures on the screen give all the details about the people, places and things in the
story. The conversations are spoken out loud, so you just listen and watch. The feelings of
the people come through their faces, body movements, and voices. Although a book and a
movie might tell the same story, reading a book and watching a movie are very different
experiences.
Point-to-point organization
Keys to Success in College
College is very different from high school, and in order to succeed, students should
practice good organizational skills that aren't commonly needed in high school. First of all,
instead of going to class every day, students may attend college classes only one day a
week, three days a week, or even at night. With this flexibility, students need to schedule
blocks of study time in order to make sure they are getting their work done on time because
it can be very tempting not to study until the last minute. In high school, students are in
class for at least six hours a day, and teachers often schedule time in class to work on
assignments. Conversely, in college, students may spend as little as two hours a day in
class, and professors rarely allow in-class time to work on assignments. In high school,
students may need to spend an hour or two each evening on homework, but in college,
students are expected to work on homework for at least two hours for each hour they are in
class. High school teachers and college professors have very different attitudes toward
students' social lives. High school teachers often accommodate students' activities like
prom, sports, and school plays by assigning less homework, so students can participate in
the activities. On the other hand, college professors are not concerned about activities
outside of the classroom; regardless of students' schedules, they must complete the
assignments on time. Finally, in high school, teachers don't always use syllabi with course
schedules, and they spend a lot of time reminding students about due dates. College
professors, however, hand out the syllabi at the beginning of the semester and expect
students to complete the assignments by the due dates with few or no reminders. Students
who are new to college may find it difficult at first, but with good organization and
planning, students can succeed.
(Exploring Writing: Sentences and Paragraphs 4th edition)
1. Compare two historical events
2. Compare two political candidates/ politicians
3. Compare working parents and stay-at-home parents
4. Compare news in a newspaper and news on the Internet
V. Đoạn văn nguyên nhân - hệ quả (a cause-effect paragraph)

1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn nguyên nhân - hệ quả, người đưa ra nguyên nhân của một sự việc và/ hoặc
ảnh hưởng, tác động của một sự việc.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu nguyên nhân của sự việc và/ hoặc ảnh hưởng, tác động của sự việc
1
6
Thân đoạn
- Giải thích nguyên nhân của sự việc một cách chi tiết
- Và/ Hoặc nêu ra các ảnh hưởng, tác động của sự việc một cách chi tiết
Câu kết đoạn
- Tóm tắt lại những nguyên nhân và/ hoặc tác động của sự việc
- Thể hiện cảm nhận của người viết về sự việc
3. Bài mẫu
Đoạn văn nêu nguyên nhân (A cause paragraph)
Why I Stopped Smoking
For one thing, I realized that my cigarette smoke bothered others, irritating people's
eyes and causing them to cough and sneeze. They also had to put up with my stinking
smoker's breath. Also, cigarettes are a messy habit. Our house was littered with ashtrays
piled high with butts, matchsticks, and ashes, and the children were always knocking them
over. Cigarettes are expensive, and I estimated that the carton a week that I was smoking
cost me about $2,000 a year. Another reason I stopped was because I felt exploited. I hated
the thought of wealthy, greedy corporations making money off my sweat and blood. The
rich may keep getting richer, but - at least as regards cigarettes - with no thanks to me.
Cigarettes were also inconvenient. Whenever I smoked, I would have to drink something to
wet my dry throat, and that meant I had to keep going to the bathroom all the time. I
sometimes seemed to spend whole weekends doing nothing but smoking, drinking, and
going to the bathroom. Most of all I resolved to stop smoking when the message about
cigarettes being harmful to health finally got through to me. I had known they could hurt
the smoker - in fact, a heavy smoker I know from work is in Eagleville Hospital now with
lung cancer. But when I realized what secondhand smoke could do to my wife and children,
causing them bronchial problems and even increasing their risk of cancer, it really
bothered me.
(Exploring Writing: Sentences and Paragraphs 4th edition)
Đoạn văn nêu kết quả (An effect paragraph)

New Puppy in the House
Buying a new puppy can have significant effects on a household. For one thing, the
puppy keeps the entire family awake for at least two solid weeks. Every night when the
puppy is placed in its box, it begins to howl, yip, and whine. Even after the lights go out and
the house quiets down, the puppy continues to moan. A second effect is that the puppy
tortures the family by destroying material possessions. Every day something different is
damaged. Family members find chewed belts and shoes, gnawed table legs, and ripped sofa
cushions leaking stuffing. In addition, the puppy often misses the paper during the paper-
training stage of life, thus making the house smell like the public restroom at a city bus
station. Maybe the most serious problem, though, is that the puppy causes family
arguments. Parents argue with children about who is supposed to feed and walk the dog.
Children argue about who gets to play with the puppy first. Puppies are adorable, and no
child can resist their charm. Everyone argues about who left socks and shoes around for
the puppy to find. These continual arguments, along with the effects of sleeplessness and the
loss of valued possessions, can really disrupt a household. Only when the puppy gets a bit
older does the household settle back to normal.
(Exploring Writing: Sentences and Paragraphs 2nd edition)
1
6
1. Causes/ effects of getting a college degree
2. Causes/ effects of not getting enough sleep
3. Causes/ effects of a major change in your life
VI. Đoạn văn vấn đề - giải pháp (a problem-solution paragraph)
1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn vấn đề - giải pháp, người viết giải thích thực trạng của một vấn đề và/ hoặc
đưa ra một hoặc nhiều giải pháp cho vấn đề đó.
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu thực trạng vấn đề và/ hoặc giải pháp
Thân đoạn
- Miêu tả thực trạng vấn đề một cách chi tiết
- Đưa ra các giải pháp cho vấn đê đó
Câu kết đoạn
- Tóm tắt lại những giải pháp cho vấn đề
- Kêu gọi người đọc thực hiện những giải pháp đó
3. Bài mẫu
Deforestation is a serious problem because forests and trees aren't just pretty to look
at, they do an important job making the earth's environment suitable for life. They clean the
air, store water, preserve soil, and provide homes for animals. They also supply food, fuel,
wood products, and paper products for humans. In the past fifty years, more than half of the
world's rainforests have been destroyed. Today, the forests of the world are being cut down
at a rate of fifty acres every minute! Scientists say that if deforestation continues, the
world's climate may change, floods may become more common, and animals will die. One
solution to the problem of deforestation is to use less paper. If you use less paper, fewer
trees will be cut for paper making. How can you use less paper? One answer is to reduce
your paper use by using both sides of the paper when you photocopy, write a letter, or write
a paper for school. A second answer is to reuse old paper when you can, rather than using
a new sheet of paper. The backs of old envelopes are perfect for shopping lists or phone
messages, and when you write a rough draft of an essay, write it on the back of something
else. A final answer is to recycle used paper products instead of throwing them away. Most
schools, offices, and neighbourhoods have some kind of recycling centre. If you follow the
three Rs - reduce, reuse, and recycle-you can help save the world's forests.
1. How can social media bullying be prevented?
2. How has texting affected face-to-face relationships?
3. How can we prevent people from dropping out of high school?
VII. Đoạn văn đưa ra ý kiến (an opinion paragraph)

1. Định nghĩa
Trong đoạn văn đưa ra ý kiến, người viết bày tỏ quan điểm, thái độ của mình về một chủ đề
hay vấn đề nào đó nhằm thuyết phục người đọc đồng ý với mình với việc đưa ra các lí do
thích hợp.
1
6
2. Bố cục
Câu mở đoạn
- Giới thiệu chủ đề/ vấn đề
- Người viết thể hiện ý kiến, quan điểm của mình về chủ đề/ vấn đề đó.
Thân đoạn
- Đưa ra lí do giải thích cho ý kiến, quan điểm của người viết
- Người viết dùng số liệu thực tế, kinh nghiệm bản thân, đưa ra cách giải thích giúp cho ý
kiến, quan điểm của mình có tính thuyết phục.
Câu kết đoạn
- Diễn đạt lại ý kiến, quan điểm của người viết bằng từ ngữ, cấu trúc khác
- Đưa ra nhận xét về ý kiến đó
- Tóm tắt các lí do chính dẫn đến ý kiến đó
3. Bài mẫu
Driving and Cell Phones
Because cell phones and driving are a deadly mix, I am in favour of a ban on cell
phone use by drivers. The most obvious reason for this ban is to save lives. Each year,
thousands of drivers are killed because they are talking on cell phones instead of watching
the road while they are driving. This first reason should be enough to support a ban on cell
phones when driving, but I have two other reasons. My second reason is that these drivers
cause accidents that kill other people. Sometimes these drivers kill other drivers; sometimes
they kill passengers or even pedestrians. These drivers certainly do not have the right to
endanger others' lives! Finally, even in cases where there are no injuries or deaths, damage
to cars from these accidents costs US millions of dollars as well as countless hours of lost
work. To me, banning cell phones while driving is common sense. In fact, a wide range of
countries has already put this ban into effect, including Australia, Brazil, Japan, Russia,
and Turkey. Driving a car is a privilege, not a right. We must all be careful drivers, and
talking on a cell phone when driving is not safe.
(Great Writing 2: Great Paragraphs)
1. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "Young people should decide whether to
join the army or not on their own.”?
2. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "Young people should be required to buy
health insurance."?
3. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "People have no right to keep exotic
animals as their home pets."?
4. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "Parents should be more engaged in the
educational process and what can they do to help kids with homework more efficiently.”?
5. Do you agree or disagree with the statement: "Students should learn only subjects they
like.”?
1
6
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 3
TỔNG QUAN VỀ VIẾT BÀI LUẬN
(OVERVIEW OF AN ESSAY)
A. KHÁI NIỆM
1. Định nghĩa
Bài luận (an essay) là tập hợp các đoạn văn có liên kết chặt chẽ với nhau về nội dung và
hình thức nhằm diễn đạt hoàn chỉnh về một chủ đề (a single topic) và ý tưởng chính (main
idea) của tác giả. Một bài luận cần bao gồm ít nhất 3 đoạn văn, nhưng thông thường một bài
luận mang tính học thuật (academic-writing) thường bao gồm 4-5 đoạn văn.
2. Bố cục
Một bài luận hoàn chỉnh gồm có 3 phần: phần mở bài (Introduction), phần thân bài
(body) và phần kết bài (conclusion).
- Phần mở bài: là đoạn văn đầu tiên của bài luận có chức năng giới thiệu khái quát chủ
đề sẽ được bàn luận. Đoạn này cần có một câu luận đề (thesis statement) thường được viết ở
cuối đoạn nhằm đưa ra luận điểm hay ý chính sẽ được phân tích ở phần thân bài.
- Phần thân bài: là tập hợp một hoặc nhiều đoạn văn có chức năng giải thích, phân tích
và đưa ra các dẫn chứng cụ thể nhằm chứng minh, bổ trợ cho luận điểm được nêu ở phần
mở bài.
- Phần kết bài: là đoạn văn cuối cùng của bài luận có chức năng tóm tắt các ý chính ở
phần thân bài, nhắc lại luận điểm hoặc đưa ra nhận xét cuối cùng về chủ đề.
Becoming an Academic Writer

Learning how to write an academic essay is essential for students who
are planning to attend college. Most professors require critiques of
books and films, research papers, and formal reports related to the → Introduction
content of their course. When I first started college, I was excited about
facing these challenges and pursuing my major, media and
communications. Thus, I was determined to improve my academic
writing by focusing on three points: the content of an essay, correct
grammar, and advanced level vocabulary.
As soon as I started to write for college, I realized that college writing →Body
was different from the writing I was used to doing. In high school, most
of my writing dealt with my personal experiences. I wrote mainly about
my family, childhood, and friends. In contrast, college writing focused
on a variety of issues that I was unfamiliar with, such as reacting to a
piece of literature or writing about the community. Therefore, the most
important thing for me was to understand the assigned topic before
attempting my first draft. Moreover, I realized that I had to improve my
1
6
understanding of grammar in order to write for college. Consequently, I
made grammar my second priority. 1 reviewed the basic grammatical
structures such as subjects and verbs, and checked all my work for verb
tense consistency and punctuation. Lastly, because I was accustomed to
writing letters and informal essays, I usually wrote the way I spoke with
my family and friends. I soon realized that academic writing required a
much more sophisticated vocabulary. Thus, I bought a new dictionary
and thesaurus to help expand my vocabulary.
Academic writing requires critical thinking skills, an understanding of → Conclusion

the topic, high level vocabulary, and correct grammar. Having these
skills is empowering since it has made me a better communicator and
student. I have come a long way since I started college, and I am now
proud of the writing that I produce.
(Effective Academic Writing 3 - The Essay)
3. Cách viết một bài luận

3.1. Phần mở bài
Phần mở bài là đoạn văn đầu tiên của bài luận, đóng vai trò giới thiệu chủ đề hay ý chính
của toàn bài. Một mở bài hiệu quả cần đáp ứng được yêu cầu: giúp người đọc biết chính xác
vấn đề cụ thể và hình dung ra thông tin họ sẽ được đọc trong các đoạn tiếp theo. Vì vậy,
đoạn mở bài nên bao gồm những phần với các chức năng như sau:
- Phần 1: Câu mở đoạn (opening sentence] nêu chủ đề chung nhằm dẫn dắt vấn đề, mở
ra mối quan tâm hay gây tò mò cho người đọc.
- Phần 2: Một hoặc hai câu tiếp theo sau câu mở đoạn nhằm thu hẹp vấn đề, đưa ra
thông tin liên quan trực tiếp đến vấn đề sẽ phân tích trong bài.
* Lưu ý: trong nhiều mở bài, phần 1 và 2 có thể được kết hợp, viết chung vào một câu
duy nhất.
- Phần 3: Câu cuối đoạn - chính là câu luận đề (thesis statement) có chứa chủ đề (topic)
và ý tưởng chủ đạo (controlling idea) của toàn bài. Đây là câu quan trọng nhất của đoạn
mở bài; các phần khác của mở bài có thê bị bỏ qua nhưng riêng câu luận đề bắt buộc
phải có. Nếu thiếu câu luận đề, mở bài coi như không hoàn chỉnh vai trò.
Ví dụ:
(1) Learning how to write an academic essay is essential for students who are planning
to attend college. (2) Most professors require critiques of books and films, research
papers, and formal reports related to the content of their course. (3) When I first started
college, I was excited about facing these challenges and pursuing my major, media and
communications. (4) Thus, I was determined to improve my academic writing by
focusing on three points: the content of an essay, correct grammar, and advanced level
vocabulaty.
- Câu (1): Nêu chủ đề chung ‘write an academic essay’ nhằm dẫn dắt đến vấn đề cụ thể
hơn.
- Câu (2) và (3): Thu hẹp vấn đề ‘books and films, research papers, and formal reports
related to the content of their course' và thông tin liên quan trực tiếp 'I was excited
1
6
about facing these challenges and pursuing my major, media and communications.’
- Câu (4): có chứa chủ đề (topic) 'improve my writing’ và ý tưởng chủ đạo (controlling
idea) 'three points: the content of an essay, correct grammar, and advanced level
vocabulaiy.’
3.2. Phân thân bài
Phần thân bài là một hoặc nhiều đoạn văn ở phía dưới phần mở bài đóng vai trò cung cấp
thêm thông tin cho chủ đề cũng như ý tưởng chủ đạo của toàn bài. Ở đoạn này, tác giả sẽ
phân tích, lập luận và đưa ra các dẫn chứng cụ thể nhằm chứng minh, giải thích cho luận
điểm (a thesis statement) được nêu ở phần mở bài.
Một đoạn thân bài (a body paragraph) hiệu quả thường bao gồm các phần với các chức
năng như sau:
- Phần 1: Câu chủ đề (a topic sentence) thường là câu mở đoạn có vai trò nêu rõ nội
dung chính của đoạn văn. Nội dung này có thể chỉ là một khía cạnh (an aspect) của luận
điểm trong trường hợp phần thân bài có nhiều hơn 1 đoạn văn.
- Phần 2: Các câu thân đoạn (supporting sentences) có vai trò phát triển ý, cung cấp
thêm thông tin cho ý chính (main point) được nêu ở câu chủ đề (topic sentence). Tất cả
các chi tiết bô trợ (supporting details) trong phần này cần phải được liên kết chặt chẽ với
nhau. Đó có thể là mô tả (description), định nghĩa (definition), ví dụ minh họa
(examples), số liệu (statistics) hay trích dẫn (quotations).
* Lưu ý: nếu đưa ra số liệu hay trích dẫn cụ thể thì cần đề cập rõ lấy từ nguồn nào.
- Phần 3: Câu kết đoạn (a concluding sentence), là câu cuối của đoạn văn thường diễn
đạt lại một cách mạnh mẽ hơn ý ở phần mở đoạn và tóm tắt ngắn gọn các ý chính đã nêu
ở phần thân đoạn HOẶC mở ra một ý khác cho đoạn sau nếu phần thân bài có nhiều hơn
1 đoạn văn.
Ví dụ 1:
(1)As soon as I started to write for college, I realized that college writing was different
from the writing 1 was used to doing. (2) In high school, most of my writing dealt with
my personal experiences.(3) I wrote mainly about my family, childhood, and friends, (4)
In contrast, college writing focused on a variety of issues that I was unfamiliar with,
such as reacting to a piece of literature or writing about the community. (5) Therefore,
the most important thing for me was to understand the assigned topic before attempting
my first draft. (6) In some cases, I would have to read and do research to build a
foundation. (7) I wanted to include examples, statistics, and direct quotations whenever
possible to support my opinions, (8) By giving specific examples, I realized that my
essays became more detailed, easier to read, and much more interesting. (9) However,
grammatical problems in my writing were still an issue.
- Câu (1): Câu chủ đề với ý chính ‘college writing was different from the writing I was
used to doing’
- Câu (2) - câu (8): Các câu thân đoạn, giải thích và minh họa cho ý chính ở câu chủ đề
- Câu (9): Câu kết đoạn, mở ra ý cho đoạn văn sau
Ví dụ 2:
(1) I realized that I had to improve my understanding of grammar in order to write for
college. (2) Before I came to college, grammar was not my strong point. (3) For
example, I often created run-on sentences or sentence fragments, (4) I was more
concerned with what I wanted to say than with how it was said. (5) In fact, my
professors would not accept this type of writing and made me revise many times. (6)
Consequently, I made grammar my second priority. (7) I reviewed the basic
grammatical structures such as subjects and verbs and checked all my work for verb
1
6
tense consistency and punctuation.
(8) As a result, my sentences became more complex because I included transitional
words, gerunds, and embedded clauses. (9) The more I write, the more my writing
improved.
- Câu (1): Câu chủ đề với ý chính ‘I realized that I had to improve my understanding of
grammar in order to write for college.'
- Câu (2) - câu (8): Các câu thân đoạn, giải thích và minh họa cho ý chính ở câu chủ đề
- Câu (9): Câu kết đoạn, nhấn mạnh lại ý chính của toàn đoạn Giaoandethitienganh.info
với cách diễn đạt khác
3.3. Phần kết luận
Phần kết luận là đoạn văn cuối cùng của bài luận có chức năng khẳng định lại luận điểm,
tóm tắt các ý chính ở phần thân bài hoặc đưa ra nhận xét cuối cùng về chủ đề.
Thông thường, một kết bài hiệu quả gồm có 3 phần với chức năng như sau:
- Phần 1: là câu mở đoạn (an opening sentence) có vai trò nhắc lại luận điểm trong
phần mở bài với một cách diễn đạt khác.
- Phần 2: là một hoặc một vài câu bổ trợ (supporting sentences) có vai trò tổng kết lại
những ý đã trình bày ở phần thân bài.
- Phần 3: là câu mở rộng chủ đề (không bắt buộc phải có), trong đó người viết có thể
đưa ra lời khuyên (advice), cảnh báo (warning), dự đoán (prediction) hoặc nhận thức,
phát hiện mới (new insights and discoveries) dựa vào vấn đề đã được phân tích trong
bài.
* Lưu ý: Trong phần kết bài không được nêu thêm ý mới, khác với luận điểm
Ví dụ:
(1)Academic writing requires critical thinking skills, an understanding of the topic,
high level vocabulary, and correct grammar, (2) Having these skills is empowering
since it has made me a better communicator and student. (3) I have come a long way
since I started college, and I am now proud of the writing that I produce.
- Câu (1): khẳng định lại luận điểm bằng cách diễn đạt khác. So sánh câu này với câu
luận đề ở phần mở bài: 'Thus, I was determined to improve my academic writing by
focusing on three points: the content of an essay, correct grammar, and advanced level
vocabulary.’
- Câu (2): tóm lược đại ý của phần thân bài, ý tác giả muốn nói: nhờ việc trau dồi các
kỹ năng viết được đề cập ở luận điểm (vocabulary, grammar, writing content) mà tác
giả đã trở thành một người giao tiếp cũng như một sinh viên tốt hơn.
- Câu (3): chia sẻ suy nghĩ và phát hiện mới về bản thân, ý tác giả muốn nói: mình đã
tiến bộ rất nhiều kể từ khi vào đại học và thấy tự hào về những bài viết của mình.
B. CÁC DẠNG BÀI LUẬN
Có nhiều dạng bài luận khác nhau, tuy nhiên trong khuôn khổ sách này, nhóm tác giả chỉ đề
cập đến bốn dạng bài điển hình thường xuất hiện trong các đề thi chuyên đó là:
1. Bài Nguyên nhân - Hệ quả (Cause - Effect Essay)
2. Bài Vấn đề - Giải pháp (Problem - Solution Essay)
3. Bài Thảo luận ý kiến hai chiều (Discussion Essay)
4. Bài Tranh luận ý kiến cá nhân (Opinion Essay)
I. Bài nguyên nhân - hệ quả (Cause - effect essay)

1. Khái niệm
Bài nguyên nhân - hệ quả là bài luận có mục đích giải thích nguyên nhân và/hoặc đưa ra kết
quả cho một sự việc, hành động nhất định. Trong nhiều bài luận, thông thường đề bài chỉ
yêu cầu người viết đề cập đến một trong hai khía cạnh (nguyên nhân hoặc hệ quả).
1
6
2.Bố cục
Mở bài - Câu giới thiệu chủ đề chung và đưa ra thông tin tổng quát có liên quan đến
vấn đề cần bàn luận (1-2 câu).
- Câu luận đề nêu khái quát tên các nguyên nhân của sự việc và/hoặc hệ quả
mà sự việc đó mang đến.
Thân bài - Mỗi đoạn trong thân bài sẽ trình bày chi tiết một nguyên nhân hoặc hệ quả
của sự việc. Thông thường thân bài ở dạng bài này sẽ có từ 2 - 3 đoạn.
- Nếu bài luận yêu cầu phân tích cả nguyên nhân và hệ quả thì thông thường
người viết nên nêu chung các nguyên nhân vào một đoạn và hệ quả vào một
đoạn khác; ngoài ra cần lưu ý: 2 đoạn nên được viết cân bằng nhau, tránh một
đoạn quá nhiều ý còn một đoạn quá ít thông tin.
Kết luận - Tóm tắt lại những nguyên nhân và/ hoặc hệ quả của sự việc
- Thể hiện cảm nhận của người viết về sự việc
3. Bài mẫu
Bài nêu nguyên nhân (Cause Essay)
Factors that lead to success in college
The road to success in college is full of obstacles that might interfere with students reaching
their goals. Despite these obstacles, students can achieve their dream of earning their
degree. They need support from family and friends, strong motivation, and the ability to
focus.
First, college students need the support of their families to succeed. If they are lucky, they
have families that protect and nurture them. Their family members act as helping hands,
friends who they can depend on emotionally. Students need this support system to help them
realize their own capacity even when they doubt themselves. For example, because the
workload is too great or the exams are too hard, students may get discouraged.
Families can encourage them to persevere. In addition, tuition and books are very
expensive; consequently, some students are forced to work. If they receive financial
assistance from their families, they can dedicate all their time to their studies.
Students need to keep up the motivation they need to study. Students have many obligations
to fulfill, such as completing homework assignments and research projects, studying for
exams, and writing term papers. Many students work after school and arrive home late at
night. Only dedicated and responsible students will push themselves to finish their work
before going to bed. When the options are to go to a party with friends or stay home and
work, only determined students will choose to study.
Students also need to focus on realistic academic goals. Many students are not aware of the
importance of selecting the right college and major. In fact, a wrong decision may result in
a waste of time and money. For example, many students have very high expectations and
select a major that presents demands they cannot meet. In some cases, they find themselves
on a career path they do not even enjoy. As a result, they may have to change their major or
drop out of college when they realize that they cannot keep up their grades. If they are more
focused on what they want, the better their chances will be to achieve their goals.
1
6
If students are enthusiastic about what they are studying, realistic about their academic
goals, and receive support from their families, their college journey will be easier. They
need to transform themselves into eagles. An eagle knows how to focus on what it wants
and capture it even when the distance is great.
Bài nêu hệ quả (Effect Essay)
Effects of a positive outlook on our lives
Happiness is a state of being that everyone wants to achieve. A positive outlook can help
you be happy and change the outcome of your life. It can enrich your relationships, improve
your health, and guide you through some of life's greatest challenges.
A positive outlook helps you find happiness in professional, social, and personal
relationships. Having a positive attitude will help you find a good job and keep it.
Colleagues enjoy working with someone who always looks at the bright side and avoids
conflict. Friends will appreciate your energy and want to spend more time with you. A
happy person makes everybody else happy. It is contagious. Happiness and a positive
outlook on life can also have a beneficial effect on personal relationships. As a
consequence, any partnership will be a solid, strong, and happy relationship.
Having a positive outlook also makes a person healthy. In fact, medical science has proven
that stress, which causes many of today's common illnesses such as high blood pressure,
heart disease and cancer, can be avoided when people feel good about themselves. If you
have a good sense of humour and laugh a lot, a chemical substance called serotonin will be
released into your bloodstream, giving you an immediate feeling of well-being and
tranquillity. It has also been found that the elderly recover faster from illness when they are
cheerful.
Finally, people with positive outlooks are stronger and capable of confronting difficult
situations. They develop clear minds, which help them cope with life's challenges better
than those individuals who are not at peace with themselves. Happy people's optimism
creates the strength needed to find rational solutions to the many unexpected problems that
life presents. This optimism also promotes self-esteem. For example, happier students are
more likely to approach professors for help when they are having some trouble in their
course work. In contrast, unhappy or less happy students may internalize their frustrations
and be less likely to seek out help.
In conclusion, it is a good idea to have a positive outlook and recognize what makes US
happy since it will bring US more harmony. Happiness will bring US strong relationships,
good health, and the ability to face any obstacle. If we promise ourselves to laugh more and
think positively, we will change our lives for the better.
4. Ngôn ngữ diễn đạt
Sử dụng động từ
Động Từ Cause (N1) → Effect (N2) Effect (N2) → Cause (N1)
N1 cause (gây ra) N2 Heavy rain caused flooding. Flooding was caused by heavy
lead to (dẫn đến) Heavy rain led to flooding. rain.
result in Heavy rain resulted in Flooding resulted from heavy
(dẫn đến) flooding. rain. (resultfrom: bắt nguồn từ)
1
6
produce/create Heavy rain produced/created Flooding was produced / created
(tạo ra) flooding. by heavy rain.
Sử dụng liên từ
Nguyên Nhân (Cause) Ví dụ
Because + S + V Because it rained heavily, the flood was severe.
As / Since + S + V As /Since it rained heavily, the flood was severe.
Because of + N The flood was severe because of the heavy rain. Because of the
heavy rain, the flood was severe.
On account of+ N The flood was severe on account of the heavy rain.
As a result of + N The flood was severe as a result of the heavy rain.
Owing to/ due to + N Owing to/ due to the heavy rain, the flood was severe. The
flood was severe owing to/ due to the heavy rain.
Hệ Quả (Effect) Ví dụ
It rained heavily for days. Therefore, the flood was severe.
so/ thus / therefore /It rained heavily for days; therefore, the flood was severe.
hence / as a result / It rained heavily for days. Consequently, the flood was severe.
consequently / It rained heavily for days; consequently, the flood was severe.
accordingly /
subsequently (Do đó/ vì
thế/ cho nên)
Which is why/ That is It rained heavily for days, which is why the flood was severe.
why (Đó là lý do vì sao) It rained heavily for days. That is why the flood was severe.
1. With the development of technology, children are now living in a world that is
completely different from what it was 50 years ago. What effects does this cause for society
and family?
2. Consumers are faced with increasing numbers of advertisements from competing
companies. To what extent do you think consumers are influenced by advertisements?
3. Cycling is more eco-friendly than other forms of transport. Why is it not popular in
many places?
4. Crime rate among teenagers has increased dramatically in many countries in recent
years. What are possible reasons for this increase?
5. In many parts of the world today, there is a profitable market for products which lighten
or whiten people's skin. Discuss the causes of using such products and the effects they have
in terms of health and society.
II. Bài vấn đề - giải pháp (Problem - solution essay)

1. Khái niệm
Bài vấn đề - giải pháp là bài luận có mục đích giải thích thực trạng của một vấn đề và/ hoặc
đưa ra một hoặc nhiều giải pháp cho vấn đề đó.
1
7
2.Bố cục
- Câu luận đề nêu rõ thực trạng và các giải pháp có thể thực hiện để khắc
phục tình trạng.
Thân bài Mỗi một giải pháp đưa ra nên viết riêng vào một đoạn văn của thân bài (2 - 3
đoạn).
- Đoạn 1: giải pháp 1 - Kết quả có thê tạo ra (solution 1 - result)
- Đoạn 2: giải pháp 2 - Kết quả có thể tạo ra (solution 2 - result)
- Đoạn 3: giải pháp 3 - Kết quả có thể tạo ra (solution 3 - result)
Kết luận - Tóm tắt lại những giải pháp cho vấn đề
- Kêu gọi người đọc thực hiện những giải pháp đó
3. Bài mẫu
What could be done to improve the lives of the elderly?
As life expectancy increases, the average person lives well beyond the age of retirement. As
a result, the elderly make up an ever-increasing percentage of society, which makes it more
important than ever for a real effort to be made in improving the lives of senior citizens.
For many elderly people, the latter part of their life is not a time to relax and enjoy
retirement, but rather a difficult and unhappy period, owing to financial worries, failing
health and loneliness.
One way to deal with the situation would be to ensure that the elderly have enough money
on which to live. Obviously, when a person stops working, they still require a source of
income to cover their basic needs such as food, accommodation and heating. A clear
solution to the problem is for the government to make sure that the state pension is
adequate for these needs. Furthermore, free financial advice should be made available to
retired people so that the stress of worrying about money could be reduced as far as
possible.
Steps should also be taken to overcome problems the elderly face as a result of
deteriorating health due to old age, and inadequate health-care provisions. Again, the
responsibility should fall to the government to provide access to the best health care
available, which may necessitate paying for residential homes where the elderly can have
round-the-clock nursing, or, at the very least, providing medication free of charge to all
people over a certain age. As a result, old people would enjoy not only better health, but
also peace of mind from the knowledge that they need not fear falling ill and being unable
to pay for treatment.
The lives of old people could also be improved if attempts were made to address the
problem of social isolation which so many of them face. If we organised trips for the elderly
to community centres, visits from social workers or free bus passes to allow pensioners
greater mobility, the effect would be to alleviate the problem of loneliness which marks the
lives of so many old people living alone and far from their families.
To sum up, there are several measures which could be taken to improve the lives of old
1
7
people, particularly to resolve their financial, health and emotional concerns. If the
government and individuals alike were to help, it would make retirement and old age a time
to look forward to, rather than dread.
(Successful Writing - Proficiency)
Đưa ra giải pháp (Giving solutions)
Steps/ be taken
solve / resolve / the situation/
Measures should/ to/ so as overcome / combat / deal problem / issue /
must/ to / in order with / eradicate / limit / matter / crisis /
Solutions/ be
could to address / prevent / ease / conflict / dispute /
Attempts made
stop / end difficulty / challenge
One way / step / solve / overcome / this problem / the would be /

(possible)/ measure / combat / deal with / problem of sth is
Another/ An solution to eradicate / etc. + clause
alternative
Đưa ra hiệu quả của giải pháp (Giving results)

If steps/ measures were taken to solve this the effect / result /
problem,
If attempts were made to solve this problem, consequence + clause
If sth happened / were to happen, would be
By + V-ing, we/ government / etc. can ensure that + clause

can prevent / stop / etc. + Noun / Noun phrase
The situation could be improved/ It if + clause

would be a good idea
The effect / consequence / of + noun / V-ing would / might be + clause

outcome / result
1. What are useful ways to improve the learning of foreign languages?
2. Smoking has recently been on the increase among young people. Suggest what might be
done about it.
3. Ecosystems are being systematically destroyed by human beings. What measures do
you think should be taken to prevent further destruction?
4. Parents are often unaware of the difficulties and problems their teenage children face
and are unable to help them. What could parents and children do to overcome the gulf
1
7
between them?
5. The population of most cities is growing as people move there to find work and new
opportunities. Discuss this issue and suggest solutions to deal with it.
III. Bài thảo luận ý kiến hai chiều (Discussion essay)

1. Khái niệm
Bài thảo luận ý kiến hai chiều (‘a discussion essay’ hoặc ‘a for & against essay’) là bài luận
có mục đích trình bày hai ý kiến đối lập về cùng một vấn đề theo một cách công bằng và
khách quan nhất, không có thiên hướng ủng hộ hay phản bác lại khía cạnh nào.
* Lưu ý: Bài thuận lợi - bất lợi (an advantages - disadvantages essay) chỉ là một dạng phổ
biến của thể loại bài này.
2. Bố cục
- Câu luận đề chỉ rõ hai ý kiến đối lập về vấn đề đó, nhưng không đưa vào ý
kiến cá nhân của người viết.
Thân bài - Đoạn 1: ý kiến ủng hộ (‘for’ opinions)
- Đoạn 2: ý kiến phản đối (‘against’ opinions)
Trong mỗi đoạn đều cần có câu chủ đề, các câu bổ trợ với vai trò lập luận và
đưa ra dẫn chứng cụ thể, chi tiết để chứng minh cho từng ý kiến một công
bằng và khách quan.
Kết luận - Tóm tắt lại khách quan hai ý kiến trái chiều
- Đưa ra suy nghĩ và nhận định cá nhân
* Lưu ý: mặc dù trong phần mở bài và thân bài, người viết không được nêu ý
kiến chủ quan, thể hiện sự thiên vị một khía cạnh nào nhưng trong phần kết
luận có thể rút ra ý kiến cá nhân một cách khái quát (đồng ý cả hai hoặc
nghiêng hơn về một bên).
3. Bài mẫu
Discuss the view that "advertising promotes excessive consumerism".
Advertising, a powerful and persuasive medium, has undoubtedly become a part of our lives
nowadays. While many people may feel this is an intrusion in their daily life and resent the
pressure it exerts on them to spend money, others seem to enjoy the variety which this
highly creative industry brings to everyday life.
One of the main arguments for advertising is that it generates wealth for a country. That is
to say, taxes paid on goods sold, help governments pay for essential services such as
education and health care. Moreover, the number of jobs created for producing, marketing
and servicing these goods helps to reduce the unemployment problem, which is also a great
advantage for a country's economy. What is more, advertising raises money for a huge
number of sporting events and artistic performances which would otherwise not be held.
Without sponsorship from companies who advertise their products, these events would
disappear due to lack of funding. In other words, although consumerism is promoted
through advertising, it is beneficial to both the consumer and society.
On the other hand, advertisements can cause people to be dissatisfied with what they
already have, and make them want more. Being exposed again and again to products which
one cannot afford produces frustration and disappointment. Furthermore, not all parents
1
7
are in a position to afford the goods which their children see advertised and want to
possess. This often leads to feelings of inadequacy, especially among the less well-off. In
addition to this, advertising creates materialism and makes people place too much
importance on material goods. The fact that people are prepared to work long hours, or
even turn to crime in order to gain the goods on offer, shows that advertising persuades
people to go to great lengths to keep the same standard of living as those they see around
them. It is a fact, though, that neither crime nor the stress caused by overwork can benefit
society.
To sum up, it is true to say that advertising does provide some benefits. However, it cannot
be denied that the drawbacks of a greedy, materialistic society far outweigh the advantages,
and we need to be careful that we do not lose sight of what is most important - a spirit of
cooperation rather than competition.
(Successful Writing - Proficiency)
Giới thiệu ý kiến
It often/ widely/ argued/ claimed/ suggested/ maintained/ felt/ that...
is generally believed/ held
claim/ suggest/ argue/ feel/ maintain/ believe/ point out/

Some/ many/ most agree/ hold that...
people/ experts/ advocate (+ing/noun)/ support the view/ oppose the view
scientists/ skeptics/ in favour of/ against (+ing/noun)
critics/ etc. are convinced/ of the opinion that...
opposed to (+ing/noun)
Nêu ý kiến đối lập

On the other hand/ it may be said/ argued/ claimed that...
however/ still/ yet/ others/ many oppose this viewpoint (strongly] disagree that...
nonetheless/ people claim/ feel/ believe this argument is incorrect/
nevertheless/ even so, misguided.
Opponents of (+ing/noun] would argue/ believe/ claim

The fact that (S + V) contradicts the belief/ idea that...
Although/ while (S + V), it cannot be denied/ refuted
While it is true to say that (S + V) in fact, (S + V)
Liệt kê các ý kiến

One/ Another/A further/ advantage/ benefit/ strength/
An additional (major/ key/ great/ huge/ positive aspect
significant/ clear) of... is ...
The main/ first/ greatest/ most serious disadvantage/ drawback/ weakness /
downside/ negative aspect
1
7
Nêu kết luận
a. Kết luận khách quan
In conclusion, it can/ must be said/ claimed
On balance, it seems/ appears
To conclude, it is likely/ unlikely/ possible/ foreseeable
To sum up, it is clear/ obvious
To summarize, it is true to say that...
In summary, it may be concluded/ said
All in all, there is no/ little doubt
Finally, although it must be said
Lastly, the best course of action would be to ...
Taking achieving a balance between A and B would be ...
everything into it is clear/apparent/ from the above/ evidence/ that...
account/ obvious/ foregoing points/
consideration, evidenc plain/evident argument arguments
e/ s
b. Kết luận chủ quan

In conclusion, it is my belief/ opinion
To conclude, I (firmly) believe/ feel/ think
To sum up,
To summarize, I am convinced
In summary, I am inclined to believe that...
All in all,
I (do not] agree with (+Ving/noun) / agree
Taking everything
into consideration, I therefore conclude/ believe/ feel
therefore, I (firmly) believe
1. Animal experiments are widely used to develop new medicines and to test the safety of
other products. Some people argue that the experiments should be banned because it is
normally wrong to cause animals to suffer, while others are in favour of them because of
their benefits to humanity. Discuss both views.
2. Some people think that people are naturally born as good leaders while others feel that
leadership skills can be learned. Discuss both views.
3. Some people think personal happiness is closely related to economic success, while
others believe that it depends on other factors. Discuss both views.
4. Online education is becoming increasingly popular. Many students are choosing to study
online instead of face - to - face education. What are the advantages and disadvantages of
this new approach?
5. In many western countries, there is an increasing number of couples choosing to have no
children. What are the advantages and disadvantages of this phenomenon to those couples?
1
7
IV. Bài tranh luận ý kiến cá nhân (Opinion essay)
1. Khái niệm
Bài tranh luận đưa ra ý kiến cá nhân (‘an opinion essay’ hoặc ‘an argument/argumentative
essay’) là bài luận có mục đích trình bày quan điểm riêng của người viết về một chủ đề
bằng cách đưa ra những ý kiến mang tính chủ quan hoặc ủng hộ hoặc phản đối ở một mức
độ nào đó đối với vấn đề đưa ra.
2. Bố cục
Mở bài
- Câu giới thiệu chủ đề chung và đưa ra thông tin tổng quát có liên quan đến
vấn đề cần bàn luận (1-2 câu)
- Câu luận đề nêu rõ quan điểm cá nhân của người viết, ủng hộ hay phản đối
nhận định của đề bài đưa ra
Thân bài Có 2 trường hợp xảy ra tương ứng với 2 kiểu bố cục như sau:
* Trường hợp 1: Nếu người viết hoàn toàn (100%) nghiêng về một ý (chỉ
ủng hộ hoặc phản đối)
- Đoạn 1: ý kiến ủng hộ/ phản đối 1 - lý do - ví dụ (viewpoint 1 - reason -
example)
- Đoạn 2: ý kiến ủng hộ/ phản đối 2 - lý do - ví dụ (viewpoint 2 - reason -
example)
- Đoạn 3: ý kiến trái chiều với ý ở đoạn 1&2 - phủ nhận ý này - lý do - ví dụ
(opposing viewpoint - refuting - reason - example)
* Trường hợp 2: Nếu người viết không hoàn toàn nghiêng hẳn về một ý (tức
là vừa ủng hộ, vừa phản đối nhưng vẫn cần chọn sẽ thiên về bên nào hơn)
- Đoạn 1: ý kiến ủng hộ/ phản đối - lý do - ví dụ (viewpoint 1 - reason -
example)
- Đoạn 2: ý kiến phản đối/ ủng hộ - lý do - ví dụ (viewpoint 2 - reason -
example)
(Thông thường nếu người viết thiên về ý nào hơn thì sẽ viết ý đó ở đoạn 2.)
* Lưu ý: mỗi đoạn đều cần có câu chủ đề, các câu bổ trợ với vai trò lập luận
và đưa ra dẫn chứng cụ thể, chi tiết để chứng minh cho ý kiến chủ quan của
người viết.
Kết luận - Khẳng định lại luận điểm của người viết (ủng hộ hay phản đối ở mức độ nào)
- Tóm tắt các ý chính ở phần thân bài
- Có thể đưa ra nhận định/ dự đoán về vấn đề trong tương lai hoặc kêu gọi sự
thay đổi (không bắt buộc)
3.Bài mẫu
Bài hoàn toàn ủng hộ/ phản đối
Breaking the Rules
College and high school students often look for shortcuts to make their work easier. To
achieve a good grade, students are sometimes tempted to cheat. One of the most frequent
ways ofcheating is to buy essays off the Internet. This may result in a good grade. However,
plagiarism is irresponsible from a social and an academic standpoint.
First, plagiarism is socially unacceptable. Students are expected by teachers and their
classmates to do their own work. If a student plagiarizes, he or she violates that trust. This
may damage the relationship with classmates. I remember once when a student was
1
7
discovered to have plagiarized his essay. We were mad that our classmate had lied to US. It
was an embarrassment for everyone - the institution, the instructor and the student - to
discover that he had been cheating all along.
Second, plagiarism is also wrong because it is against academic policy. Even though
buying essays and presenting them as your own may save time initially, this practice is
against university rules. In fact, universities have ways to prove if students have
plagiarized. Instructors can use software that compares a student essay and material on the
Internet. This way, instructors can detect if a particular essay was copied. The
consequences are very serious. I remember when one of my classmates started buying
essays to prove that he was an excellent student. After the final exam, our instructor found
his essay on a website and the student was expelled.
It is true that many students at community colleges have busy schedules and may have
trouble completing their assignments on time. Some students may argue that because of
their situation, they sometimes have no choice but to buy essays off the Internet. However,
buying essays off the Internet should never be the solution. Instead, students might try to
negotiate the deadline with their instructor. Furthermore, while writing may be a struggle
for some students who feel that their writing is not good enough to receive an A, it is crucial
that they do their own work. They may go to a writing center for help. Otherwise, if they
plagiarize, they will not develop their own writing and critical thinking skills. As a result,
they may not be prepared to pass their final exams. In the end, plagiarizing is harmful to a
student's own academic success.
To sum up, I believe that university authorities should discourage plagiarism by making
students more aware of the problems it causes. Plagiarism damages classroom
relationships.
It also violates school policies and prevents students from realizing their own potential. If
we do not stop plagiarism, many students will lose out on their education.
Bài không hoàn toàn ủng hộ/ phản đối
Most people have forgotten the meaning behind traditional or religious festivals; during
festival periods, people nowadays only want to enjoy themselves. To what extent do you
agree or disagree with this opinion?
Some people argue that we no longer remember the original meaning of festivals, and that
most of us treat them as opportunities to have fun. While I agree that enjoyment seems to be
the priority during festival times, I do not agree that people have forgotten what these
festivals mean.
On the one hand, religious and traditional festivals have certainly become times for
celebration. In the UK, Christmas is a good example of a festival period when people are
most concerned with shopping, giving and receiving presents, decorating their homes and
enjoying traditional meals with their families. Most people look forward to Christmas as a
holiday period, rather than a time to practise religion. Similar behaviour can be seen
during non-religious festivals, such as Bonfire Night. People associate this occasion with
making fires, watching firework displays, and perhaps going to large events in local parks;
in other words, enjoyment is people's primary goal.
However, I disagree with the idea that the underlying meaning of such festivals has been
1
7
forgotten. In UK primary schools, children learn in detail about the religious reasons for
celebrating Christmas, Easter and a variety of festivals in other religions. For example, in
late December, children sing Christmas songs which have a religious content, and they may
even perform nativity plays telling the story of Jesus' birth. Families also play a role in
passing knowledge of religious festivals' deeper significance on to the next generation. The
same is true for festivals that have a historical background, such as Bonfire Night or
Halloween, in the sense that people generally learn the stories behind these occasions at an
early age.
In conclusion, although people mainly want to enjoy themselves during festivals, I believe
that they are still aware of the reasons for these celebrations.
(https://ielts-simon.com/ielts-help-and-english-pr/2016/12/ielts-writing-task-2-festivals-
essay.html)
Giới thiệu quan điểm cá nhân
In my opinion / view,
To my mind / to my way of thinking,
S+V
From my viewpoint / point of view,
As far as I am concerned,
I (firmly/ strongly/ deeply/ definitely/ absolutely) think/ feel/ believe
It is my (firm/ strong) belief/ view/ opinion/ conviction
that + S + V
I am inclined to believe/ think | I am (not) convinced
It seems/ appears to me | It strikes me
Nêu ý kiến trái chiều

It is/ can be argued | People might argue | There are those who argue
In contrast, there are some people who claim that + S + V
Opponents of this view might say
Contrary to what most people believe,
S+V
As opposed to the above ideas,
Liệt kê thứ tự các ý

Firstly/ First of all/ In the first place/ To begin/start with/ Secondly/ S+V
Thirdly/ Finally
Bổ sung thêm ý
Furthermore/ Moreover/ Besides/ What is more/ Also/ Additionally/ In
addition, S+V
Apart from this/ Apart from + V-ing/noun | In addition to this/ In addition to + noun
Nêu ví dụ
For example/ For instance/ Such as/ Like/ In particular/ Particularly/ clause /
Especially, phrase
This is (clearly/ evidently) illustrated/ shown by the fact that clause
1
7
The fact that + clause shows/ illustrates that (S + V)
One/A clear/ striking/ typical example of this is ... / of + (-ing/noun) is ... phrase
Nhấn mạnh vào một ý

Clearly/ Obviously/ Naturally/ Indeed/ Needless to say/ It is clear/ S+V
obvious that
Giải thích rõ một ý

In other words/ That is to say/ This means that/ ..., which means that S+V
1. "As computers translate quickly and accurately, learning foreign languages is a waste
of time.” To what extent do you agree or degree?
2. "Everyone should adopt a vegetarian diet because eating meat can cause serious health
problems.” Do you agree or disagree?
3. Some people think that the best way to solve global environmental problems is to
increase the cost of fuel. What is your opinion?
4. "When a person travels into a different culture, they should adapt to the local practices
and customs." To what extent do you agree or disagree?
5. Should governments make decisions about people’s lifestyle, or should people make
their own decisions?
1
7
PHẦN 3: ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI
PRACTICE TEST 1
PART A. PHONETICS (10 POINTS)
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the
others’.
1. A. relative B. qualified C. fatigue D. appealing
2. A. spouse B. astounding C. lounger D. carousel
3. A. dynamic B. syringe C. cynical D. lyric
4. A. tuition B. punctual C. initiative D. influential
5. A. promised B. decreased C. finalised D. released
Choose the word whose main stress is different from that of the others’.
6. A. cravat B. stumble C. upshot D. grimace
7. A. intimate B. petrified C. haphazard D. circumspect
8. A. demolish B. antidote C. reluctant D. manoeuvre
9. A. vandalism B. civilian C. purportedly D. adrenalin
10. A. intimidated B. manipulative C. spontaneously D. apprehensiy
PART B. LEXICO AND GRAMMAR (40 POINTS)

Choose the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. The president said he would rather let the economy………..than try to manipulate it
with a stimulus package.
A. take the charge B. do its action
C. run its course D. perform the task
12. Paula thought the song would be a big hit,………..?
A. didn’t it B. wouldn’t it C. wouldn’t she D. didn’t she
13. Other than the face, hands are the most visible part of one's body and invariably ………
volumes about a person.
A. tell B. speak C. talk D. say
14. It is essential that all top security documents…………….CONFIDENTIAL.
A. are stamped B. will be stamped
C. be stamped D. would be stamped
15. You…………such a long essay. The teacher only asked for 300 words, and you wrote
600 words.
A. needn’t have written B. didn’t need to write
C. haven’t needed to D. needn’t write
16. The situation is so complex that many people are unable to see the…………for the
trees.
A. jungle B. wood C. foliage D. root
17. A quarter is…………much as 25%.
A. almost as B. nowhere near as C. nothing like as D. just as
18.…………anyone object, the plan will be reconsidered.
A. If B. Unless C. Should D. Might
19. It’s time she…………promotion, in my view.
A. got B. gets C. has got D. will get
20. Peter: “You don’t need a raincoat! The weather’s fine!”
Mary: “…………, I think I'll take one; you never know.”
1
8
A. Same again B. One and the same
C. All the same D. Same old, same old
21. You’ve got to be…………certain before you make up your mind.
A. deadly B. dead C. dearly D. deathly
22. By the time he…………out on a Saturday afternoon, the kitchen had been full of water.
A. got a plumber to come B. had a plumber coming
C. had a plumber to come D. got a plumber come
23. The cameraman…………tired because he…………through the night.
A. was feeling - was filming B. felt - had been filming
C. had felt - had filmed D. felt - filmed
24. If you need anything during your stay, our staff is…………your disposal.
A. in B. under C. on D. at
25. I don’t understand why people can’t just…………instead of trying to bend everyone to
their will.
A. live and let live B. live and breathe
C. live rough D. live in clover
Underline and correct ten mistakes in the following passage. Write the corrections in
the space given below.
Gossip
If you listen with the people around you in a café, you will find that around two- third
of their conversation is taken up with "gossip". They talk about who is doing what with
who, and why have certain people pleased them and others not. You may come across an
intense exchange about work or a book that someone has just read. But a such conversation
will soon drift away returning to the intense interest in each others doing which
characterizes the social life of humans. Close analysis of conversation groups reveals a
further pattern. Gossip seems to require a small amount of participants, usually two or three.
If other individuals try to join the group, things start to go wrongly. The speaker and
listeners try to involve the newcomers, but it becomes impossible to retain the attention of
everyone. The group becomes unstable and breaks out into smaller, rival conversation
groups. Gossip allows us to interact more efficiently with other people. By a mean of
gossip, we can keep track of what is happening among the members of our community, to
bond with another through smiling and laughing. Far from being a trivial activity, gossip is
an essential part of being human.
(adapted from CAE Practice Tests Plus 2)
For example: 0. with → to
26. 27. 28. 29.
30. 31. 32. 33.
34. 35.
Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following passage.
Time Management
Julie Morgenstern's book (36. TITLE)………..Time Management from the Inside Out
aims to help people organize their time better. Julia says that getting organized is a
completely ‘learnable’ skill. One common reason she has (37. IDENTITY)………..for
people not getting things done, be it tasks at work, study (38. OBJECT)……….., or things
they hope to achieve in their free time, is that they don’t set aside a (39. SPECIFY)
………..time in which to do these things.
1
8
In other words, they're always trying to fit new activities into an already full schedule,
or allowing themselves to be distracted by things other than the task in hand. What's more,
because they (40. ESTIMATE)………..how long tasks are actually going to take, such
people are always running behind schedule, and always having to (41. APOLOGY)
………..for not meeting deadlines.
To avoid this, Julie suggests making a list of “must-do” tasks and putting a time
estimate next to each. This will allow a direct (42. COMPARE)………..to be made
between time spent on each task and how long you (43. ORIGIN)………..thought it
would take you. In no time at all, you’ll be able to make an expert (44. JUDGE)
………..about how long activities really take, allowing you to be more (45. REAL)
………..about how much you set out to achieve in the first place.
(CAE Practice Tests Plus)
Complete each of the following sentences with the appropriate phrasal verb from the
box in its correct form.
feel up to layoff patch up laze around
scrape through take over talk down to hold up
46. I hate the way my boss…………me whenever I ask him to explain something.
47. Jack: "Janet and I aren’t talking anymore."
Mum: "Oh sweetie, that's too bad. I hope you two can…………things………….”
48. Surprising many, the reigning champion only managed to…………the qualifying
round.
49. I’m sure Bob doesn’t…………going back to work so soon after the tragedy.
50. I can't wait to go on my vacation and…………the beach for two weeks!
PART C. READING (35 POINTS)

Read the following passage and choose the best answer to each of the following
questions.
DOLPHIN TO THE RESCUE
People often claim that humans and animals are not as different as they appear.
For example, dolphins are often (51) ………… with human - or even super-human -
intelligence and also a sort of sympathy with human beings. This (52)…………to dolphins
is not surprising in view of incidents like the (53)…………one, which happened in 1983. A
lawyer’s wife was bathing alone from a private beach in Florida. She had only just gone
into the water when she was (54)…………off by a strong current. She swallowed water and
was beginning to lose (55)…………, wishing desperately that someone would come and
rescue her. And she tells how at this moment she was given "a tremendous shove" and
found herself (56)…………out of the water. She slowly recovered and turned to thank her
rescuer. But there was no one about, only a pair of dolphins playing and leaping out of the
water a few metres offshore.
At this point a man came running up to say that he had seen what he had (57)……
for a dead body being pushed ashore by one of the dolphins. Now this is not an obscure (58)
…………of an incident which happened in the dim and (59)…………past. It happened in
our own times and was witnessed by a number of (60)………….
(CAE Practice Tests)
51. A. credited B. awarded C. attributed D. reckoned
52. A. regard B. viewpoint C. attitude D. aspect
1
8
53. A. next B. following C. subsequent D. below
54. A. brought B. fetched C. transported D. carried
55. A. sight B. life C. awareness D. consciousness
56. A. staggering B. hauling C.rescuing D. appearing
57. A. supposed B. recognized C. taken D. seen
58. A. narrative B. account C. tale D. version
59. A. unreliable B. historical C. ancient D. distant
60. A. onlookers B. watchers C. viewers D. spectators
Read the following passage and fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.
The Recyclists
What do you do to help fight climate change? Two teenage boys from Scotland have
just won an award for their efforts. Niall Watson and Roarke Hughes call (61)………….the
Recyclists. They pedal (62)………….their neighbourhood on their bikes collecting rubbish
to be recycled. In the area (63)………….the boys live, the local council only collects a few
types of refuse to be recycled, so the boys help their community to recycle more, in (64)
………….for a small fee.
Their business venture started three years (65)………….as a way of making some
extra (66) …………. money. Now Niall and Roarke have expanded their business. They
have invested (67)………….some chickens and now also sell their own organic eggs (68)
………….they cycle round the town.
The judges of the "Ethical Kids Award", (69)………….the boys won, were very
impressed by them, saying: "The Recyclists captured our imaginations straightaway. Their
idea was innovative and green at the (70)………….time."
(Cambridge English First Practice Tests Plus 2)
questions.
The History of London
The Roman invasion of Britain in 43 CE brought the pre-Roman ancient Britons
under Roman rule, but it also resulted in founding the Roman's first major British settlement
called Londinium, which meant "he settlement on the wide river" and in fact, the settlement
was established where a bridge was built across the Thames. The area that was later called
London was first believed to have served as a fort for defending the Roman army; however,
archaeological digs in the area pointed to the real reason - Londinium was used for private
enterprise. In 1981, the vestiges of an enormous Roman pier, which had probably been used
for trade, were discovered. This ancient London was burned to the ground by a Celtic tribe
in 61 CE, and then it was rebuilt, becoming the capital of the Roman province of Britannia
for 4 decades. However, by the 2 nd century CE, the city suffered gradual deterioration as a
result of the Roman Empire's decline. It was abandoned for 3 centuries.
By the 6th century CE, the Anglo-Saxons re-established the city, then called
Lundenwic, about a mile west of its original founding. The city prospered as an
international trading and political centre under a succession of English kings, but
suffered opposition as well. Although the Scandinavian Vikings and the Danish would raid
and besiege the city, the Anglo-Saxons ultimately maintained control of the city. The
Anglos-Saxons inhabited it for centuries, and by the 10th century, they managed to make
London England's largest and wealthiest city. During the Middle Age, London, then the
country's centre of commerce and Westminster, the seat of the royal court and government,
grew together and became central London, replacing Winchester as England's capital in the
1
8
12th century. The city's population continued to grow, but the bubonic plague struck London
in the mid-14th century. It was no wonder that the streets of the city were extremely filthy,
and rats were a constant presence. The disease wiped out about 30% of the city’s people; it
did not, however, destroy the city and its political ambitions. By the late 16 th century,
England defeated the Spanish Armada, a large fleet of ships sent by King Philip II of Spain
to protect its interests in the New World. The subduing of the Spanish Armada strengthened
England’s political stability and facilitated its continued growth. Even an outbreak of a
hemorrhagic fever from 1665 and 1666 and a subsequent catastrophic fire in 1666 did not
slacken the city’s development.
The Industrial Revolution played a huge role in London's economic development, and
London's expansion and urbanization in the 18 th century was such that it gained prominence
as the world’s largest city. London's first railway in 1836 allowed people in countryside
towns easy access to the city. London's metro system, the world's first underground railway
transit system, eased the city's overfilled streets. The local government’s priority was to
provide London, whose population was 5 million by the late 19 th century, with the
infrastructure it needed. Prosperous as the middle and upper classes were, however, the city
was highly socially stratified, and the poor were crowded into slums in the eastern part of
the city. The World Wars of the 20 th century desolated buildings and homes across London.
London rehabilitated and continued to grow after the wars, but it was believed that the lack
of architectural unity resulted in the construction of buildings that were a continuum of the
architectural styles. Economic restoration in the 1980s revived London’s place as the
world’s foremost international centre. Today, the city is one of the world's leading business,
political, financial and cultural centres.
(TOEFL iBT ACTIVATOR Reading - Expert)
71. The word “deterioration” in the passage is closest in meaning to………..
A. arbitration B. desecration C. degradation D. terrorization
72. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is mentioned as the incentive for
making Londinium a settlement?
A. The river provided water for members of the Roman army.
B. The location was ideal for setting up a fortress.
C. The site was large enough for a growing population.
D. The area was near a river across which goods could be transported.
73. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the underlined
sentence in the passage?
A. Under one king after another, the city not only experienced hostilities, but also
successes in international trade and politics.
B. The city had problems becoming prosperous because of opposition between its
kings and its enemies.
C. It took several English kings before the city became accomplished in the areas of
world trade and politics.
D. English kings focused on preventing the city’s competitions from becoming
economic and political foes.
74. Which of the following can be inferred about London prior to the 10th century?
A. It could not become the centre of commerce without the Scandinavian and the
Danish.
B. Its growing success made it a target for countries that wanted authority over the
city.
C. Its location united the Anglo-Saxons in the eastern parts of Great Britain.
D. It was more a centre of politics than a hub for commercial activity.
1
8
75. According to the passage, Westminster contributed which of the following to the
development of London?
A. Its manpower B. Its size and wealth
C. Its military might D. Its administrative seat
76. The word “its” in the passage refers to………...
A. New World B. Spanish Armada C. Spain D. England
77. The author mentions the outbreaks of bubonic plague and hemorrhagic fever as……...
A. evidence that London was not the best place to live
B. proof that the city was not being managed properly
C. an indicator of London’s resilience
D. an argument that Winchester should have become England’s capital
78. According to paragraph 3, all of the following characterized London EXCEPT ……...
A. its propensity to engage in war
B. the ease with which its people could travel
C. its extraordinary economic growth
D. the division of its population into social groups
79. The word “stratified” in the passage is closest in meaning to .……...
A. unequal B. entangled C. modified D. hierarchical
80. Which of the following statements best expresses the author’s opinion about London’s
buildings?
A. The buildings reflected a lack of unity among the middle and upper class people.
B. There was a deficiency of uniformity in the architectural style of the buildings.
C. The buildings in the eastern part of the city looked shabby since the area was poor.
D. The buildings continued to inherit London's previous architectural styles.
You are going to read a newspaper article. Six paragraphs have been removed from
the article. Choose from the paragraphs A-G the one which fits each gap. There is an
example and one extra paragraph which you do not need to use.
Wind of Change
The world’s biggest wind farms are currently being constructed off the coast of
Britain after a major policy decision by the government to invest time and money in
renewable forms of energy. When the entire project is finished, it is estimated that almost
eight percent of the electricity that the country needs will be generated in this way.
For example: (0)…D…
The wind farms themselves will consist of towers with fan-like blades at the top,
arranged in groups of as many as 300. As these blades are turned by the wind, they generate
electricity. The towers are tall enough to ensure that there will always be enough wind, even
on the calmest days, to turn the rotor blades. The electricity generated from these turbines is
fed by underground cable to the mainland, where it is incorporated into the national grid.
(81)………
The reason for the delay is due to a conservative approach to new technology as well
as economic considerations. Governments are notoriously reluctant to embrace new
technology which has not yet proved itself, fearing that if it were to fail, the electorate
would blame them. Moreover, until recently it was cheaper to generate electricity by
traditional methods. However, now that fossil fuels are becoming more expensive - and the
cost of mining them is also rising - the balance has shifted.
(82)………
The way ahead is not without its problems, however. There have been a large number
of complaints about wind farms on land, with critics maintaining that the tall towers and
1
8
gigantic blades are an eyesore. Appearance is less likely to be a problem with offshore wind
farms since they will be far enough from the coast to be virtually invisible unless the
weather is exceptionally clear.
(83)………
Environmental organizations hope that the government's commitment to wind power
will encourage the use of other "green" methods of producing electricity, though some
technologies are less likely to be developed than others, at least in this country. The British
Isles enjoy relatively few sunny days, so solar energy is hardly going to be a great success
here.
(84)………
It now appears likely that funds will be made available for the necessary research,
especially since the British government has made it clear that it sees no future for nuclear
power. Existing nuclear power stations are to be phased out gradually, though the
government has been wary of providing precise dates for decommissioning.
(85)………
In the meantime, it is encouraging to note that energy solutions which would have
seemed unlikely, not to say laughable, just a few decades ago are finally starting to make an
impact. It is to be hoped that this trend will continue.
(Heinle Exam Essentials CAE Practice Tests, 2nd edition)
Missing paragraphs:
A. The most striking aspect of the project is the simplicity of the fundamental idea. Indeed,
it seems odd that the principle, which has, after all, been applied to power windmills for
thousands of years, has only very recently been used successfully to generate electricity on
a large scale.
B. There has been little attempt up to now to persuade the general public that wind power is
the technology of the future. The government no doubt hopes that when the towers are in
place and people realize they are neither a threat to the environment nor aesthetically ugly,
attitudes will change.
C. Some form of water power would seem a far more likely candidate for development,
with tides off the coast of Britain being strong and, of course, regular. As has been the case
with wind power, sizeable investment will be needed in order to produce the required
technology, but the potential is certainly there.
D. This is in line with the target the government set itself of producing ten percent of
Britain's electricity from renewable - wind power being the most significant of these - by
the year 2010. Environmental groups have hailed the government's commitment and are
claiming that the future is definitely looking greener as far as energy is concerned.
E. It has been pointed out by those who fear the terrible consequence of an accident that this
is only a small step in the right direction. Even when the existing power stations are shut
down, the huge problem of disposing of the radioactive materials from them will still have
to be solved.
F. Another cause for concern is voiced by wildlife organizations, fearful that migrating
birds could crash such as Denmark suggests this is unlikely, but the government has
promised to monitor the progress of a pilot scheme at present in operation off the coast of
Wales.
G. Britain is not being particularly revolutionary in placing its trust in wind power. In fact,
there is very little risk involved. The country is fortunate when it comes to this particular
source of energy - it has a great deal of wind all year round. In a few years Britain may well
become a world leader in offshore wind exploitation.
1
8
PART D. WRITING (15 POINTS)
Use the suggested words or phrases to make meaningful sentences.
86. However / you / offer / pay / he / never / sell / family memorabilia.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
87. Provided / there / no / protest / public / ballot / carry out.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
88. common knowledge / earth / one / eight / planet / orbit / sun.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
89. Hardly / I / fall / asleep / neighbour’s dog / start / bark.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
90.I / suggest / he / lay / coal / case / forecasts / long / heavy / winter / come / true.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
Rewrite the second sentence using the given word(s) so that it has a similar meaning to
the first sentence. Write between FOUR and SIX words including the given words.
91. I’ve been too busy to answer my emails, but I’ll do it soon. (ROUND)
I…………………………………………………my emails yet, but I’ll do it soon.
92. It looks as though the thieves escaped in a white Mercedes van. (GETAWAY)
The thieves may…………………………………………in a white Mercedes van.
93. Sam said it was Mary’s fault that the party was ruined. (PLACED)
Sam…………………………………………………….for the party being ruined.
94. I'm sorry I said that your new hat looked like a lampshade. (BACK)
I……………………………………about your new hat looking like a lampshade.
95. We would always take great care when flying at night. (WITS)
We always used………………………………………………when flying at night.
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.
96. We regret to inform you that there is no more demand for your products.
Much to…………………………………………………………………………..
97. Ann paints her landscapes with great pleasure.
Ann takes…………………………………………………………………………
98. You are allowed to go out with your friends if you promise to come home before 10
p.m.
So long…………………………………………………………………………….
99. Everybody was honoured by the boss with the exception of one clerk.
All …………………………………………………………………………………
100. It was a nice party when you take everything into consideration.
All things………………………………………………………………………….
1
8
PRACTICE TEST 2
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others'.
1. A. vertical B. mineral C. vulnerable D. wilderness
2. A. creature B. nurture C. capture D. mature
3. A. teenage B. dosage C. voyage D. carriage
4. A. individual B. graduate C. schedule D. endure
5. A. procedure B. profession C. proficient D. prominent
6. A. concept B. absorb C. arrest D. compile
7. A. tobacco B. dietary C. aggressive D. intuitive
8. A. juvenile B. submarine C. underline D. comprehend
9. A. untrustworthy B. inattentive C. biographer D. appropriate
10. A. supernatural B. ecotourism C. infrastructural D. beneficiary

11. It has been a good year. I………….two books and several short stories, all of which are
now in print.
A. have written B. have been writing C. will have written D. had written
12. Liverpool beat local…………., Everton, by two goals to one last Saturday.
A. opponents B. supporters C. enemies D. foes
13. Most newspapers are usually………….towards a certain political outlook.
A. prejudiced B. justified C. presumed D. biased
14. Do you expect him………….treated in this way?
A. to not object to be B. not to object to be
C. not to object to being D. not object to being
15. She………….for her parents’ support during her university education, but she preferred
to work part-time and support herself.
A. should have asked B. could have asked
C. must have asked D. ought to ask
16. It took the woman a few minutes to………….after she had fainted.
A. get round B. come round C. get by D. come by
17. Dr. Nguyen is a brilliant and dedicated scientist who had expected to be selected as
the director of the institute. She was very surprised not………….the position.
A. having offered B. having been offered
C. to have offered D. to have been offered
18. A special feature of the room is the huge picture window which………….a splendid
view of the Quantock hills.
A. allows B. enables C. affords D. presents
19. He still suffers from a rare tropical disease which he………….while in Africa.
A. infected B. complained C. gained D. contracted
20. Most engineers agreed that the car’s design was…………..
A. pass the time B. behind the times C. gain time D. ahead of its time
21. I didn't see anyone but I felt as though…………..
1
8
A. I have been watched B. I be watched
C. I am watched D. I was being watched
22.………….have at least four hours of hazardous materials response training is ordered by
federal law.
A. All police officers B. All police officers must
C. That all police officers D. For all police officers
23. During the starvation, we used to keep a………….of dried food in the factory.
A. conserve B. substitute C. reserve D. preserve
24. If we………….over the details, we’ll never finish filming this episode by today.
A. discuss B. niggle C. huddle D. mob
25. Nick: "How about an evening riverboat tour?"
Helen:"…………."
A. No, it’s good to do so.
B. Actually I've never gone on an evening riverboat tour.
C. Actually I've gone twice this week.
D. No, I've never gone on an evening riverboat tour.
Choose the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.
26. One of (A) the students who are being (B) considered for the (C) scholarship are (D)
from this university.
27. Bacteria are one of the most abundant (A) life forms (B) on Earth, growing on and
inside another (C) living things, in every type of environment (D).
24. With the development (A) of the Internet and the World Wide Web, businessmen (B) do
not hardly have (C) as much traveling as they used to (D).
29. I hadn't understood (A) his directions; however (B), I asked him (C) to repeat what he'd
said (D).
30. Mining (A) over 2,000 years ago (B), copper is one of the (C) earliest known (D)
metals.
31. Cancer cells (A) are often moved from original sites (B) to other part (C) of the body by
the blood (D) and lymph.
32. The (A) new computer made easier (B) for (C) the students to finish (D) the project.
33. Below are (A) some species of advice that can help you reduce (B) the feeling of
pressure and creating (C) a good impression on (D) your interviewer.
34. It was suggested that Pedro studied (A) the material more (B) thoroughly before
attempting (C) to pass (D) the exam.
35. Going from air condition (A) room to (B) a natural (C) environment can cause (D)
respiratory illness.
Nowadays, we use different products for personal cleanliness, laundry, dishwashing
and household cleaning, but this is very much a 20th-century development. The origins of
cleanliness date back to (36. HISTORY)…………….times. Since water is essential for life,
the (37. EARLY)……………. people lived near water and knew something about its
cleansing properties - at least that it rinsed mud off their hands.
During the excavation of ancient Babylon, evidence was found that (38. MAKE -
SOAP)…………….was known as early as 2800 BC. Archaeologists discovered cylinders
made of clay, with inscriptions on them saying that fats were boiled with ashes. This is a
method of making soap, though there’s no (39. REFER)…………….to the purpose of
this material.
1
8
The early Greeks bathed for (40. AESTHETE)…………….reasons and apparently
didn’t use soap. Instead, they cleaned their bodies with blocks of sand, pumice and ashes,
then anointed themselves with oil, and scraped off the oil and dirt with a metal instrument
known as a strigil. They also used oil mixed with ashes. Clothes were washed without soap
in streams. The ancient Germans and Gauls are also (41. CREDIT) ……………. with
discovering how to make a substance called ‘soap’, made of melted animal fat and ashes.
They used this (42. MIXTURE)…………….to tint their hair red.
Soap got its name, according to an ancient Roman legend, from Mount Sapo, where
animals were sacrificial, leaving deposits of animal fat. Rain washed these deposits, along
with wood ashes, down into the clay soil along the River Tiber. Women found that this
mixture (43. GREAT)…………….reduced the effort required to wash their clothes.
As Roman (44. CIVIL) ……………. advanced, so did bathing. The first of the
famous Roman baths, supplied with water from their aqueducts, was built around 312 BC.
The baths were luxurious, and bathing became very popular. And by the second century
AD, the Greek physician Galen recommended soap for both (45. MEDICINE) ……………
and cleansing purposes.
(adapted from learnenglish.britishcouncil.org)
Find one word that can fill in the blank of the three given sentences.
Example:
0.____mouth____
a. In small villages news travels fast. It is spread by word of………..
b. Their house was built near the………..of the river.
c. The bad smell that was coming from his………..put off all the girls in our class.
46.………..
a. Wait till you hear this. It’ll blow your………..
b. When discussing influential modern artists, three names immediately come
to………..
c. Stacy couldn't stand it anymore. She decided to speak her………..
47.………..
a. He was asked to………..for his presence at the scene of crime.
b. She retired early on………..of ill health.
c. The company takes………..of environmental issues wherever possible.
48.………..
a. The government had abandoned the refugees to their………...
b. By a strange twist of……….., Andy and I were on the same plane.
c. It would be tempting………..to say that we will definitely win the game.
49.………..
a. The discos also includes a/an………..from one of his earlier operas.
b. They are unlikely to………..much benefit from the trip.
c. The dentist had to………..the tooth as it was badly decayed.
50.………..
a. He received the award in………..of his success over the past year.
b. He glanced briefly towards her but there was no sign of .………..
c. There is a general………..of the urgent need to reform.
1
9
questions.
In Britain, the average person spends more than £1,000 on new clothes a year, which
is around four per cent of their income. That might not sound like much, but that figure
hides two far more (51)………..trends for society and for the environment. First, a lot of
that consumer spending is via credit cards. British people currently (52)………..
approximately £670 per adult to credit card companies. That’s 66 per cent of the average
wardrobe budget. Also, not only are people spending money they don't have, they're using it
to buy things they don't need. Britain throws away 300,000 tons of clothing a year, most of
which (53)………..landfill sites.
People might not realize they are part of the (54)………..clothing problem because
they donate their unwanted clothes to charities. But charity shops can't sell all those
unwanted clothes. ‘Fast fashion’ goes out of fashion as quickly as it came in and is often
too poor quality to recycle; people don't want to buy it second-hand. Huge quantities (55)
……….. being thrown away, and a lot of clothes that charities can't sell are sent
abroad, causing even more economic and environmental problems.
However, a different trend is springing up (56)……….. consumerism - the ‘buy
nothing’ trend. The idea originated in Canada in the early 1990s and then moved to the US,
where it became a rejection of the overspending and overconsumption of Black Friday and
Cyber Monday during Thanksgiving weekend. On Buy Nothing Day people organize
various types of protests and cut up their credit cards. Throughout the year, Buy Nothing
groups organize the (57)………..and repair of items they already own.
The trend has now reached (58)………..on social media who usually share posts of
clothing and make-up that they recommend for people to buy. Some YouTube stars now
encourage their (59)………..not to buy anything at all for periods as long as a year. Two
friends in Canada spent a year working towards buying only food. For the first three
months, they learned how to live (60)………..buying electrical goods, clothes or things for
the house. For the next stage, they gave up services, for example haircuts, eating out at
restaurants or buying petrol for their cars. In one year, they’d saved $55,000.
(adapted from iearnenglish.britishcouncil.org)
51. A. concerning B. worrying C. concerned D. worried
52. A. pay B. send C. owe D. borrow
53. A. falls to B. goes into C. comes into D. sends to
54. A. disposable B. disposal C. disposing D. disposed
55. A. lead off B. end up C. turn out D. result from
56. A. in objection to B. in contrast with C. on contrary to D. in opposition to
57. A. exchange B. sharing C. changing D. trading
58. A. leaders B.starters C. influencers D. headers
59. A. readers B. listeners C. watchers D. viewers
60. A. on B. by C. without D. in
BLACKPOOL
Many English people now go abroad for their holidays in search of better weather.
For many years these were the only commercial trams still operating in Britain. By far the
biggest of these resorts is Blackpool, which still welcomes some six million visitors every
year.
1
9
At the beginning of the 19th century, Blackpool was a little-known fishing village on
the north-west coast of England with a population of fewer than 500. The arrival of the
railways in 1846 linked Blackpool with the industrial towns in the counties of Lancashire
and Yorkshire. This gave the inhabitants of these towns the chance to (61)……….away
from their smoke-filled environment and seek fresh air on the coast.
The visitors soon began to demand organized entertainment and Blackpool was quick
to oblige. Theatres and dance halls were quickly provided for the holidaymakers, but the
(62)……….striking building was Blackpool Tower, which was erected between 1891 and
1894. The tower was built in imitation of the Eiffel Tower in Paris (63)……….it is hardly
half the height of the French original. Nevertheless, for many years it was Britain’s tallest
structure. The Tower contained a highly decorated ballroom and the Tower Circus.
Along a large part of the seafront is the so-called Golden Mile, a lively area of hot-
dig stands, amusement arcades and fortune tellers. At the southern end of the seafront
stands the vast Pleasure Beach, (64)……….of exciting rides and more amusement arcades.
The Pleasure Beach, which has more visitors every year than any other tourist attraction(s)
in Britain, has provided Blackpool with a second tower. This is a 50-metre- high column
(65)……….the Space Tower, which an observation car ascends to give a panoramic view of
the coastline.
One of the principal attractions of Blackpool to many people is the trams which run
along the seafront. For many years these were the only commercial trams still operating
in Britain. However, in recent years several cities (66)……….re-introduced trams on to
their streets.
Blackpool has the longest holiday season of any seaside town in Britain. Whilst
summer is, no doubt, the busiest time of year, conferences and exhibitions (67)
……….place in spring and autumn. From early September until the end of October, crowds
come in their thousands to see the Illuminations, when the seafront is transformed (68)
……….a glittering display of colored lights and scenes, with trams disguised as moon
rockets and American showboats.
Blackpool is not (69)……….everyone's taste but it is a town with a basic honesty. It
does not claim to be smart and sophisticated but simply a place (70)……….people can
come and have fun.
(adapted from How to pass FCE - Exam practice in Reading)
Read the following passage and choose from the film (A-H) to each question. Some of
the films may be chosen more than once.
Which film ...
71. is about a person who moves to another part of the country for work? …………
72. concerns people for whom work is the only thing that matters? …………
73. has people bringing different values to another community? …………
74. is successful largely because of a young actress? …………
75. has a young woman mixing with women much older than herself? …………
76. shows how a new situation can change a person's character? …………
77. might be rather dull if it were not for the scenery in it? …………
78. is about two men in love with another man's wife? …………
79-80. from what we read, does not contain a romantic or love theme? …………
Film A
Stealing Beauty is a moving and often very amusing film, which owes its charm to an
intelligent script and a magnificent performance by Liv Tyler. The film 19-year-old Lucy,
played by Tyler, moves from the USA, following the death of her mother, to stay with
1
9
family friends in a farmhouse in Italy. The house is owned by Ian Grayson, an artist, who is
to paint her portrait. Lucy, however, has a hidden agenda; she wants to see the boy she fell
in love with four years earlier and to learn the identity of her real father, clues to which lie
in one of the poems written by her mother.
Film B
August is set in a country house in North Wales during the late 19 th century when a
group of people gather at the home of the Davis family. The visitors are the tyrannical
Professor Alexander Blathwaite, the absentee owner of the estate, and his second wide, the
much younger American, Helen. They waste little time in imposing their London ways on
the rural inhabitants, including leuan, brother of Blathwaite's first wife, and the professor’s
plain daughter, Sian. leuan falls passionately in love with Helen although she shows no
interest in him. Sian conceals a secret love for the local doctor, Michael Lloyd, who is also
in love with Helen. leuan tries to find comfort in drink and, in a series of tragicomic
episodes, the ordered calm of the household begins to disintegrate.
Film C
Dead Man is a cowboy film with a difference, breathtakingly shot in black and white.
In the film William Blake, an honorable accountant, has come to the west to take up a job
which fails to materialize. A stranger in town, he finds himself alone and without money,
and so begins a chain of encounters which lead this law-abiding citizen into crime. The
central theme of the film is that life is unpredictable and that unexpected circumstances can
completely change the course of a person’s life.
Film D
Denise Calls Up is a funny and thoroughly modern story about a group of young
Americans whose lives are based totally on work. Their days consist of talking on mobile
phones, answering taxes and watching computer screens. Lunch dates are made and missed,
parties are organized but never attended, and the friends even fail to turn up at the funeral of
one of their pals (killed in a car accident while talking on her car phone). Then along comes
Denise, an outsider to the group. She has an urgent personal problem, but will she be able to
find enough time in her busy schedule to deal with it?
Film E
A Month by the Lake is based loosely on a romantic story by H.E.Bates. In the film
Vanessa Redgrave plays Miss Bentley, an independent and impetuous middle-aged woman,
who travels to a resort by Lake Como in Italy following the death of her father in 1935.
There she meets and falls in love with fellow holidaymaker Major Wilshore, an eccentric
but likeable man. After various unsuccessful dates, it seems unlikely that the romance will
ever really get going until a couple of other people begin to show more than a passing
interest in the pair. If the film is unremarkable in its content, it makes good use of its
beautiful Italian locations.
Film F
The oddly named How to make an American Quilt tells the story of Finn, an
American graduate student, who heads off to spend her summer vacation with her
grandmother and great grandmother. Soon she is introduced to a group of elderly ladies
who spend much of their time together sewing. The work they are producing is useful for
her studies on women's handicrafts but the stories Finn is told about their youth, family
histories, loves and marriages soon prove far more interesting than their sewing skills.
Meanwhile her own love life is in difficulty as she cannot choose between her good,
reliable boyfriend and an incredibly attractive newcomer.
(adapted from How to pass FCE - Exam practice in Reading)
1
9
Read the following passage and choose the correct sentences from A to G the one
which fits each gap.
Traditionally, children have begun studying foreign languages at secondary school,
but introducing them earlier is recommended by some educationalists. (81)………...
The obvious argument in its favour is that young children pick up languages much
more easily than teenagers. (82)……….... The greater flexibility of the primary timetable
allows for more frequent, shorter sessions and for a play-centred approach, thus maintaining
learners’ enthusiasm and progress. Their command of the language in later life will benefit
from this early exposure, while learning other languages subsequently will be easier for
them. (83)………....
(84)……….... Primary school teachers are generalists, and may not have the
necessary language skills themselves. If specialists have to be brought in to deliver these
sessions, the flexibility referred to above is diminished. If primary language teaching is not
standardized, secondary schools could be faced with a great variety of levels in different
languages within their intake, resulting in a classroom experience which undoes the earlier
gains. There is no advantages if enthusiastic primary pupils become demotivated as soon as
they change schools. However, these issues can be addressed strategically within the policy
adopted.
Anything which encourages language learning benefits society culturally and
economically, and early exposure to language learning contributes to this. (85)………....
{adapted from IELTS15 Academic Student's Book'}
Missing sentences:
A. They may also gain a better understanding of other cultures.
B. There are some people who state their objections to this policy for several reasons.
C. Young children’s innate abilities should be harnessed to make these benefits more
achievable.
D. Their brains are still programmed to acquire their mother tongue, which facilitates
learning another language, and unlike adolescents, they are not inhibited by self-
consciousness.
E. There are, however, some disadvantages.
F. This policy has been adopted by some educational authorities or individual schools, with
both positive and negative outcomes.
G. On the contrary, the proponents of this policy have their own arguments.

86. The only thing that makes this job worthwhile is the money.
Were ………………………………………………………………………………….
87. “You stole the jewels!” the inspector said to him.
The inspector accused…………………………………………………………………
88. I’m sure it wasn’t Mrs. Elton you saw because she's in Bristol.
It can’t …………………………………………………………………………………
89. If I were him, I would return home no later than 11 o’clock.
It is advised that………………………………………………………………………..
90. Immediately after winning the race, Sandy began training for the next one.
No sooner………………………………………………………………………………
1
9
91. You mustn’t miss the opportunity to attend this festival. (ADVANTAGE)
You…………………………………..the opportunity to attend this festival.
92. Rob’s teacher is very happy with him at the moment. (BOOKS)
Rob……………………………………………………………at the moment.
93. Mrs. Smith wasn't sure whether she should submit her proposal. (DOUBTFUL)
Mrs. Smith……………………………………………………….her proposal.
94. What was your inspiration for creating such a fantastic character in your new novel?
(TO)
What…………………………………..such a fantastic character in your new novel?
95. As far as I know, no one's talking about you behind your back. (BEST)
To…………………………………..no one's talking about you behind your back.
the first sentence.
96. He was really jealous when he saw his brother’s new car. (GREEN)
He was……………………………………………………………………………
97. Austin and his father are very similar, aren’t they? (AFTER)
Austin …………………………………………………………………………..?
98. After working for six hours, I finally managed to finish the report. (IN)
I finally…………………………………………………………………………...
99. Are you sorry that you invited Liam to join us on the trip? (REGRET)
Do …………………………………………………………………………..?
100. The arrangement is that you are staying with Mr. and Mrs. Andrews. (FOR)
We have…………………………………………………………………………...
1
9
PRACTICE TEST 3
others’.
1. A. formula B. computer C. consensus D. occasion
2. A. reformed B. sacrificed C. dissolved D. ploughed
3. A. canal B. casino C. canary D. canon
4. A. recruit B. suitable C. fruitful D. guiltless
5. A. resale B. reconcile C. refund D. reproduce
6. A. outbreak B. transfer (n) C. purchase D. conceal
7. A. empathy B. receptive C. optical D. formulate
8. A. ordinary B. reimburse C. predator D. atmosphere
9. A. manufacture B. adversary C. automobile D. predecessor
10. A. differentiate B. accompaniment C. altercation D. comprehens

11. We………..up the hill for half an hour when we realized we………..in the direction of
the castle.
A. were walking - haven’t been going B. had been walking – weren’t going
C. have been walking - didn’t go D. had walked - wouldn’t be going
12. Neither my travel’s cheques nor the money I had with me sufficient to pay the bill.
A. have been B. are C. were D. was
13. I sometimes find it hard to………..a balance between work and my home life.
A. remain B. make C. check D. maintain
14. I couldn’t………..laughing when he fell in the pool with all his clothes on; it was so
funny.
A. give up B. help C. stand D. afford
15. John won four medals at the competitions. His parents………..very proud of him.
A. can’t be B. can’t have
C. must have been D. couldn’t have been
16. A strange rattling noise forced the driver to………..onto the hard shoulder.
A. stop over B. pull over C. get away D. throw away
17. On Sundays, many people take their cars to service stations………..
A. to get the oil refilled B. to get the oil refill
C. to refill the oil D. to make the oil refilled
18. The search………..had no luck in finding the missing child.
A. crew B. group C. staff D. party
19. The bank is reported in the local newspaper………..in broad daylight yesterday.
A. to be robbed B. robbed
C. to have been robbed D. having been robbed
20. This school has………..since its first year in operation, when it only had twenty
students.
A. had its way B. come a long way C. made its way D. been under way
21. There is still a………..of hope that the rescuers will find survivors.
1
9
A. ray B. spray C. light D. spot
22. You will see it is not a very difficult job. All………..is to keep the guests interested.
A. what matters really B. that really matters
C. what really matters D. which will really matter
23. Before the product is put on the market, the company must………..whether it complies
with safety standards.
A. calculate B. predict C. anticipate D. ascertain
24. I’d like to take this………..of wishing you all the best of luck with your exams.
A. likelihood B. possibility C. probability D. opportunity
25. Susan: “Would you like another coffee?”
Demi: “………..”
A. I’d love one. B. Willingly.
C. Very kind of your part. D. It’s a pleasure.
Underline ten extra words in the following passage. Write the words in the space
given. The Business of‘Bling’
A New Orleans rapper is named 'BG' coined the term 'bling bling' to 0._______is___
describe his taste in flashy jewellery. Since then, it has had certainly not gone 26._______
unnoticed as a fashion statement. In fact, it's the byword for a glamorous, but 27.________
extravagant lifestyle. Bling means big money, so it’s hardly ever surprising 28._________
people are keen on it. When footballer David Beckham wanted a gift for his wife, he
commissioned from New York designer 'Jacob the jeweller’ to send a priceless 29.______
pink diamond ring to Spain to surprise at her with the unexpected present. 30.__________
Other New York jewellers have client lists that are increasingly be made up 31.____
of hip-hop and R&B stars. The hip-hop industry is valued at an incredible sum total 32.__
of money per annually. As with the world of fashion, hip-hop stars are now 33._________
joining in and feverishly creating jewellery lines of their own ability. And they 34.______
face fierce competition from those who in the rap world. It seems jewellery 35._________
has become much more than just a basic accessory.
(adapted from Cambridge English Advanced Result Student's
Book)
Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete each of the following
sentences.
36. People who are………..may need some help filling in forms. (LITERACY)
37. Many children may create………..friends to talk to. (IMAGINE)
38. I’m slightly………..about whether Sean's idea is going to work. (DUBIETY)
39. We often think of ourselves as living in a time of………..technological change
and development. (CONTINUE)
40. We need to rely more on wave power, wind power and other………..sources of
energy. (RENEW)
41. Mary showed a lot of………..in the way she handled the problem with her friends.
(MATURE)
42. Some of the working practices at the factory are, frankly antiquated and
totally………..to the modern world. (APPLY)
43. Your supervisor will be checking up on you………... (PERIOD)
44. I found her last book of poetry very………... (MOVE)
45. Mum's fine after her operation, although she’s still a little………..on her feet.
1
9
(STEADY)
Example:
0…..deep….
a.He falls in a………..sleep and wakes up with a head full of revelations.
b.She had reached a………..understanding of the local culture.
c.He is often so………..in his books that he forgets to eat.
46.………..
a.We’ve asked the neighbors to keep a/an……….. on the house for us while we're
away.
b.The authorities were either unaware of the problem or they turned a blind………..to
it.
c.He bought the warehouse with a/an………..to converting it into a hotel.
47………..
a.Ultrasonic waves are………..the range of sounds a human can hear.
b.The situation is………..our control.
c.Our success was far………..what we thought possible.
48.………..
a.He gets commission on………..of his salary.
b.She was dressed in green from………..to toe.
c.I can't remember the name off the………..of my head, but I can look it up for you.
49………..
a.Britain, in………..with many other industrialized countries, has experienced
major changes over the last 100 years.
b.The two cultures have a lot in………...
c.Their relationship is………..knowledge.
50.………..
a.The two groups were similar with………..to income and status.
b.The government has promised to………..human rights.
c.She soon earned the………..of her colleagues.

questions.
Many of the major supermarket chains have come under fire with (51)………..of
various unethical acts over the past decade. They’ve wasted tonnes of food, they've
underpaid their suppliers and they’ve contributed to (52) ………..plastic waste in their
packaging, which has had its impact on our environment.
But supermarkets and grocers are starting to sit up and take notice. In response to
growing consumer backlash against the huge amounts of plastic waste generated by plastic
packaging, some of the largest UK supermarkets have (53)………..a pact promising
to transform packaging and cut plastic wastage. In a pledge to reuse, recycle or compost all
plastic wastage by 2025, supermarkets are now beginning to take some responsibility for
the part they play in contributing to the (54) ………..to our environment, with one
major supermarket announcing their plan to eliminate all plastic packaging in their own-
brand products by 2023.
1
9
In response to criticisms over food waste, some supermarkets are donating some of
their food surplus. (55)……….., charities estimate that they are only accessing two per
cent of supermarkets' total food surplus, so this (56) ……….. seems to be solving the
problem. Some say that supermarkets are simply not doing enough. Most supermarkets
operate under a veil of secrecy when asked for exact figures of food wastage, and without
more transparency it is hard to come up with a systematic approach to avoiding waste and
to (57)………..surplus food.
Some smaller companies are now taking matters into their own hands and offering
consumers a greener, more environmentally friendly option. Shops like Berlin's Original
Unverpakt and London’s Bulk Market are plastic-free shops that have opened in recent
years, (58)………..customers to use their own containers or compostable bags. Online
grocer Farmdrop eliminates the need for large warehouses and the risk of huge food
surplus by delivering fresh (59)………..from local farmers to its customers on a daily (60)
………..via electric cars, offering farmers the lion’s share of the retail price.
(adaptedfrom learnenglish.britishcounciLorg)
51. A. executions B. accusations C. protestations D. oppositions

52. A. endless B. uncountable C. excessive D. countless
53. A. come up with B. fall short of C. signed up to D. go down with
54. A. destruction B. hurt C. injury D. damage
55. A. However B. Consequently C. Thus D. Otherwise
56. A. hardly B. never C. obviously D. clearly
57. A. refilling B. redistributing C. rearranging D. reducing
58. A. demanding B. aiming C. forcing D. encouraging
59. A. product B. items C. vegetation D. produce
60. A. basis B. method C. approach D. system
Humans start developing a sense of humour as early as six weeks old, when babies
begin to laugh and smile in (61)………… to stimuli. Laughter is universal across all
human cultures and even exists in some forms in rats, chimps, and bonobos. Like other
human emotions and expressions, laughter and humour provide psychological scientists
(62)…………resources for studying human psychology, ranging (63)…………the
development of language to the neuroscience of social perception.
Theories focusing on the evolution of laughter point to it as an important adaptation
for social communication. (64) …………, for example, the recorded laughter in TV
comedy shows. Back in 1950, US sound engineer Charley Douglass hated dealing with the
unpredictable laughter of live audiences, so started recording his own ‘laugh tracks’. These
were intended to help people at home feel (65)…………they were in a social situation,
such as a crowded theatre. Douglass even recorded various types of laughter, as well as
mixtures of laughter from men, women, and children. In doing so, he picked (66)…………
on a quality of laughter that is now interesting researchers: a simple 'haha' communicates a
remarkable amount of socially relevant information.
In one study (67)…………in 2016, samples of laughter from pairs of English-
speaking students were recorded at the University of California, Santa Cruz. A team (68)
…………up of more than 30 psychological scientists, anthropologists, and biologists then
played these recordings to listeners from 24 diverse societies, from indigenous tribes in
New Guinea to city-dwellers in India and Europe. Participants were asked (69)…………
1
9
they thought the people laughing were friends or strangers. (70)………… average, the
results were remarkably consistent: worldwide, people’s guesses were correct
approximately 60% of the time.
(adapted from IELTS15 Academic Student’s Book with Answers’)
questions.
CLOTHING AND COSTUME
The ancient Greeks and the Chinese believed that we first clothed our bodies for
some physical reasons, such as protecting ourselves from the elements. Ethnologists and
psychologists have invoked psychological reasons: modesty, taboo, magical influence, or
the desire to please. Anthropological research indicates that the function of the earliest
clothing was to carry objects. Our hunting - gathering ancestors had to travel great
distances to obtain food. For the male hunters, carrying was much easier if they were
wearing simple belts or animal skins from which they could hang weapons and tools. For
the female gatherers, more elaborate carrying devices were necessary. Women had to
transport collected food back to the settlement and also had to carry babies, so they
required bags or slings.
Another function of early clothing - providing comfort and protection - probably
developed at the same time as utility. As human beings multiplied and spread out from the
warm lands in which they evolved, they covered their bodies more and more to maintain
warmth and to carry objects in our clothes. And like our hunting - gathering ancestors,
most men still carry things on their person, as if they still needed to keep their arms free
for hunting, while women tend to have a separate bag for carrying, as if they were still
food - gatherers. But these two functions of clothing are only two of many uses to which
we put the garments that we wear today.
There is a clear distinction between attire that constitutes 'clothing' and attire that is
more aptly termed ‘costume’. We might say that clothing has to do with covering the body,
and costume concerns the choice of a particular form of garment for a particular purpose.
Clothing depends primarily on such physical conditions as climate, health, and textile,
while costume reflects social factors such as personal status, religious beliefs, aesthetics,
and the wish to be distinguished from or to emulate others.
Even in early human history, costume fulfilled a function beyond that of simple
utility. [80A] Costume helped to impose authority or inspire fear. A chieftain’s costume
embodied attributes expressing his power, while a warrior’s costume enhanced his
physical superiority and suggested he was superhuman. Costume often had a magical
significance such as investing humans with the attributes of other creatures through the
addition of ornaments to identify the wearer with animals, gods, or heroes. [80B] In more
recent times, professional or administrative costume is designed to distinguish the wearer
and to express personal or delegated authority. [80C] Costume communicates the status of
the wearer, and with very few exceptions, the aim is to display as high a status as possible.
Costume denotes power, and since power is often equated with health, costume has come
to be an expression of social class and material prosperity. [80D]
A uniform is a type of costume that serves the important function of displaying
membership in a group: school, sports team, occupation, or armed force. Military uniform
denotes rank and is intended not only to express group membership but also to protect the
body and to intimidate. A soldier’s uniform says, ‘I am part of a powerful machine, and
when you deal with me, you deal with my whole organization.’ Uniforms are immediate
2
0
beacons of power and authority. If a person needs to display power - a police officer, for
example - then the body can be virtually transformed. Height can be exaggerated with
protective headgear, thick clothing can make the body look broader and stronger, and
boots can enhance the power of the legs. Uniforms also convey low social status; at the
bottom of the scale, the uniform of the prisoner denotes membership in the society of
convicted criminals.
Religious costume signifies spiritual or superhuman authority and possesses a
significance that identifies the wearer with a belief or god. A successful clergy has always
displayed impressive vestments of one kind or another that clearly demonstrate the
religious leader’s dominant status.
(Delta’s Key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test Advanced Skill Practice for the IBT)
71. According to the passage, psychological reasons for wearing clothing include……….
A. protection from cold weather B. the availability of materials
C. prevention of illness D. the wish to give pleasure
72. According to the passage, what aspect of humanity’s hunting - gathering past is
reflected in the clothing of today?
A. People cover their bodies because of modesty.
B. Most men still carry objects on their person.
C. Women like clothes that are beautiful and practical.
D. Men wear pants, but women wear skirts or pants.
73. The phrase "these two functions" in paragraph 2 refers to………..
A. hunting and gathering food B. transporting food and carrying babies
C. maintaining warmth and carrying objects D. displaying power and social status
74. Which sentence below best expresses the essential information in the underlined
sentence in paragraph 3? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave
out essential information.
A.Clothing serves a physical purpose, while costume has a personal, social, or
psychological function.
B.We like clothing to fit our body well, but different costumes fit differently depending
on the purpose.
C.Both clothing and costume are types of attire, but it is often difficult to distinguish
between them.
D. People spend more time in choosing special costumes than they do in selecting
everyday clothing.
75. The word "ornaments" in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to………..
A. layers B. words C. feathers D. decorations
76. It can be inferred from paragraph 4 that the author most likely believes which of the
following about costume?
A.We can learn about a society's social structure by studying costume.
B.Costume used to serve a simple function, but now it is very complex.
C.The main purpose of costume is to force people to obey their readers.
D. Costume is rarely a reliable indicator of a person’s material wealth.
77. The word "beacons" in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to………..
A. signals B. lights c. inventions D. reversals
78. Why does the author discuss the police officer's uniform in paragraph 5?………..
A. To describe the aesthetic aspects of costume
B. To identify the wearer with a hero
C. To suggest that police are superhuman
2
0
D. To show how costume conveys authority
79. All of the following are likely to be indicated by a person’s costume EXCEPT………..
A. playing on a football team B. being a prisoner
C. having a heart condition D. leading a religious ceremony
80. Look at the four options [80A], [80B], [80C] and [80D], which indicate where the
following sentence could be added to the passage. Where would the sentence best fit?
Such power is seen clearly in the judge’s robes and the police officer's uniform.
A. [80 A] B. [80B] C. [80C] D. [80D]
Read the following passage and choose the correct paragraphs from A to G the one
which fits each gap.
THE BOAT OF MY DREAMS
This week, the Summer Boat Show in London is a resplendent with fine yachts,
bristling with new technology. Nearly all are descendants of the hull-shape revolution that
took place 25 years ago. By contrast, my own lies quietly on a tidal creek off the south
coast. She was designed last year but, seeing her, you might imagine her to be 100 years
old and think that her owner must be some kind of lost-soul romantic.
(81).………..
It has to be said, however, that despite being an indispensable tool in current design
methods and boat-building practice, sophisticated technology and technology frequently
insulates crews from the harsh realities of maritime life. These are often the very realities
they hoped to rediscover by going to sea in the first place.
(82)………...
The occasional battle with flapping canvas is surely part of a seaman’s life. And for
what purpose should we abandon common sense and move our steering positions from the
security of the aft end to some vulnerable perch half-way to the bow? The sad answer is
that this creates a cabin like that of an ocean liner, with space for a bed larger than the one
at home.
(83)………...
Her sails were heavy, and she had no pumped water, no electricity to speak of, no
fridge, no central heating, no winches, and absolutely no electronics, especially in the
navigation department, yet she was the kindest, easiest boat that I have ever sailed at sea.
(84)………...
The Westerman has never disappointed me. Although Nigel Irens, the designer, and
Ed Burnett, his right-hand man, are adept with computer-assisted design programs, Irens
initially drew this boat on a paper napkin, and only later transferred his ideas to the
computer. After this had generated a set of lines, he carved a model, just as boatyards did
in the days of sail. Together we considered the primary embryonic vessel, then led the
design back into the electronic box for modification.
(85)………...
Her appearance is ageless, her motion at sea is a pleasure and her accommodation,
much of it in reclaimed pitch pine, emanates an atmosphere of deep peace. Maybe this is
because she was drawn purely as a sailing because she was drawn purely as a sailing craft,
without reference to any furniture we might put into her. That is the well-tried method of
the sea.
In her timeless serenity, she is the living proof that it works; that there is no need to
follow current fashions to find satisfaction, and that sometimes it pays to listen to the
lessons of history. Constructed in timber treated with a penetrating glue, she is totally
2
0
impervious to water. Thus she has all the benefits of a glass fibre boat yet looks like, feels
like and sails like the real thing.
(Certificate in Advanced English 6)
Missing paragraphs:
A. It’s not that I'm suggesting that sailors should go back to enduring every
hardship. It's always been important to me that my boats have a coal stove for warmth and
dryness and cosy berths for sleeping. But why go cruising at all if every sail sets and furls
itself?
B. Back on land, however, it is a sad fact that the very antiquity of classic boats
means that they need a lot of looking after. When I had a bad injury to my back, I realized
that my 15-year love affair with her had to end. Searching for a younger replacement
produced no credible contenders, so I decided to build a new boat from scratch.
C. The next version was nearly right and by the time the final one appeared, the form
was perfect. The completed boat has now crossed the North Atlantic and has won four out
of her first six racing starts.
D. At the same time, having lived abroad an ancient wooden beauty in the early
seventies, it's easier to understand more of this are of the mechanics. My designer, for
example, knows more about the ways of a boat on the sea than anyone I can think of.
E. Perhaps I am, though I doubt it. This boat has benefited from all the magic of
old- fashioned boat design, but it would have been a much harder job without the advances
of modern know-how.
F. For me a boat should always be a boat and not a cottage on the water. When I
bought an earlier boat, Hirta, in which I circumnavigated Britain for a TV race series, the
previous owner observed that she had every comfort, but no luxury. During my long
relationship with her, Hirta taught me how wise he was.
PART D. WRITING (15 POINTS) Complete the second sentence so that it has a
similar meaning to the first sentence.
86. He tried to study hard; however, he didn’t get high marks.
No matter………………………………………………………………...
87. “You’re wearing a beautiful dress today!”, Susan said to Mary.
Susan paid………………………………………………………………..
88. You may try to get Tim to lend you his car but you won't succeed.
There’s no………………………………………………………………...
89. The workers only called off the strike after a new pay offer.
Only after………………………………………………………………....
90. It is such a marvelous opportunity that we mustn't miss it.
It is too………………………………………………………………........
Rewrite the second sentence using the given word(s) so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence. Write between THREE and EIGHT words including the given
words.
91. You’ve got to persuade the editor not to publish that story. (OUT)
You’ve got to……………………………………………….that story.
92. The adverts look exactly the same as the articles in this magazine. (DIFFERENCE)
It’s impossible…………………………………the adverts in this magazine.
93. There’s no need for me to tell you that you’ll be paid handsomely for this. (SAYING)
It……………………………………..that you’ll be paid handsomely for this.
2
0
94. He tried hard but couldn't compensate for what he had done. (AMENDS)
Try………………………………………………………….what he had done.
95. It’s highly likely that Stephen was listening. (WELL)
Stephen ………………………………………………………………listening.
to the first sentence.
96. A friend of ours fixed our car for us. (HAD)
We……………………………………………………………………………………
97. They have been building the new stadium for much longer than they originally
estimated. (UNDER)
The new stadium…………………………………………………………………….
98. They made me wait for over 20 minutes on the phone! (KEPT)
I …………………………………………………………………………………….!
99. The headmaster was determined to stop all bullying at the school. (END)
The
headmaster……………………………………………………………………………….
100. No one except Jake has ever beaten me at a game of chess. (ONLY)
Jake…………………………………………………………………………………..
2
0
PRACTICE TEST 4
others’.
1. A. solitude B. compromise C. recital D. idleness
2. A. plumber B. prescribe C. succumb D. subtle
3. A. undergraduate B. doctorate C. negotiate D. ultimate
4. A. remakes B. mouths C. monographs D. lengths
5. A. gradually B. procedure C. educative D. mediocre
6. A. fragile B. mortgage C. opaque D. mishap
7. A. agony B. suburban C. inertia D. transparent
8. A. resolutely B. speculate C. amicable D. coincident
9. A. chronology B. epidemic C. potentially D. alternative
10. A. deteriorate B. unidentified C. antihistamine D. conscientiousness
PART B. LEXICON AND GRAMMAR (40 POINTS)

11. Mike’s tendency towards forgetting things is a………..joke among his closest friends.
A. continuing B. lasting C. constant D. standing
12.………..rare artefacts were they that the museum decided to insure them.
A. So B. Too C. Such D. Very
13. I said Ricardson, but I meant Richardson. It was just a………..of the tongue.
A. mistake B. slip C. fault D. lapse
14. My uncle has just bought………..car.
A. luxurious modern black German sports
B. German black luxurious black modern
C. modern black German sports luxurious
D. black luxurious modern German sports
15. Mr. Bond,………..honour the reception will be held next Saturday, has worked for this
company for exactly thirty years.
A. about what B. for whom C. of which D. in whose
16. The findings of the report read that by the year 2028 famine in the Third World
countries will have reached epidemic………...
A. proportions B. ratio C. spread D. range
17. The authorities probably want to be tough and won’t………..to the hijackers’ absurd
demands.
A. abandon B. resign C. yield D. collapse
18. The portrait is believed………..by Picasso.
A. to be painted B. that was painted
C. having been painted D. to have been painted
19. Selena: “Thanks for the nice bunch of flowers you gave me!"
Katy: “………..”
A. Welcome! It’s very nice of you.
B. Not at all. Don't mention it.
C. All right! Do you know how much it costs?
D. Actually speaking, I myself don’t like it.
2
0
20……….., I just couldn’t find a solution to the problem.
A. However hard I might B. No matter what
C. Try as I might D. Might I try
21. Jack: "What’s the………..rate for this bungalow?"
David: "It's ten thousand dollars."
A. running B. going C. making D. setting
22. In my opinion, Cristiano Ronaldo is………..the most talented footballer in the world.
A. a far sight B. an awful lot C. not quite D. far and away
23. The instructor blew his whistle and………...
A. off ran the runners B. off were running the runners
C. the runners run off D. off the runners were running
24. It’s a shame the candidate allowed himself to fly off the………..like that during the
debate, since it undermines a lot of the really solid arguments he’d been making up to that
point.
A. roof B. sauce C. handle D. knob
25. If I………..good at cooking, I………..dinner by myself last night.
A. were - would have cooked B. am - would cook
C. had been - would cook D. had been - would have cooked
With Europe facing the more serious flu epidemic in years, the World Health
Organization is warning the public, specially the sick and elderly, to do an inoculation now.
Health experts warn that this winter’s outbreak could be as severe as the 1989 epidemic,
who killed 25,000 people in Britain only. WHO has stressed the importance in vaccination,
and several countries are already taking precautions to ensure that those at high-risk
categories, such like diabetes and those with heart or lung complaints, are vaccinated.
Nearly all previous strains of flu are known to originate in China and the Far East, and
whereas in the past, infection spread slowly across the world, in these days of mass air
travel, rapid global infection is a great threat. Sweden has reported cases of para-influenza,
effecting mainly children, and Danish doctors had recorded 1,500 cases of flu in the past
week.
(CPE Use of English Examination
Practice)
For example: 0. more → most
26. 27. 28. 29.
30. 31. 32. 33.
34. 35.
Unwanted Visitors
Loss of habitat poses the single greatest threat, endangering indigenous. The second
largest threat to native flora and fauna would have to be the (36. INTRODUCE)………..of
alien species into an environment other than their own. Alien species are able to cause such
cataclysmic damage because they are usually more (37. SUCCESS)………..in competing
for food. They introduce diseases to which the local inhabitants do not possess (38.
IMMUNE)………... Interbreeding has caused the destruction of entire species because the
first hybrid generation will eventually (39. PLACE)………..the parent stock. Hybrid
individuals tend to possess greater vigour and will therefore compete more (40. EFFECT)
2
0
………..with the remaining pure stock. Their offspring may also be infertile, resulting in
the (41. POPULATE)………..of an entire species because of a reduction in the number of
breeding animals. The (42. FORM)………..of guidelines has been called on to exclude
non-native wildlife, contain it where it has a foothold, and eliminate it if possible. The
principles call for border controls, (43. CAUTION)………..in international trade and
technical and financial (44. ASSIST)………..help poor countries detect and combat (45.
INVADE)………...
(CPE Use of English 1 for the Revised Cambridge Proficiency Examination Student's Book)
Complete each of the following sentences with suitable particles.

46. Since the hurricane, builders and roofers have been snowed………..with work.
47. The President promptly announced a law to crack………..juvenile criminals and
a new computer database to track gang activity.
48. The treaty gave Britain the right to opt………..the single European currency system.
49. Don’t be taken………..by products claiming to help you lose weight in a week.
50. Select one topical current affairs issue each week and swot………..it from
newspapers and magazines.

questions.
The Grand Tour
Travel is so much the norm these days that it’s hard to imagine a time when the
world's great historical sites, beaches and beauty spots weren't crowded with camera-
carrying tourists. But two centuries ago, (51)……….. before cheap rail tickets greatly
reduced the cost of crossing Europe, tourism was (52)………..for those with time and
money. In Britain, The Grand Tour was seen as an essential part of any wealthy young
man's education. It was a trip of up to five years, taking in a (53)………..range of Europe’s
artistic and architectural highlights.
Italy was the focus of The Grand Tour, (54)………..it was highly regarded for both
its
antique and modern culture. (55)………..it was to Venice, Florence, Rome and Naples that
the young aristocrats flocked. The hardships of the long and sometimes hazardous journey
across the Alps were all part of the experience and they were amply rewarded by the
celebrated countryside, the antique ruins and the works of the great Italian painters, not to
(56)………..the parties, pageants and carnivals. Tourists were (57)………..to Italy from
many countries, as they still are, but it was from Britain that the majority of visitors came.
Although mass tourism was still in its infancy, all the (58)………..of the modern
tourist were already there, as the young aristocrats went round Italy in (59)………..of
paintings, drawings and a (60)………..of other souvenirs to carry back home. English
houses were soon filled with them. The tourists brought the craze for all things Italian and
antique back to Britain, and buildings, furniture, even clothes were all influenced by this
revolution in taste.
(First Certificate Skills: Use of English)
51. A. far B. plenty C. long D. away
52. A. severely B. extremely C. strongly D. strictly
53. A. wide B. grand C. various D. thorough
54. A. since B. owing to C. from D. as for
55. A. As B. For C. That D. So
2
0
56. A. state B.refer C. mention D. tell
57. A. appealed B. drawn C. fetched D. fascinated
58. A. clues B. signs C. figures D. notices
59. A. search B. hunt C. chase D. track
60. A. pack B.gang C. flock D. host
Plastic and the Environment
Plastic is a material we use every day. The first plastics were made more than 100
years ago from parts of plants. Plastics are now made from oil, coal and natural gas. We are
(61)…………..up these things so fast (62)…………..the Earth’s supplies may run out.
Because of this, scientists are investigating new ideas for making plastics from plants such
as sweet potato, bamboo and flax.
Things made from plastic can be useful for people (63)…………..bad for the planet.
Some plastics can last for a long time (64)…………..wearing out, and can be difficult to
get rid of when they are not needed. They can remain in rubbish dumps called landfill sites
for hundreds of years. Landfills can be smelly, ugly and harmful (65) …………..our planet.
Recycling is a good way to get rid of unwanted plastics. Recycled waste materials can
be used (66)…………..to make new products. This can be difficult as different types of
plastic need to be recycled in different ways. Some kinds of plastics can be (67)
…………..down and used to make new things such as bags and bottles. Others can be made
into fibres for clothing.
Another way to protect the environment is to use canvas bags for shopping rather than
plastic ones. A lot of plastic objects can also be reused. Plastic bottles can be refilled many
(68)………….., rather than throwing them away (69)…………..they are empty. Unwanted
plastics goods such as CDs and toys can be sold or (70)…………..away to charity shops.
(adapted from www.esolcourses.com)
Read the following passage and match the experts A-D with questions 71-74. The
experts may be chosen more than once.
Which expert...
71. disagrees with George Phillips about the value for money of being in the EU? ………
72. has a different opinion from Chris Holmes about the nature of future trade ………
deals with non-EU members?
73. shares the same view as Sylvia Chalmers about the importance of rigorous ………
checks at ports and airports?
74. disagrees with Chalmers about the possibilities of a beneficial trade ………
agreement between the UK and the EU?
Brexit: What next?
Four experts give their opinions on the pros and cons for the UK of leaving the EU.
A. Chris Holmes
In my view, Brexit will have a devastating effect on the UK economy. Granted,
membership of the EU wasn't cheap, but access to the single market, which exempts
member states from paying tariffs on imports and exports within the EU, more than made
up for the expense. Now, a whole new set of agreements will have to be drawn up. A free-
trade deal with Europe is unlikely, as the EU will want to deter other member states from
breaking away. Having left the union, the UK will also have lost much of its bargaining
power to establish agreements with other world powers.
2
0
B. Sylvia Chalmers
Weighing up the pros and cons, I am inclined to come down on the side of Brexit. In
my opinion, concerns about trade agreements are unfounded because of the large deficit the
UK has with the EU. The fact that the UK imports more than it exports means that it is in
Europe’s interest to maintain tariff-free trade if the UK leaves the single market. A more
pressing issue for me is border security and the question of who and what should be
allowed to enter the country. Leaving the EU will allow the UK to regain control of its
borders and determine who and what can and can't come in.
C. George Phillips
As far as I can see, the UK will be much better off without the EU. Not only did it
cost a fortune to be a part of Europe - some estimates put the figure at around £200 billion -
but being a member state also had other drawbacks. For over four decades, the UK had to
go along with wasteful and expensive EU regulations, such as those of the Common
Agricultural Policy.Giaoandethitienganh.info
I believe Brexit will bring some clear-cut advantages to the UK, such
as favourable trade agreements with influential countries like China, India and the US and
renewed control over fishing rights around its coast.
D. Amanda Shaw
The most disastrous effect of Brexit for me is the threat it poses to freedom of
movement. Until now, EU residents have been able to live and work freely anywhere else
in the bloc, not only increasing their job opportunities but also broadening their horizons.
While security at customs is obviously an issue to be taken seriously, immigration to the
UK appears to have created a more diverse national culture and a better-qualified
workforce. Since Brexit, however, both the EU citizens currently working in the UK and
the Brits settled in other EU member states are fearful about their future.
(Solutions Advanced Workbook 3rd Edition)
Read the following passage and choose the best answer to each question.
Finding The Real You
Psychometric testing for recruitment - assessing personality traits as an indicator of
performance in a certain role - has mushroomed as studies show their results to be three
times more accurate in predicting your job performance than all your previous work
experience combined. These tests are now included in virtually all graduate recruitment and
are used in the selection of more than 50% of managers. Similar tests may be given to
university applicants in future, dating agencies swear by them, and they are used to match
pets to owners. Online personality tests are immensely popular, too. So does your
personality meet the grade?
I decided to try a test. At one particular site I was informed of my career personality
and the job that best matches it. This is the appeal of online tests: the premise that there is a
perfect job, a perfect mate and a perfect you. These tests are also the ideal self discovery
vehicle for our alienated hi-tech age: intimate but anonymous. It is incredibly compulsive;
when you get hooked on a test you’re there for hours. And there is no aspect of life too
frivolous to test for. After recording my reaction to a series of ink blots (Is the mood of this
picture nostalgic, violent or neutral? Can you find the chicken in this picture? Can you find
your wife’s/ husband's mother?], I discovered I am mainly motivated by peace. (Somewhat
unconvincing as I’d just had a row with my partner!)
The most popular of these personality tests is the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator
(MBTI). It is based on the theory that we are born with a predisposition to one personality
type which stays more or less fixed throughout life. You answer 88 questions and are then
given our "type”: Introvert or Extrovert, Thinking or Feeling, Sensing or Intuitive, and
2
0
Judging or Perceiving. If you're Introverted, Intuitive, Feeling and Perceptive, you'll
probably find it harder to do work where you’re required to entertain, or persuade lots of
people, such as a job in sales or public relations.
Critics of personality testing mutter darkly about "social engineering”. Psychologist
Dr. Colin Gill agrees that too many organizations want people with the same traits. But, he
warns, these “popular” personality traits have their downside. "An extreme extrovert tends
to be a selfish "get on" type, who may walk over others. Overly conscientious people are
prone to burn out and people who are extremely open to new experiences can be butterflies,
going from one big idea to the next without mastering any of them." Nevertheless, the
psychometric test is here to stay - which may be why a whole subindustry on cheating
personality tests has sprung up. “It's possible to cheat,” admits expert David Bartram, “but
why try to pretend you're an ambitious extrovert if you're a more thoughtful introvert?
Having to fake the person you are at work will be exhausting and miserable and probably
short-lived.”
So can we change our personality? “Your basic personality is fixed by the time you’re
21,” says Gill, “but it can be affected by motivation and intelligence. If you didn’t have the
personality type to be a brain surgeon but desperately wanted to be one and were intelligent
enough to master the skills, you could still go ahead. You can overcome certain aspects, but
trying to go too much against type for too long requires a huge amount of psychic energy
and is actually too draining to be sustained for long. 1 think it's why we’re seeing this trend
for downshifting - too many people trying to fit into a type or role that they aren't really
suited for.”
Our obsession with personality now invades every aspect of our lives. If you ask an
expert for advice on just about anything, you'll probably be quizzed about your personality.
But if personality tests have any value to us (rather than employers), perhaps it is to
disabuse us of the illusion that all of us are full potential, and remind us of what we are. As
they say in one test when they ask for your age: pick the one you are, not the one you wish
you were.
(Cambridge English Advanced Result Student’s Book)
75. What reason is given in the first paragraph for the increased use of personality testing?
A. It is used by 50% of managers.
B. It has been accepted by educational bodies.
C. Research has justified its use.
D. The tests are now available on the Internet.
76. What does the writer imply about the test she tried out herself?
A. It didn't come up with the right result. B. It was psychologically challenging.
C. It was a tedious way to spend her time. D. It wasn’t personal enough for her liking.
77. The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is based on the belief that………….
A. character traits are largely inherited
B. certain personality traits are universal
C. character is largely decided from birth
D. some personality types are better than others
78. What is the problem with personality tests, according to Dr. Gill?
A. They can have a negative effect on takers.
B. People can easily lie about their true abilities.
C. Employers often find their results to be unreliable.
D. The results could be counter-productive for employers.
79. In Dr. Gill’s view, how easy is it to change your personality?
A. It’s achievable in the short term.
2
1
B. It’s easy if you have great skill and motivation.
C. It’s impossible after the age of 21.
D. It’s unlikely because it requires too much energy.
80. What final conclusion does the writer reach about the value of personality tests?
A. They are not really worth doing. B. They may encourage greater realism,
C. They are of doubtful value to employers. D. They can strengthen our self-image.

81. As far as I know, the organization was founded in 1960.
To the best ……………………………………………………………….
82. His precious life was saved by the lifeguard.
He owes ………………………………………………………………….
83. Right after our departure Tommy came down with a cold.
Nosooner ………………………………………………………………...
84. The whole truth didn't come out until after the government's collapse.
It wasn’t…………………………………………………………………..
85. Susan is very proud of her sports achievements.
Susan takes.……………………………………………………………….
86. His aggressive attitude shocked me. (ABACK)
I………………………………………………his aggressive attitude.
87. It’s impossible to say how he will react to your news. (TELLING)
There………………………………………………react to your news.
88. He was really jealous when he saw his brother’s new car. (GREEN)
He was………………………………………………see his brother's new car.
89. Jane looks very similar to her mother. (BEARS)
Janes………………………………………………to her mother.
90. If you don’t work harder, you’ll fail the exam. (SOCKS)
You………………………………………………if you want to pass the exam.
Write a paragraph (150 words) on the following topic:

"How can cyberbullying be prevented?"
2
1
PRACTICE TEST 5
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of
the others’.
1. A. deficiency B. pedestrian C. decathlon D. endurance
2. A. camouflage B. vintage C. envisage D. heritage
3. A. chaotic B. psychiatry C. machinery D. hierarchical
Choose the word whose main stress is different from that of the others'.
4. A. cultivate B. compliment C. sovereignty D. reminisce
5. A. traumatic B. replica C. dishevelled D. bewildered

6. I’ll be in the office all afternoon………….5 o’clock, but after that I'll be at home.
A. by B. for C. around D. until
7. Mary: “Ralph is finding life stressful at the moment.”
Sarah: “………….in a similar situation myself, I really sympathize.”
A. When I was B. I was also C. Having been D. That I have been
8. It was an exciting election campaign, with the two main candidates…………..
A. level pegging B. level off C. level headed D. level-crossing
9. The police officer asked me what time …………..
A. the accident was occurring B. did the accident occur
C. the accident occurred D. was the accident occurred
10. The practical component lasts six months,………….trainees will be able to demonstrate
what they have learnt.
A. at that time B. during which time C. the time when D. whenever
11. That new TV series had viewers………….to their screens.
A. screwed B. fixed C. riveted D. nailed
12.………….that it is still a favourite others.
A. It is such elegant couture evening dress
B. Such is the elegance of this couture evening dress
C. So elegant this couture evening dress is
D. It is so elegant couture evening dress
13. The actor insisted that the reporter keep his remarks………….
A. off the cuff B. off the beaten track C. off the deep end D. off the record
14. My new personal trainer says he………….by the end of the month.
A. has 100 sit-ups a day done B. will have done me 100 sit-ups a day
C. had done 100 sit-ups a day D. will have had me doing 100 sit-ups a day
15. Derek was wearing………….tie at the party.
A. a ridiculous wide yellow silk B. a yellow wide ridiculous silk
C. a ridiculous yellow wide silk D. a wide silk yellow ridiculous
16. The board proposes that the majority of this year’s profits………….in new product
development.
A. will be invested B. be invested
C. to be invested D. being invested
2
1
17. His new film has received………….reviews.
A. rave B. keen C. wild D. vigorous
18. The first thing for all of you to remember is that………….your duties may result in an
instant dismissal.
A. escaping B. neglecting C. resisting D. missing
19. So you don’t like the play, but when you are given complimentary tickets to the theatre
you shouldn’t…………..
A. cry for the moon B. look for a needle in a haystack
C. look a gift horse in the mouth D. take the rough with the smooth
20.………….the books in the series that the publisher anticipates record sales for the latest
title.
A. Such was the success of B. It was so successful
C. How much was the success of D. So successful has
Choose the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the
following questions.
21.Shares in the company are taking a nosedive ever since news of the tax scandal went
public.
A. increasing rapidly B. remaining stable
C. declining gradually D. falling sharply
22. I searched for hours but I had to call it a day when darkness fell.
A. stop B. ask for help C. start D. continue
23. I love pulling my sister’s leg - it’s almost too easy to annoy her.
A. arguing with my sister B. teasing my sister
C. controlling my sister D. playing with my sister
Choose the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the
24. His extravagant spending habits led everyone to believe that he was a man of means.
A. wealthy B. generous C. selfish D. poor
25. Nils’ trick of playing guitar whilst trampolining on stage went down a storm last night.
A. failed B. became successful C. surprised everyone D. beat a storm
Starting Over Again
Ever since I can remember, I always love to draw. When I was very young, I
scribbled all them over my bedroom walls until I mastered paper and pencil. Later, an
enlightened schoolteacher made sure of I went on to art school and it was there did I draw
my first life model, which was a wonderful experience. My tutors encouraged me to take in
drawing seriously, but I ignored their advice. I wanted to do something more exciting like a
career and I chose graphic design. After college, I worked for a number of years as Art
Director at a small publishing company. I loved the sociability of office life, but gradually
became more and more frustrated. I found myself long to draw properly again, but what
meant having time to draw those things which interested me. Then, out of the black, it was
announced that the firm was being reorganized and I was offered voluntary redundancy
with quite a large number of cash payment. I leapt at the chance. With enough money in the
bank to support me for two years, I went back to art college, determined to get my drawing
skills backed up to scratch so that I could embark on a career as an illustrator.
2
1
(adapted from CAE Practice Tests Plus 2)
For example: 0. always love → have always loved
26…………….. 27.…………….. 28…………….. 29……………..
30…………….. 31…………….. 32…………….. 33……………..
34…………….. 35.…………….
sentences.
36. He is one of the…………..caught by the guards today intruding into the no-entry
territory. (PASS)
37. No other…………..area in the county can be proud of such a good fiscal policy of
its administrators. (RESIDENT)
38. It wasn't possible to…………..test how effective this technology is. (EXHAUST)
39. If we hadn't…………..on food and water, we wouldn't have survived a single day
in the cave. (ECONOMY)
40. The…………..of an epidemic will be unavoidable unless measures are taken to
prevent the rural population from drinking the contaminated water. (BREAK)
41. The prize he has won is simple…………... I can't think what he’s going to do with
such a lot of money. (IMAGINE)
42. As a matter of fact, the realization of the project itself isn't so…………..as the initial
conditions we have to accept. (TROUBLE)
43. Gordon was rather worried about his condition, and so the doctors had to…………..
him pretty strongly to restore his self-confidence. (SURE)
44. To be honest with you, it was a very boring party. Yet, I did like the
delicious…………..
that were being served by the hosts. (FRESH)
45. The guest house was on the side of the cliff, with…………..views of the ocean below.
(BREATHE)
Complete each of the following sentences with the appropriate phrasal verbs from the
box in their correct form.
take after hang out pick up on hold down
brush up on come up against catch on slip away
46. Russell’s so undisciplined that he can’t……………a job.

47. Sports drinks have……………as consumers have become more health-conscious.
48. I felt really uncomfortable in the group of strangers, so I……………when everyone
was distracted.
49. Public libraries frequently have computers that people can use to……………their skills.
50. You need to stop……………with your friends and get your book report done.
Find one word that can fill in the blank of the three given sentences. (Qs 51-55)
Example:
0….broke….
a. I can't buy any new clothes at the moment; I'm completely……………..
b. The vase……………..after the cat knocked it off the shelf
c. Tim lost everything when his company went……………..
2
1
51.……………..
a. Tom often goes jogging to calm his……………..before making a presentation.
b. Jack damaged some of the……………..in his hand in the accident.
c. The noise had been getting on Samantha’s……………..all morning.
52.…………….._
a. You shouldn't drive a car……………..the influence of alcohol.
b. She wrote her first three books……………..another name.
c. “You'll find his records filed……………..the heading Non-resident”, said the clerk.
53……………..
a. It was a……………..decision but I finally sold my sports car.
b. I’m sorry, I can’t eat this steak; it’s too……………...
c. Don’t worry about the toy; it’s very……………..and won’t break.
54…………….._ Giaoandethitienganh.info
a. When she entered the competition, Amy never expected to……………..off with
the first prize.
b. They returned home early only to……………..in on thieves stealing their silver!
c. If you don't tell me what's going on, I’ll……………..out the door and never come
back!
55.…………….._
a. James leaned over to……………..the candle on the table.
b. It was just getting……………..outside as Jack left the house to go to work that
morning.
c. New evidence came to……………..in the case after months of investigation.

questions.
Wake up!
Do you find yourself going into work later and later every day just to sleep a little
longer? Do you (56)…………….. asleep in the cinema, wake up and laugh at the wrong
moments? Do you spend half the weekend asleep and love it? Then you’re a sleepaholic.
Someone somewhere (57)……………..said that the average amount of sleep the
average person wants is five minutes longer than they get. Being a sleepaholic is about
wanting five hours longer. But sleepaholics can find that their habit gets them (58)
……………..deep trouble with colleagues and friends. Being late for work because of
oversleeping is a pretty poor story if you’re (59)……………..about a career. Friends can get
(60)……………..offended if you leave them early to get some sleep.
Throughout history, ambitious people have often (61)……………..their enormous
energy with a lack of need for sleep. It’s easy to see how this can give people a competitive
advantage. So if you want to (62) ……………..advantage of career opportunities, or if
you’ve just been criticized once too often about sleeping through the best bit of a party,
what’s the (63) ……………..? A psychiatrist studied sleep needs and over time he claimed
to (64)……………..his own daily sleep from a standard eight hours to two, saying he
experienced no had reactions.
But if you really can’t (65)……………..without sleep and don’t want to lose your job,
become so irreplaceable in it that you can be openly lazy, like the US President Calvin
Coolidge, who slept for about 13 hours a day.
(First Certificate Skills: Use of English)
2
1
56. A. feel B. become C. fall D.drop
57. A. once B. ago C. past D. prior
58. A. at B. for C. down D.into
59. A. keen B. serious C. excited D. eager
60. A. largely B. fully C. quite D. plenty
61. A. joined B. united C. attached D. linked
62. A. give B. take C. hold D. make
63. A. cure B. resolution C. repair D. correction
64. A. subtract B. descend C. reduce D. sink
65. A. do B. stand C. deal D. put
When we were on holiday in the USA last summer, and visiting Cookeville,
Tennessee, some friends arranged (66)…………..us to visit the nearby Cummins Falls.
The waterfall itself (67)…………..be reached by road - you must park near a small
visitor centre then hike down into a wooded gorge. (68)…………..walking a few
kilometres down a beautiful trail, you suddenly (69)…………..to a halt as you catch your
first glimpse of the spectacular falls. These tumble down a series of steps, which are (70)
…………..perfectly flat and parallel that they appear to have been deliberately cut, (71)
…………..they are completely natural.
The falls are a popular picnicking and swimming spot for locals, but you’d (72)
…………..be prepared for a shock if you decide to swim. Even in the height of summer,
the cold water is likely to take your (73) ………….. away at first. (74)…………..you are an
experienced and hardy local, you will probably be unable to stay in the water for very long.
I soon decided that I was better (75)…………..sitting on a rock and enjoying the sun!
(Solutions Advanced Workbook 3rd Edition)
Read the following passage and choose from the people (A-D) to each question. The
people may be chosen more than once.
Which person ...
76. overcame a financially disadvantaged background to become successful? ………..
77. was rewarded for all the effort put into a work placement?
………..
78. believes that personal recommendation was the main factor in obtaining a job?
………..
79. appreciated being offered encouragement and expertise as a student?
………..
80. is aware that knowing influential people would have been a career benefit? ………..
81. used to feel depressed by the lack of job opportunities?
………..
82. finds the prospect of having to pay back a student loan daunting?
………..
83. had a couple of false career starts?
………..
84. is unsure about future career prospects?
………..
85. had a strong preference for what kind of place to study at?
………..
2
1
The Secret of My Success
Four high-flying graduates talk about what it takes to land a top job in one of the elite
professions.
A. The barrister
At the age of nine, without a word of English, Hashi was sent from Kenya to live in
Britain, where he was raised exclusively on state benefits, with very little to live on. “I
attended badly performing schools and was always moving around between different
relatives.” Despite this, Hashi managed to scrape through his exams and get into university
to study law. Much later, having done a master’s degree, he was inspired to become a
barrister so that he could represent people in court. “But first you have to do a work
replacement where you shadow a barrister. Unfortunately, it took me 18 months before I
was accepted because I didn’t have any contacts in the profession. It isn't fair, but there is
no point trying to pick a fight with a system.” Now a junior barrister at a top firm, Hash!
attributes this outstanding achievement against the odds to a combination of the people who
believed in him, the scholarships and loans which enabled him to afford the course, strong
self-discipline and a lot of hard work.
B. The fashion designer
Having set her heart from childhood on a career in costume design, Lilly worked in
the theatre straight after school, only to realize that this job wasn't for her. Literature, which
she tried next, bored her. “So I sent some drawing off and was accepted for an art degree,
which I loved because I had tutors who knew what they were talking about. But it was the
head of the course on my master’s degree in fashion who really helped me to develop my
confidence and individual style. Every summer, I was taken on for a three- month work
placement, organized by the college. I took these really seriously - I can’t understand
people who are half-hearted about them. In my second year I was making prints 16 hours a
day for a famous designer and some of them got used in his fashion collection.” However,
though Lilly did work for a number of well-known designers, there were also
discouragingly long periods of unemployment before she finally got a permanent job.
C. The banker
While still at the London School of Economics (LSE), Wen Du got some work
experience in banking. "LSE helps you to find these work placements but its’ still quite
tough, so I had to do loads of networking. When you are eventually looking for a job, you
need certain academic qualifications so companies will be interested in interviewing you.
But, after that, it’s more about how much you know about banking, so experience while
you are still at university is vital. I was working 12-13 hours a day during my placements
but you take long hours in your stride provided you are learning. After I finished university,
I was offered a job at one of my work placements. However, I had the opportunity to do a
master's degree in finance, so I did that first. For me, salary isn’t the main priority in a first
job; it’s about how much you can learn and how much responsibility your line manager will
give you. I want to do well, but because there are so many uncertainties in our field, I can’t
foresee where I’ll be in five years.”
D. The architect
Having eventually settled on architecture as a career, Amandine came to London from
the USA and started building a portfolio of her work by attending local college courses.
This got her onto a university foundation art course and then into the highly competitive
Architectural Association (AA) school. “I picked the AA because it has such a close-knit
family atmosphere, which for me is essential. But I knew I couldn’t go there unless I got a
scholarship because the fees are so high, especially given that the course takes seven years.
Even though I had two-thirds of it paid for me, I still owe a fortune, the debt is a huge
2
1
weight on your shoulders at my age. I now have a job in a company that has always
interested me, thanks to friends that worked here and could vouch for me. It's great to have
an impressive CV but even better to have a good character reference.”
(Advanced Expert)

Rewrite the second sentence using the given word so that it has a similar meaning to
the first sentence.
86. I don’t usually sleep after work. (HABIT)
…………………………………………………………………………………
87.Anthony claimed that the other man caused the collision. (ACCUSED)
…………………………………………………………………………………
88. Michael works overtime because he wants to pay off his debts. (VIEW)
…………………………………………………………………………………
89. The secretary said my explanation was unbelievable. (BEYOND)
…………………………………………………………………………………
90. I knew nothing about the rebellion that they were planning. (DARK)
…………………………………………………………………………………
Write a paragraph (150 words) describing your favourite film.
2
1
PRACTICE TEST 6
others’.
1. A. abnormal B. abrupt C. absence D. bankrupt
2. A. myths B. ploughs C. burrows D. breathes
3. A. confine B. conceal C. convention D. concentrate
4. A. explosion B. exploration C. expertise D. expedition
5. A. bathing B. breathtaking C. smoothie D. worthy
6. A. breakout B. breakthrough C. outburst D. outgrow
7. A. reference B. picturesque C. episode D. consonant
8. A. establish B. acknowledge C. conjunction D. instrument
9. A. problematic B. exacerbate C. triangular D. alternative
10. A. contradictory B. auditorium C. beneficiary D. impenetrab

11. I expect your Chinese…………a great deal by the time you…………back from China.
A. has been improving - have got B. will have improved - get
C. had improved - would get D. improves - will be getting
12. The elementary means of communicating with other people…………messages by
voice.
A. are conveying B. is transferring C. is conveying D. are transferring
13. The paper had to make several journalists…………last week due to loss of sales.
A. redundant B. unnecessary C. ineffective D. abundant
14. The President mentioned pension reform and went on…………that he would reduce
unemployment figures.
A. adding B. add C. to be adding D. to add
15. The tyres of my car have…………I must get new ones.
A. worked out B. held up C. kept off D. worn out
16. Tom: “I loved Christmas as a child.”
Nick: “So did I. Every Christmas Eve all the family…………the tress together.”
A. would have decorated B. would decorate
C. had been decorating D. used to decorating
17. The car park…………is responsible for parking customers’ cars.
A. employee B. attendant C. officer D. assistant
18. The Roman people are believed…………to Europe around the beginning of the last
millennium.
A. to have migrated B. having migrated
C. migrating D. to be migrating
19. My parents told me that taking the car on Saturday night was…………
A. out of season B. out of reach C. out of question D. out of place
20. I'm really sleepy today. I wish I…………Bob to the airport late last night.
A. weren’t taking B. hadn’t had to take
C. didn’t have to take D. didn’t take
21.…………as taste is really a composite sense made up of both taste and smell.
2
1
A. That we refer to it B. What we refer to
C. To which we refer D. What do we refer to
22. Although.…………, he has been to more than 30 countries in the world and gained a lot
of experience.
A. his young age B. young C. been young D. he was young
23. If you wash that pullover in the boiling water, it will………….
A. crumple B. contract C. shrink D. dwindle
24. His change of job has…………him with a new challenge in life.
A. led B. initiated C. presented D. introduced
25. Cashier: “All right. Keep your receipt. If something comes up, you can show it to us
and you can get a refund.”
Customer: “…………”
A. OK, I won’t use it. B. Thanks. I’ll put it in a safe place.
C. You’re welcome. See you. D. Thank you. I’ll keep it for you.
Thanks for the field of linguistics we know little about the development of the 5,000
plus languages in exist today. We can describe their grammar and pronunciation and see
how their spoken and writing forms have changed over time. For example, we understand
the origins of the Indo-European group of languages, which includes Norwegian, Hindi and
English, and can trace them down to tribes in eastern Europe in about 3000 BC.
So, we have mapped out a great number of the history of language, but there are still
areas we know little about. Experts are beginning to look to the field of evolutionary
biology to find out what the human species developed to be able to use language. So far,
there are far more questions and half-theories than answers.
We know that human language is far more complex than those of even our nearest
and most intelligent relatives like chimpanzees. We can express complex thoughts, convey
subtle emotions and communicate about abstract concept such as past and future. And we
do this following a set of structural rules, called as grammar. Do only humans use an innate
system of rules to govern the order of words? Perhaps not, as some research may suggest
dolphins share this capability so they are able to recognize when these rules are broken.
(adapted from learnenglish.britishcouncil.org)
For example: 0. for → to
26……………. 27……………. 28……………. 29…………….
30……………. 31……………. 32.……………. 33…………….
34……………. 35…………….
sentences.
36. Parents have deep…………about allowing business values to be used in schools.
(GIVE)
37. For many people, social networking offers them a feeling of…………from the real
world. (ESCAPE)
38. Any actor who becomes known for one role is in danger of becoming………….
(TYPE)
39. According to a recent survey in Britain, more women than men emphasized…………
and trust. (CONFIDENCE)
2
2
40. People also read these papers for their reviews of new books, films and plays and for
their…………and job satisfaction. (EDIT)
41. She stood there completely ………… so I had no idea at all what she was
thinking. (EXPRESS)
42. Getting angry with your boss is…………because it’ll just make a bad situation
worse. (PRODUCE)
43. For many people, Ludwig Van Beethoven is the most_______________ figure in the
history of western classical music. (INFLUENCE)
44. His…………talent was already clearly evident. (ORDINARY)
45. Mark, a…………commentator, was often featured on state television explaining
government policy. (TELEVISION)
Complete each of the following sentences with the appropriate phrasal verbs from the
box in their correct form.
peter out put in fob off catch up with
pass on fall through die out clamp down
46. The destruction of this area of habitat will mean that some species of plant will ………
47. Could you…………the message to Darren when you see him, please?
48. Lack of sleep over the last few months is finally…………Jane.
49. When the funds finally…………, they had to abandon the scheme.
50. The plan to build a new motorway…………due to a lack of money.

question.
Blown Off Course
For the residents of the sleepy seaside town of Lowestoft, 3 September, 1965 was a
day to remember. It all started in the early afternoon, when the wind began to blow, the sky
darkened and a(n) (51)…………cloud appeared. As it approached, people were (52)
…………to see objects dropping onto the ground. These giant ‘raindrops’ were, in fact,
migrating birds blown off course by an unexpected storm. As townspeople ran for (53)
…………from the rain, some even had birds landing on their heads. This (54)…………was
not confined to Lowestoft. All along the coast thousands of exhausted birds were (55)
…………out of the skies. This was the biggest migration of birds ever (56)…………in
Britain. The next day when the wind dropped, one birdwatcher recorded a staggering total
of more than 30,000 birds.
Each autumn, millions of migrating birds leave Scandinavia. On this occasion,
crossing the North Sea, they ran into thick clouds and heavy rain. The birds were (57)
…………by the bad weather. Many became exhausted and fell into the sea, but others
pressed on. These lucky survivors landed on the British coast (58)…………local
birdwatchers. Fortunately, weather conditions rapidly (59)…………and, after resting and
feeding, the birds departed south.
To observe such migrants, you need to watch out for high pressure over Scandinavia,
combined with unsettled weather over the eastern part of the British Isles and an onshore
wind. If these conditions are in place during the evening head towards the east coast soon
after dawn and, with luck, you will be rewarded with an (60)…………experience.
(Certificate in Advanced English 5)
2
2
51. A. weird B. unusual C. odd D. abnormal
52. A. unexpected B. forced C. delighted D. astonished
53. A. shelter B. protection C. avoidance D. home
54. A. phenomenon B. practice C. trouble D. problem
55. A. dropping B. falling C. stepping D. jumping
56. A. noted B. recorded C. written D. jotted
57. A. disoriented B. unleaded C. misguided D. indiverted
58. A. in view of B. with regard to C. on the interest of D. to the delight of
59. A. bettered B. increased C. raised D. improved
60. A. uncomfortable B. uneasy C. unforgettable D. undamaged
The Australian Aborigines have recorded both real and symbolic images of their time
on rock walls for many thousands of years. (61)…………..the long history of this tradition,
new images have appeared and new painting styles have developed. And these
characteristics can be used to categorize the different artistic styles. Among these are what
we (62)…………..the Dynamic, Yam and Modern styles of painting.
One of the (63)…………..significant characteristics of the different styles is the
way that humans are depicted in the paintings. The more recent paintings show people in
static poses. But the first human images to dominate rock art paintings, over 8,000 years
ago, were full of movement. These paintings showed people hunting and cooking food and
so they were (64)…………..the name ‘Dynamic’ to reflect this energy. It’s quite amazing
considering they were painted in (65)…………..a simple stick-like form. In the Yam
period, there was a movement away from stick figures to a more naturalistic shape. (66)
………….., they didn’t go as far as the Modern style, which is known as ‘x-ray’ because it
actually makes a feature of the internal skeleton as (67)…………..as the organs of animals
and humans. The Yam style of painting got its name from the fact that it featured much
curvier figures that actually resemble the vegetable called a yam, (68) …………..is similar
to a sweet potato. The Modern paintings are interesting because they include paintings at
the time of the first contact with European settlers. Aborigines managed to convey the idea
of the settlers’ clothing by simply painting the Europeans (69) …………..any hands,
indicating the habit of standing with their hands in their pockets! Size is another
characteristic. The more recent images tend to be life size or even larger, but the Dynamic
figures are (70)…………..in miniature.
(adapted from Cambridge IELTS 8)
Simply ticking the boxes isn’t enough
I have been asked what I think about the idea of ‘Investing in People’. The best
answer I can give is that I think what it tries to achieve - basically making the link between
business improvement and focusing on the needs of the people who work for an
organization - is great. My problem is with organizations who subscribe to it as a way to
help the ‘get better’, when they don’t bother to understand where they went wrong in the
first place. They need to ask what explicit and implicit policies and procedures they have in
place that prevent their people from being able to do the right thing for the right reasons.
I am sure that there are managers out there who don’t know any better, and assume
that to manage they simply need to put pressure on their people to perform. But people
don’t demonstrate high performance because they see the need to do it, and make the
choice to do so. They do it because they are connected to the business goals and they see
2
2
how their contributions can help achieve them. Such managers may tell themselves they
can put a ‘tick’ in the ‘we care about people’ box. But simply putting ticks in boxes is no
good if it doesn’t reflect reality.
I know of a company that was so concerned that its people were doing the ‘right
thing’ that it put in place a series of metrics to measure their effectiveness. So far, so good.
But one of the objectives - making successful sales calls - manifested itself in the metric
‘Number of potential customers seen in one day’. The sales people obviously focused their
efforts on going from one customer’s office to another, and not on closing deals. Instead of
the employees becoming more effective, they focused on getting the boxes ticked. Good
intent; poor thinking. Giaoandethitienganh.info
Another company wanted to improve the speed with which it was able to introduce
new products. Competition was beating it to the market place, and consequently the
company was losing market share. Senior management sent out the message to reduce the
time spent in getting products into customers' hands, with the explanation that they couldn't
afford delays. This was a relatively easy task, especially since the time spent testing the
products was cut in half to accomplish the time reduction. The result was new products
were introduced in less time than those of competition – but soon rejected by customers for
poor quality. Good intent; reckless implementation.
A third company I know is trying hard to help employees see that they have some
control over their future. The company instituted a programme with a title like ‘Creating
our own future’ or something like that. A good idea; get the people involved in the future of
the company. But instead of the employees becoming motivated to contribute, they saw it
as a hollow exercise on the part of senior management who, in the past, had paid little
attention to anything other than getting the job done so they could report great earnings.
Yes, the programme was a big ‘tick the box’ effort, but that was all it was in the minds of
the people that it was designed for.
A final example is of a company that brought in one of their ‘Investing in People’
programmes to change the way the company was run. Assessors were running around like
crazy, heling managers examine how they managed. They told managers how they could
manage better. And when the programme was over, the company was able to say that they
had done it - it had invested in its people and life was now good. But the managers simply
went back to business as usual. After all, the assessors were gone, and they had targets to
hit.
[80A] All these examples are representative of senior management who see the need
to improve things in their organization, but don't see how to do it. [80B] And when the
employees simply see the programme as a box-ticking exercise, then it's hopeless. If a
company is going to go through the effort implied in investing in people, it should make it
worthwhile. [80C] Defaulting on the choice to improve the decision-making process by
going through the motions is as lame as senior management saying their people’s poor
performance is not the senior management’s fault. [80D]
(adapted from CAE Practice Tests)
71.The writer thinks that putting the concept of “Investing in People” into practice……….
A. frequently results in confusion among the people it is supposed to help
B. involves more effort than some organizations are prepared to make
C. may create problems where previously there had not been any problems
D. is something that some organizations should not attempt to do
72. The writer’s main point in the second paragraph is that the performance of
employees………
A. may be very good even if management is poor
2
2
B. cannot be accurately measured by any box-ticking exercise
C. is related to their knowledge of the organization as a whole
D. is not as unpredictable as some managers believe it to be
73. What point does the writer make about the first company he describes?
A. It was not really interested in measuring the effectiveness of employees.
B. The targets that it set for staff were unrealistic.
C. It failed to understand the real needs of its employees.
D. The data that it collected did not measure what it was supposed to measure.
74. The word “objectives” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to………….
A. purposes B. goals C. motives D. reasons
75. What point does the writer make about the second company he describes?
A. It made what should have been an easy task into a complicated one.
B. It failed to foresee the consequences of an instruction.
C. It misunderstood why a new approach was required.
D. It refused to take into account the views of employees.
76.What does the writer say about the programme introduced by the third company he
mentions?
A. Employees did not believe that it had been introduced for their benefit.
B. Employees felt that it was in fact a way of making their jobs even harder.
C.The reason given for introducing it was not the real reason why it was introduced.
D. It was an inappropriate kind of programme for this particular organization.
77. The word "hollow” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to……...
A. not sincere B. without real value C. empty D. deep
78. The writer says that the programme in his final example………...
A. was too demanding for managers to maintain long-term
B. was treated as a self-contained exercise by managers
C. involved some strange ideas on how managers could improve
D. cause managers to believe that their previous methods had been better
79. The word "it" in the last paragraph refers to………..
A. senior management
B. improving things in things in the organiztion
C. organization
D. the need
80. Look at the four options [80A], [80B], [80C] and [80D], which indicate where the
following sentence could be added to the passage. Where would the sentence best fit?
For a start, a programme targeted at improving things is only as good as
management's ability to motivate their people.
A. [80A] B. [80B] C. [80C] D. [80D]
81. I think you should buy a new pair of shoes and get rid of those trainers.
It’s about ………………………………………………………………………...
82. Do not blame me if the tine-opener’s broken.
It is not…………………………………………………………………………...
83. Although he is industrious, he hasn’t succeeded.
Industrious……………………………………………………………………….
84. As she hadn’t been there before, America was a whole new experience for her.
2
2
Not………………………………………………………………………….........
85. I dislike it when people criticize me unfairly.
I object…………………………………………………………………………...
86. Are you saying Dan gets angry easily, Fiona? (SHORT)
Are you saying Dan………………………………………………, Fiona?
87. Why didn’t you search everywhere for your wallet? Then you might have found it.
(LOW)
If………………………………………………for your wallet, you might have found it.
88. Their first album was considerably more successful than their second. (NEAR)
The second album………………………………………………their first.
89. It only took us a few days to get to Milan. (MATTER)
We got to Milan………………………………………………days.
90. Wilson has so much talent that a number of different clubs are interested in him. (SO)
Wilson………………………………………………player that a number of different
clubs are interested in him.
Write a paragraph (150 words) about the causes of the fact that families now are not
as close-knit as they were in the past.
2
2
PRACTICE TEST 7
others’.
1. A. serving B. sermon C. sergeant D. servility
2. A. sanctuary B. victuals C. provocative D. muscovado
3. A. treason B. cleanser C. abreast D. breadth
4. A. moths B. wreaths C. myths D. sleuths
5. A.caveat B. chipotle C. dopamine D. palindrome
6. A. epitome B. panacea C. abiotic D. macaroni
7. A excruciating B. invigilator C. animosity D. accelerator
8. A. encyclopedia B. humanitarian C. cardiovascular D. unimaginable

9. A lot of his fans think that the love affair added a little zest to the actor’s life.
A. gusto B. adventure C. concern D. spice
10. He has been sitting there with a pensive expression on his face for hours.
A. oppressed B. caged C. thoughtful D. happy
11.What that woman said was just a flat-out lie.
A. white B. transparent C. deliberate D. complete
12. There is a dearth of international schools in this fast-developing city.
A. scarcity B. abundance C. mixture D. cluster
13. She was left totally speechless by his fatuous remark.
A. crafty B. frugal C. sensible D. inane
14. Due to thespread of the coronavirus, doctors and nurses from all over the country
have been working round the clock.
A. interruptedly B. permanently C. continuously D. accurately

15. She asks too much…………..me but I can’t always be there to help her.
A. for B. about C. to D. of
16.The chairperson invited the next speaker to…………..the floor.
A. share B. get C. take D. own
17. I’ll never forgive…………..so many lies.
A. his telling me B. his to telling me C. him to tell me D. him telling me
18. The accident happened……………the bus not having been properly serviced.
A. on account B. inconsequence C. owing to D. given that
19. There have been a few cases of seasonal flu recently but there…………..no cause for
alarm.
A. feels to be B. is felt to be
2
2
C. was felt being D. has been felt there is

HANG SON DOONG
I’ve always been someone who seeks out adventures, so imagine my excitement
when I found out that my trip to Vietnam would (20)………..with the opening up of the
world’s largest cave to visitors for the first time. Only discovered in 1990 by a local man,
(21)………..by accident, the cave wasn’t located again until 2009. (22)……….to say, I was
awe-struck at the mere thought of touring a cave this large - it is 2.5 miles long and so high
that it could (23)…………a 40-storey skyscraper!
My adventure began in style with a night camping in Hang En cave, which has
thousands of swallows nesting overhead. The next morning, we trekked through (24)
………. pristine jungle to the entrance of Son Doong and climbed down an almost vertical
80m drop into the darkness before swimming along a fast-following river. The cave is so
huge that there are wispy clouds near the ceiling. As we approached a massive skylight that
lit up the cave, a huge stalagmite that looked just like the paw of a dog came into (25)
…………...
This tour certainly isn’t for the (26)………….of heart, but really there is nothing to
be afraid of. Our guides were extremely knowledgeable, professional and safety (27)
………… I've never had such an amazing adventure!
(On Screen – C1)
20. A. coincide B. occur C. match D. correspond
21. A. exactly B. only C. practically D. purely
22. A. Worthless B. Needless C. Useless D. Pointless
23. A. fit B. contain C. include D. enclose
24. A. dense B. heavy C. concentrated D. rich
25. A. range B. glimpse C. view D. vision
26. A. bad B. slight C. mild D. faint
27. A. conscious B. sure C. informed D. wise
New Age Music
New Age music is a genre of music that is meditative in function and style. Its
purpose is psychological, as it creates a peaceful environment, providing a background for
the listener to reflect, contemplate, rest and do light exercises. It cannot be compared to
easy listening music, however, which is popular music that has a lyrical or romantic tune
and uses soft and soothing orchestration. New Age is essentially instrumental music with
light rhythms and repetitive, simple and harmonic melodies; there are no strident sounds or
a heavy beat. Having little or no vocal arrangements at the start, it has evolved to include
Sanskrit, Tibetan or Native American chants and lyrics in modern days.
New Age music developed from the musical experimentation of various composers in
the 1960s and 1970s. The virtuosity of techniques inspired them to explore the
contemplative nature of music. The musicians fused the electronic and the acoustic forms,
two conflicting trends, to develop New Age music. Steven Halpern, considered the world's
leading composer of "relaxing music”, paved the way for acceptance of the new sound.
Unable to find a producer to record his music, he published and marketed his compositions
as music for wellness and health. The style was further consolidated and influenced by
musicians such as Holger Czukay, Popol Vuh and the Tangerine Dream, Brian Eno, Robert
2
2
Fripp, John Hassell, George Winston and others. When the music was introduced to the
public on radio, it was called "space music" since it had some electronic quality in it, but
was later popularized as "New Age music" by disc jockeys. Perhaps this was to connect it
to the New Age, a broad spiritual-philosophical movement of the 20 th century, but the music
and the movement were actually unrelated. It was more a marketing label to differentiate
the music from mainstream instrumental music and to arouse the public's curiosity for the
new genre.
Although New Age music was a greatly appreciated style of music in its beginnings,
it became difficult to classify and lost its acceptance by musicians and the public. The
confusion regarding New Age music began soon after the public first became aware of the
style. The term New Age music became more widely known to the public by a record label
Windham Hill Records, which was established by guitarist Will Ackerman who wanted a
more acoustic New Age sound. The label came to be associated with New Age music even
when artists who recorded with the label were not New Age musicians. In fact, their
musical roots had more to do with other musical forms - classical, jazz, folk, bluegrass.
Nevertheless, no one objected to the designation because New Age records were extremely
profitable at the time. Soon, both producers and consumers were unsure about what
constituted New Age music. In the 1980s, ethnic music, specifically Celtic music, which is
a broad musical classification, was introduced into the New Age style. In the 1990s, New
Age music splintered into different directions, making the genre virtually unidentifiable.
Artists produced music similar to the traditions of New Age music but did not call
themselves New Age musicians; their motives were far removed from the idealism of the
genre. This made the marketing of New Age music a dilemma for record company
executives who could no longer determine what New Age music was and what it was not.
The term New Age music has become meaningless in today's culture. A keyboardist,
whose music may be classified as New Age by tradition, opined that the term had too much
baggage and did not want to be associated with it. Record executives call New Age music
Contemporary Impressionism or New Acoustic music, which, not surprisingly, is
considered by listeners today as being something completely different from New Age
music.
(TOEFL iBT ACTIVATOR Reading - Expert)
28.The word "soothing" in the passage is closest in meaning to______.
A. tending B. calm C. steady D. fragile
29.The word "strident” in the passage could best be replaced by_____.
A. whimsical B. stinking C. harsh D. plain
30. According to paragraph 1, all of the following are descriptive of New Age music
EXCEPT that…………
A. its tunes are repeated B. it has uncluttered harmonies
C. its rhythms are intricate D. it induces an introspective mood
31. Which of the following is true about New Age music in paragraph 2?
A. It was created and championed by Steven Halpern.
B. Its best compositions were written in the 1960s and 1970s.
C. It was disesteemed by the critics who called it “space music”
D. It is a mix of two different styles of music.
32. The word “it” in the passage refers to…………
A. music for wellness and health B. public
C. radio D. electronic quality
33. What can be inferred about the use of the term New Age to label the new musical
genre?
2
2
A. New Age music was a natural outcome of the New Age movement.
B. People in the 20th century considered the New Age movement very important.
C. The disc jockeys wanted to promote spirituality and philosophy.
D. Those who coined the term were unfamiliar with the New Age movement.
34. The identity of New Age music became confusing even from the beginning because
…………
A. well-known New Age artists had recorded other genres or styles of music, so many
kinds of music styles were blended
B. New Age music sounded very similar to other types of music, particularly easy
listening music
C. other musical forms such as classical, jazz, folk and bluegrass used rhythms and
harmonies from New Age music
D. in pursuit of commercial success, non-New Age artists professed themselves to
play New Age music and managed to work with a New Age music company.
35. Why does the author mention “keyboardist” in the passage?
A. To describe how the term New Age music has been changed by players
B. To insist that New Age music is no longer recognizable in name and style
C. To explain that certain artists preferred New Acoustic music to New Age music
D. To show that some musicians did not want to play New Age music anymore
Choose the suitable response to each of the following dialogues.

36. Sarah: “Would you help me wash the dishes?”
Helen: “…………”
A. How did it happen? B. Sorry, no dice.
C. Yes, I would. D. Don’t worry
37. Customer: “Can I try this pair of jeans on?”
Shop assistant: “…………..”
A. Sure, you can. Take it easy. B. Thanks. I just look around
C. Of course. The fitting room is over there. D. Not at all.
38. Jack: “How did you find out I won the contest?”
Jill: “…………”
A. Congratulations! B. Eat your words.
C. Sorry, I forgot to ask. D. Word gets around!
39. Brian: “You might get into the football team if you practise hard.”
Nick: “………..”
A. Good idea! B. Yes, I'd love to.
C. Yes, and pigs might fly! D. Never mind. It doesn’t matter.
40. Mary: “I think everyone should stay home as much as they can to help stop the
Coronavirus.”
Karen: “………….”
A. I couldn’t agree with you more. B. I can’t help thinking about it.
C. You the same. D. Yes, they do.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a complete conversation.
41. a. Really? I’m not keen on watching TV. What’s else do you like doing?
b. Me too! Let’s go to the cinema someday.
c. I love playing sport. How about you?
d. What do you like doing in your free time, Jamie?
e. Oh, I can’t stand playing sport. I prefer watching TV.
2
2
f. I’m fond of drawing. And I enjoy going to the cinema.
A. d-c-e-a-f-b B. c-f-b-d-e-a C. d-c-f-a-b-e D. f-b-d-c-e-a
42. a. We used to sit and chat, or listen to the radio.
b. No, we didn't have a television. And we didn't have a car, too.
c. What did you use to do in the evening?
d. Oh, it was very different.
e. What was life like in the village when you were young, grandma?
f. Did you use to watch television?
A. c-a-f-b-e-d B. e-d-f-b-c-a C. e-d-c-a-f-b D. c-a- e-d-f-b
43. a. No problem. Is Joel with you?
b. You should go to the department store. They don’t cost very much there.
c. No, he's at home. He hates shopping. He never comes with me.
d. I’m in a clothes shop in town. I'm looking for a new top. But I'm not having much
luck. They’re all really expensive.
e. OK. Thanks for the advice.
f. Hey, Claire, where are you?
A. d-b-a-c-f-d B. f-d-b-e-a-c C. a-c-f-d-b-e D. f-d-a-c-b-e
44. a. Overall, I think the coach is the best. It’s certainly the cheapest.
b. OK, let’s go by train.
c. Well, the plane is certainly the quickest and easiest, but it's also the most expensive.
d. But I hate long coach journeys. I always feel sick. I think the coach is the worst
option!
e. We’re going to London this weekend. How shall we get there? Train, coach, or
plane?
f. Yes, the train and coach are cheaper. I think the train is the most convenient and the
most comfortable.
A. c-f-a-d-e-b B. e-f-c-a-d-b C. e-c-f-a-d-b D. a-d-c-f-e-b
45. a. Sorry, could you repeat that, please? Go along Victoria Street, under the bridge, ...
b. You’re welcome.
c. Excuse me. Can you direct me to the museum, please?
d. Yes. Take the first right and turn left at the traffic lights. Go past the cinema and it's
opposite the café, on the corner.
e. Thank you very much.
f. Sure. Go along Victoria Street, under the bridge. Take the first right. Then turn left at
the traffic lights. Go past the cinema and the museum is on the corner, opposite the café.
A. c-d-a-f-e-b B. c-f-d-b-a-d C. a-d-c-f-e-b D. c-f-a-d-e-b

Choose the sentence CLOSEST in meaning to the given one(s) in each of the following
questions.
46. By being absent so often Paul failed the examination.
A. Paul’s frequent absences cost him his chance of passing the examination.
B. Being absent so often caused Paul fail his examination.
C. Paul failed his examination although he was absent quite often.
D. Paul’s failure in his examination accounted for his frequent absences.
47. His fake arrogance only hid genuine insecurity.
A. His insecurity and his arrogance were hidden.
B. His fake arrogance was hidden behind his insecurity.
2
3
C. Behind his fake arrogance lay a hidden insecurity.
D. His fake arrogance made him feel insecure.
48. Even if the job market is not stable, those who persist will be able to land jobs
eventually.
A. When it’s hard to find a job, jobs on land are even harder.
B. Patient people will secure jobs even in an instable job market.
C. Only persistent job seekers can find jobs.
D. In land jobs are only available to persistent job applicants.
49. Living on the moon is still a far-fetched dream of human beings.
A. The moon is too far for us to to live on.
B. It will take us a long time to be able to live on the moon.
C. We should not dream of living on the moon.
D. We will be able to live on the moon in a very near future.
50. I could have asked Jimmy to lend me the book.
A. Jimmy lent me the book I wanted.
B. I wanted to borrow Jimmy the book so I asked him.
C. I could lend Jimmy the book and I did.
D. I could borrow the book from Jimmy but I didn’t.
Choose the sentence that best combine the given one(s) in each of the following
questions.
51. I tried to speak English very carefully. I also tried to speak clearly.
A. Not only did I try to speak English very carefully, I also tried to speak clearly.
B. I tried not only to speak Engish very carefully but also speak clearly.
C. I tried to speak English not only very carefully but also clearly.
D. I tried to speak English very carefully and also clearly.
52. We have been friends for years. It is quite easy to share secrets between us.
A. Having been friends for years, we find easy to share secrets between us.
B. Having been friends for years, it is quite easy to share secrets between us.
C. Being friends for years, we find it easy to share secrets.
D. Having been friends for years, we find it easy to share secrets between us.
53. Nathaniel Hawthorne wrote four novels. ‘The Scarlet Letter’ became an American
literary classic.
A.Nathaniel Hawthorne wrote four novels, one of which, ‘The Scarlet Letter’, became
an American literary classic.
B.Nathaniel Hawthorne wrote four novels, one of which is ‘The Scarlet Letter’ became
C. Nathaniel Hawthorne wrote four novels, of which ‘The Scarlet Letter’ became an
American literary classic.
D. Nathaniel Hawthorne wrote four novels, of which one, ‘The Scarlet Letter’ became
54. He was suspected to have stolen credit cards. The police have investigated him for
days.
A.He has been investigated for days, suspected to have stolen credit cards.
B.Suspecting to have stolen credit cards, he has been investigated for days.
C.Having suspected to have stolen credit cards, he has been investigated for days.
D. Suspected to have stolen credit cards, he has been investigated for days.
55. The shopkeeper didn’t show me the shirt. She didn’t show me the sweater.
A. The shopkeeper neither showed me the shirt nor showed me the sweater.
2
3
B. The shopkeeper showed me neither the shirt nor showed me the sweater.
C. The shopkeeper showed me neither the shirt nor the sweater.
D. The shopkeeper neither didn't show me the shirt nor she didn’t show me the sweater.
Read the following essay and choose the best answer to each question.
Happiness is state of being that everyone wants to achieve. A positive outlook can
help you be happy and change the outcome of your life. (56)………...
A positive outlook helps you find happiness in professional, social, and personal
relationships. Having a positive attitude will help you find a good job and keep it.
Colleagues enjoy working with someone who always looks at the bright side and avoids
conflict. Friends will appreciate your energy and want to spend more time with you. A
happy person makes everybody else happy. It is contagious. Happiness and a positive
outlook on life can also have a beneficial effect on personal relationships. (57)………...,
any partnership will be a solid, strong, and happy relationship.
Having a positive outlook also makes a person healthy. In fact, medical science has
proven that stress, which causes many of today's common illnesses such as high blood
pressure, heart disease and cancer, can be avoided when people feel good about themselves.
(58)………..., a chemical substance called serotonin will be released into your blood
stream, giving you an immediate feeling of well-being and tranquility. It has also been
found that the elderly recover faster from illness when they are cheerful. Being positive and
happy is synonymous with health and longevity.
Finally, people with positive outlooks are stronger and capable of confronting
difficult situations. They develop clear minds, which help them cope with life's changes
better than those individuals who are not at peace with themselves. Happy people's
optimism creates the strength needed to find rational solutions to the many unexpected
problems that life presents. This optimism also promotes self-esteem. For example, happier
students are more likely to approach professors for help when they are having some trouble
in their course work. (59)………...unhappy or less happy students may internalize their
frustrations and be less likely to seek out help.
(60)……….... Happiness will bring us strong relationships, good health, and the
ability to face any obstacle. If we promise ourselves to laugh more and think positively, we
will change our lives for the better.
56.
A. While the positive outlook can benefit your relationships and your health, it is
likely to deter you from facing difficulties
B. It can enrich your relationships, improve your health, and guide you through some
of life’s greatest challenges
C. I absolutely believe your positive outlook can help you with your relationships,
health and overcome difficulties
D. You will have more relationships, be in good condition and face difficulties thanks
to your positive outlook on life
57.
A. As a matter of fact B. For example
C. As a consequence D. In general
58.
A. Unless you are humorous and smile a lot
B. Only when you have a good sense of humor and laugh a lot
C. If only you had a good sense of humor and laugh a lot
D. If you have a good sense of humor and laugh a lot
2
3
59.
A. Moreover B. Nevertheless C. In contrast D. For instance
60.
A. To sum up, we should be stronger when facing obstacles in our lives
B. In conclusion, it is a good idea to have a positive outlook and recognize what
makes us happy since it will bring us more harmony
C. All in all, it is advisable we should stay healthy to maintain our positive outlook on
life
D. In summary, we should not deny the positive effects of positive thinking
Write a letter (150 words) on the following topic:
You have agreed to take part in an exchange programme organized by your school. An
English-speaking student is going to spend a month with you.
Write a letter to that student and in your letter you should:
• describe your home
• introduce what there is to do in your town
You do NOT need to write any addresses. Begin your letter as follows:
Dear…,
Write an essay (250 words) on the following topic:
These days people in some countries are living in a “throwaway” society which means
people use things in a short time then throw them away. What are the causes and effects of
this phenomenon?
2
3
PRACTICE TEST 8
PART A: PHONETICS (10 POINTS)
others'.
1. A. massive B. artefact C. craftsman D. attraction
2. A. frustrated B. hatred C. wretched D. relaxed
3. A. orchid B. charcoal C. chaos D. psychiatrist
4. A. illiterate B. itinerary C. stalagmite D. textile
5. A. tankard B.dengue C. conquer D. bundle
6. A. multicultural B. cooperative C. metropolitan D. geological
7. A. deficiency B. individual C. parabolic D. cultivation
8. A. conspicuous B. administer C. hesitancy D. imperial
9. A. astronomy B. facilitate C. spectacular D. moisturizer
10. A. concentrate B. contestant C. authentic D. compartment
PART B: LEXICON AND GRAMMAR (40 POINTS)

Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
11.Low self-esteem is………….a huge amount of unhappiness and mental illness.
A. of B. for C. behind D. with
12. People are much more likely to go………….you if you do things their way.
A. along with B. together with C. on with D. away with
13. Has John decided whether he is going to accept or is he still sitting on the………….?
A. line B. fence C. border D. edge
14. As living abroad, he can only afford to see his………….family once a year.
A. enlarged B. expanded C. excepted D. extended
15. Children coming from a………….family tend to have emotional and mental problems.
A. spoiled B. dysfunctional C. destructive D. malfunctional
16. Their phones look quite similar but one costs………….the other.
A. twice as much as B. twice more than C. twice as more as D. twice higher than
17. To apply for U.S visa, you………….out the DS-160 application form and submit it
online.
A. are filled B. to fill C. are filling D. are to fill
18. Since Doi Moi in 1986, Vietnamese people have been optimistic about
the………….for
their economy.
A. future B. perspective C. prospect D. potential
19. Many Asian families nowadays still give………….treatment to their sons and
grandsons.
A. favourite B. preferential C. sensible D. influential
20. Australia’s wildfires………….to be over now.
A. are appeared B. appear C. are appearing D. have appeared
21. During the 2008 global financial crisis, thousands of companies went bankrupt or
had to…………..
A. shrink B. diminish C. downsize D. decrease
22.The show was successful mainly because they………….for months.
2
3
A. had rehearsed B. have rehearsed
C. has been rehearsing D. had been rehearsing
23. Mary’s brother: “Where have you been all day?”
Mary: "Curiosity killed the………….
A. cat B. crab C. cow D. dog
24. Sharing a flat with her made me go through a………….of emotions as she was a
drama queen.
A. swing B. seesaw C. roller coaster D. slide
25………….we haven’t spoken with each other since we left school.
A. Until then B. Not yet C. Recently D. As yet
26. It was so rude of him to………….the door in our face the other day.
A. beat B. slam C. slap D. shut
27. Gender equality and support for women have come………….in the past few decades.
A. a long way B. into bloom C. forward D. towards light
28. Most flights to China were………….amid the coronavirus outbreak earlier this year.
A. dismissed B. discharged C. expelled D. suspended
29. Although he is the breadwinner, his salary is………….inadequate for the needs of the
whole family.
A. sadly B. nearly C. pitifully D. regrettably
30………….Emily better tell her father what happened?
A. Mustn’t B. Oughtn’t C. Shouldn't D. Hadn't
31. Because of a foolish mistake, she failed to meet the deadline.
A. blunder B. haste C. failure D.misfortune
32. The scar on his forehead only made him look more distinguished.
A. distracted B. injured C. dignified D. intelligent
33. They were paid a ridiculous amount of money for such a simple job.
A. contemptible B. huge C. reasonable D. ludicrous
34. In 1991, the British government made it mandatory to wear rear seat belts in cars.
A. compulsory B. optional C. superior D. imperative
35. Frequent facial massage can somehow stimulate collagen production in your skin.
A. hinder B. stop C. destroy D. minimize
Choose the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.
Write the correction.
36. Many smokers are unwilling to (A) cease (B) smoking despite (C) they have
knowledge of bad heath (D) effects.
37. Throughout (A) his presidency, Trump repeatedly pushed the limits (B) of social media
companies’ policies when (C) it came to share (D) false information.
38. The importance of a (A) balance of trade to (B) a healthy (C) economy has been never
(D) clearer than it is now.
39. The question remains whether (A) that (B) it was a serious love affair (C) or a passing
(D) fancy.
2
3
40. Surgical (A) masks in the (B) community are only helpful in avoiding (C) people who
have coronavirus diseases from spreading it (D) to others.
SLEEP LESS AND LIVE LONGER
According to a (41. RECENT)………….published study, people who only get
six or seven hours of sleep have longer life (42. EXPECT)………….than those who
sleep eight or more hours. “The idea that we need eight hours of sleep is completely (43.
SCIENCE)………….,” said Professor Daniel Kripke, who led the study.
The methods used, however, have been (44. CRITIC) ………….. Investigators
relied on people’s own accounts of how long they slept, which could be rather (45.
PRECISE)…………., as no one really knows when they fall asleep. Contrary to
Professor Kripke's findings, most experts believe that getting (46. SUFFICE)………….
sleep is a serious problem. Lack of sleep can be dangerous - for example, the risk of
accidents is (47. GREAT)………….affected by a person’s level of alertness.
What all scientists agree on is that more research is needed to discover exactly what
the (48. CONNECT)………….is between sleep and longevity. This research is essential
because with all the (49. DISTRACT)………….of modern life, such as cable TV and the
Internet, it seems that a good night's rest is becoming (50. INCREASE)………….rare.
(Mastermind Use of English)

PLANETS BEYOND OUR SOLAR SYSTEM
Throughout history we have wondered about the possibility (51)………….life
beyond the Earth. It is only in recent years, however, that advances in technology (52)
…………. revealed the existence of extrasolar planets (or “exoplanets”); (53)………….is
to say, planets which orbit not our own Sun, but other stars in the universe. So (54)
…………., astronomers have identified a few thousand exoplanets, but believe that
billions more exist.
Although many astronomers believe that a large (55)………….of planets in the
universe are capable of supporting (56)…………. kinds of living organism, whether or not
life has developed on any of them (57)………….not yet known. An essential requirement
for life is liquid water. (58)………….a planet is to have liquid water on its surface, its
temperature must be (59)………….too hot nor too cold. However, (60)………….a planet,
other than the Earth, has yet to be discovered.
(CAE Grammar and Vocabulary for Advanced)
questions.
ETIQUETTE
In sixteenth-century Italy and eighteenth-century France, waning prosperity and
increasing social unrest led the ruling families to try to preserve their superiority by
withdrawing from the lower and middle classes behind barriers of etiquette. In a
prosperous community, on the other hand, polite society soon absorbs the newly rich, and
in England there has never been any shortage of books on etiquette for teaching them the
manners appropriate to their new way of life.
Every code of etiquette has contained three elements: basic moral duties; practical
rules which promote efficiency; and artificial, optional graces such as formal compliments
to, say, women on their beauty or superiors on their generosity and importance.
2
3
In the first category are consideration for the weak and respect for age. Among the
ancient Egyptians the young always stood in the presence of older people. Among the
Mponguwe of Tanzania, the young men bow as they pass the huts of the elders. In
England, until about a century ago, young children did not sit in their parents' presence
without asking permission.
Practical rules are helpful in such ordinary occurrences of social life as making
proper introductions at parties or other functions so that people can be brought to know
each other. Before the invention of the fork, etiquette directed that the fingers should be
kept as clean as possible; before the handkerchief came into common use, etiquette
suggested that, after spitting, a person should rub the spit inconspicuously underfoot.
Extremely refined behaviour, however, cultivated as an art of gracious living, has
been characteristic only of societies with wealth and leisure, which admitted women as the
social equals of men. After the fall of Rome, the first European society to regulate
behaviour in private life in accordance with a complicated code of etiquette was twelfth-
century Provence, in France.
Provence had become wealthy. The lords had returned to their castles from the
crusades, and there the ideals of chivalry grew up, which emphasized the virtue and
gentleness of women and demanded that a knight should profess a pure and dedicated love
to a lady who would be his inspiration, and to whom he would dedicate his valiant deeds,
though he would never come physically close to her. This was the introduction of the
concept of romantic love, which was to influence literature for many hundreds of years and
which still lives on in a debased form in simple popular songs and cheap novels today.
In Renaissance Italy too, in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, a wealthy and
leisured society developed an extremely complex code of manners, but the rules of
behaviour of fashionable society had little influence on the daily life of the lower classes.
Indeed many of the rules, such as how to enter a banquet room, or how to use a sword or
handkerchief for ceremonial purposes, were irrelevant to the way of life of the average
working man, who spent most of his life outdoors or in his own poor hut and most
probably did not have a handkerchief, certainly not a sword, to his name.
Yet the essential basis of all good manners does not vary. Consideration for the old
and weak and the avoidance of harming or giving unnecessary offence to others is a
feature of all societies everywhere and at all levels from the highest to the lowest. You can
easily think of dozens of examples of customs and habits in your own daily life which
come under this heading.
(Practical Faster Reading)
61. In the sixteenth-century Italy and eighteenth-century France, the ruling
families……….
A. tried to destroy the lower and middle classes using etiquette
B. discriminated against the lower classes using etiquette
C. tried to teach etiquette to the lower and middle-classes
D. put the middle and working classes into fenced enclosures
62. In England, the upper classes………..
A. have always followed the French attitude to the lower classes
B. accept the newly rich in spite of their lower-class manners
C. publish books on etiquette for the newly rich
D. seem to accept a newly rich person provided he makes some attempt to adjust to
upper-class life
63. Every code of etiquette has contained three elements which are………...
A. practical rules, optional moral duties and formal compliment
2
3
B. formal compliments, basis moral duties and practical rules
C. optional moral duties, optional practical rules and artificial graces
D. rules, regulations and requirements
64. The custom of young men bowing to show respect when passing the dwellings of
their elders was cited as a characteristic of………...
A. the ancient Egyptians B. parts of Tanzania
C. England, about a century ago D. all societies
65.The practical rules of etiquette, for example those governing table manners………..
A. are the same all over the world
B. sometimes vary according to time and circumstance
C. became unnecessary with the invention of the knife and fork
D. are not liable to change
66. Etiquette cultivated as an art gracious living…………..
A. has been typical of rich and leisured societies
B. advocates that women are the same as men
C. began in nineteenth-century Provence
D. looks down on extremely refined behaviour
67. The ideals of chivalry demanded that………...
A. a knight should never have physical relationships with women
B. a knight should inspire his lady to valiant deeds
C. a knight should dedicate his valiant deeds to a woman
D. romantic people should influence literature
68. The rules of etiquette in Renaissance Italy………...
A.were chiefly concerned with the correct use of one’s sword or handkerchief
B.were practised by the majority of society
C. did not apply to a large section of society
D. were fairly simple to follow
69. The average working man in fifteenth-century Italy……...
A.spent all his life outdoors
B.spent all his life in his own poor hut
C. had better social manners than workers today
D. was unlikely to have possessed a sword
70. Consideration for the old and weak and the avoidance of giving unnecessary offense
to others are………..
A. the essential basis of all systems of good manners
B. not a universal feature of etiquette
C. taught to the lower classes by the upper classes
D. often neglected by polite society
You are going to read a magazine article about the sport of horse racing. Six
sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the
one which fits each gap. Number (0) has been done for you.
HORSE RACING
One of the most popular spectator sports in England is horse racing. There are
racecourses in all parts of the country and on most days of the year, there will be two or
three race meetings taking place. (0)...D…__
There are basically two types of horse racing - jump racing and flat racing. As the
names suggest, in jump racing, the horses have to jump over fences whilst in flat racing,
they simply have to run as fast as possible along a flat track. (71)………….. It might be
thought that jump racing would be considered the more important type of racing as horses
2
3
not only have to run but also have to jump. In fact, the reserve is true, as flat racing is
considered to be superior. (72)…………...
Unfortunately, but inevitably, racing is a dangerous sport for the jockeys who ride
the horses. Jockeys in jump races risk injuries not only from hitting the ground if they fall
off their horse but also from being hit by other horses if they fall at a fence. (73)
…………...
Jockeys love to ride but, as most of them do not earn a great deal, they also need the
money they make from racing. (74)…………... Gee Armitage, one of the relatively few
women jockeys, is one who had a very serious fall some time ago and spent months in
considerable pain. (75)…………...
In spite of all her suffering, she was absolutely determined to return to the sport
which she loved, although her friends and family wished that she would simply give it up.
Gee says: “Racing is something you just can't give up. For a lot of us, there are many more
bad days than good days, but the good days are so good that they make up for the rest.”
(How to Pass FCE - Exam practice in
Reading) Missing sentences:
A. As their passion for riding is so great, they do not worry greatly about how much
money they make from the sport.
B. “Jockeys are paid for every time they ride,” said a race course doctor. “If I tell an
injured jockey that he cannot ride in the following race, he loses money.”
C. Flat races take place in the summer months and are generally run over shorter distances
than jump races. The emphasis is totally on speed.
D. Although many people go to race meetings to bet money on which horses will win,
others go to see the horses or simply because they enjoy the lively and exciting
atmosphere.
E. Even though jockeys are well aware of the dangers involved, they are usually keen to
return to racing as soon as possible, even when their injuries have been very painful and
serious.
F. In spite of this, the most famous horse race in Britain is a jump race called the Grand
National. This takes place at Aintree in Liverpool every spring and attracts people from all
over the world.
G. She had been riding in a race at Huntingdon and her horse had been jumping perfectly
but then fell badly at the next-to-last fence. Gee managed to get up and walk to the
ambulance but was taken straight to hospital where she stayed for the next month.

to the first sentence. Write between THREE and SIX words including the given
words.
76. It seems like Justin and Selena might break up soon. (VERGE)
Justin and Selena…………………………………..breaking up.
77. The movie ‘Forrest Gump’ was an adaption of a novel by Winston Groom. (BASED)
They…………………………………..a novel by Winston Groom.
78. Thinking of a new development plan for the company is the duty of the management
team. (SUPPOSED)
The management team………………………up with a new development plan for
the company.
79. As soon as Lily graduated from Harvard, she was taken on by a big law firm.
(LANDED)
2
3
On graduation from Harvard, Lily…………………………………..with a big law firm.
80. Brian will do anything to get an A in this class. (LENGTHS)
Brian will…………………………………..an A in this class.

81. If/ I/ be/ you/ I/ go/ ask/ her advice/ myself.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
82. Camouflage/ be/ one/ most effective/ way/ animals/ avoid/ attack/ treeless Arctic.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
83. Large numbers/ young people/ complete/ university/ last summer/ be/ still/ work.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
84. The Faculty/ Education/ house/ the new building/ the main campus/ offer/ courses/
undergraduate/ postgraduate/ level.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
85. There/ be/ growing concern/ people/ consumption/ wild animals/ and/ hidden dangers/
it/ bring/ public health security/ since/ novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19)/ outbreak.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
Write an essay (250 words) about how to prevent adverse effects of TV violence on
children.
2
4
PRACTICE TEST 9
others’.
1. A. fluid B. bluish C. cruise D. ruin
2. A. sometimes B. measles C. diabetes D. clothes
3. A. chauffeur B. archive C. chandelier D. cache
4. A. mauve B. nausea C. jaunt D. raucous
5. A. suspension B. excursion C. invasion D. extension
6. A. diarrhoea B. medieval C. ballerina D. hyperbole
7. A. plagiarize B. iguana C. cavalry D. mischievous
8. A. terminology B. invaluable C. abominable D. intimidating
9. A. camomile B. barrister C. persistent D. illustrate
10. A. acupuncture B. petroleum C. enthusiast D. indigenous
PART B: LEXICON AND GRAMMAR (40 POINTS)

Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
11. Child actors often show great…………. for their age.
A. credibility B. curiosity C. maturity D. imitation
12. Journalists are supposed to maintain their…………., but theatre critics often praise
their friends.
A. clearance B. ignorance C. complexity D. objectivity
13. The CEO refused………….to discuss any of the staffs demands for more pay.
A. down and about B. outright
C. outlook D. downright
14. My sister was so engrossed………….the book that she didn’t hear I come in.
A. in B. into C. with D. to
15. Tom: “Hi Lee, I’m just calling to see how you are.”
Lee: “It’s funny you should call. I………….about you.”
A. had just thought B. was just thinking
C. was just to think D. just think
16. Our landlord………….more helpful during our stay.
A. mustn’t have been B. had to be
C. will have been D. couldn’t have been
17. Would the job involve………….Spanish regularly?
A. to be speaking B. my speaking C. me to speak D. I speaking
18. Vietnamese football fans came from………….to celebrate the victory of their national
football team.
A. far and wide B. round and about C. there and then D. round and round
19. All the plans have been made. You can’t………….out now.
A. step B. stamp C. back D. punch
20.………….that you consult an experienced financial advisor.
A. It is advisable B. You are advised C. There is advice D. You are
advisable
21. There need to be………….changes in the health system to bring it up to date.
A. strong B. liberal C. primitive D. radical
2
4
22.………….the rain has stopped can the repair work begin.
A. Until B. Only when C. At no time D. No sooner
23.…………., she didn’t attend her neighbour’s pool party.
A. Not inviting B. Not being invite C. Being not invited D. Having not
invited
24. Everything will be fine. Just keep your………….on!
A. chin B. head C. hair D. leg
25. Our teacher promised to contact us………….out.
A. until the exam results come B. the minute the exam results come
C. as soon the exam results will come D. the moment the exam results will come
INTERIOR DESIGN
In first glance, you may not think that your bank, for instance, has been special
designed. But in fact, the look of most every room that is used by the public is the work of
a professional designer. A design must take in account the activities which will take place
in that space and create atmosphere in tune with them. More than ever before we
understand that our surrounding influence our behaviour to a great extent. For example,
dim light and soft red colours may look attractive at home but would be out of place in an
office where employees were expected to alert at all times. Designs must also be in
harmony with the architect of the building and consider the fact that users need to be
within reach of conveniences like power points. Interior design, in other words, is one of
few professions requiring a combination of artist talent and practical skills.
(Adapted from Mastermind Use of English)
For example: 0. In →At
26……………. 27……………. 28……………. 29…………….
30……………. 31……………. 32……………. 33…………….
34……………. 35…………….
A CRUEL ATTACK
Two decades ago, the (36. NATURE)…………… Dian Fossey, whose story is
featured in the film Gorillas in the Mist, drew the world's attention to the plight of the
African mountain gorilla, and convinced the Rwandan government of their (37. SIGNIFY)
……………to the country. She correctly predicted that gorilla-related tourism would
create more (38. EMPLOY)……………and generate more income than poaching could.
After Ms. Fossey’s (39. TRAGEDY)……………in 1985, there were no more
poaching deaths, either human or gorilla, for many years. But a (40. MERCY)……………
attack in 2002 sparked worries that the trade in live gorillas was still going strong. Two
adult females were killed leaving several babies (41. MOTHER)……………, a three-year-
old was stolen and a male gorilla was shot and wounded. Experts feared for the life of the
youngest gorilla, as no baby has ever survived in (42. CAPTURE)……………. Today,
there are only an (43. ESTIMATION)…………… 700 gorillas left in the world, so every
individual is important to the (44. SURVIVE)……………of the species. In 2008, a new
project began, involving the three African countries where the gorillas live. It aims to
protect these apes with improved security and by (45. ENCOURAGE)……………local
2
4
communities from destroying the region’s forests.
Complete each of the following sentences with suitable particles.

46. I was amazed that my friend could doze……………in the middle of that action movie.
47. My father spent the whole weekend puzzling……………how to fix his favorite
gadget.
48. Oh Gosh! Have they not done……………the bulky waste in front of our house?
49. As soon as the pandemic was declared, confusion and fear crept……………everyone.
50. The manager has rejected all the proposals put……………by his staff.

questions.
THE WORLD MELTS UNDER THEIR FEET
While scientists debate the causes of climate change and the likely (51)…………of
global warming, the Inuit (the native people of the Arctic tundra) are watching their world
disappear before their eyes, as the ice (52) …………. The Inuit live in small settlements
along the (53)…………of Alaska, Canada, Greenland and northernmost Russia, and rely
on hunting and fishing to survive. Inuit hunters forecast the weather by looking for
warning signs in the clouds, the ocean (54)…………, and in animal behavior. In such a
(55)…………climate, this knowledge can mean the difference between life and death. In
recent years, however, weather conditions have become unpredictable. Thunderstorms in a
region where it was once too cold for them are not (56)…………. Winters are milder
and summers last longer, altering the natural (57)…………of the animals the Inuit hunt,
causing their numbers to (58)…………. The Inuit can no longer rely on the same hunting
grounds, and movement over the ice can be (59) ………… because it is thinning and
breaking up at an alarming rate. Some scientists predict that the Arctic could be ice-free
(60) ………… 50 years. Whatever the consequences of this for the planet as a whole, it
would certainly mean the end of the Inuit way of life.
51. A. reasons B. events C. affects D. effects

52. A. wades B. thaws C. flows D. trickles
53. A. coastlines B. landmarks C. outlooks D. mainland
54. A. drizzle B. rainfall C. currents D. draughts
55. A. strict B. harsh C. risky D. rocky
56. A. unaware B. unhealthy C. uncommon D. untimely
57. A. continent B. descent C. estuary D. habitat
58. A. diminish B. dawdle C. dry up D. come down on
59. A. cautious B. disastrous C. perilous D. numerous
60. A. in B. within C. until D. by
questions.
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF HEREDITY
Over 150 years ago, in the middle of the nineteenth century, the Austrian Monk
Gregor Mendel provided us with the first scientific explanation for why children look like
2
4
their parents. By experimenting with different straits of peas in his garden, he happened to
discover the laws of heredity.
Mendel bred tall pea plants with short pea plants, expecting to get medium-height
pea plants in his garden. However, mixing tall and short “parent” plants did not produce
medium-sized “children” as a result. Instead, it produced some generations that were tall
and others that were short.
This led Mendel to hypothesize that all traits (such as eye color or height) have both
dominant or recessive characteristics. If the dominant characteristic is present, it
suppresses the recessive characteristic. For example, tallness (T) might be dominant and
shortness (t) recessive. Where there is a dominant T, offspring will be tall. Where there is
no dominant T, offspring will be short.
Imagine, for example, that each parent has two “markers" for height: TT, Tt or tt.
The child inherits one marker from each parent. If both parents have full tallness (TT and
TT), the child will definitely be tall; any marker the child could receive is the dominant
marker for tallness. If both parents have full shortness (tt and tt), then the child will
likewise be short; there are no dominants Ts to suppress the shortness. However, if both
parents have a mix of markers (Tt and Tt), then there are four possible combinations: TT,
Tt, tT and tt. Of course, TT will result in a tall child and tt in a short child. If the child
receives one T and one t, the child will also be tall, since tallness is dominant and will
suppress the marker for shortness. Thus, if both parents have a mix (Tt and Tt), the child
has a 75% chance of being tall and a 25% chance of being short.
This is an over-simplification, but it is the basis of Mendel’s theory, which was later
proven by the discovery of genes and DNA. We now know that characteristics such as
height are determined by several genes, not just one pair. Still, Mendel’s contribution to
the world of science is immeasurable.
(Read Better, Remember More)
61. The main idea of this passage is that…………
A. Mendel was a great scientist
B. children inherit height from their parents
C. Mendel discovered the laws of heredity
D. pea plants show how human heredity works
62. Two key terms explained in this passage are………….
A. “Gregor Mendel” and “pea plants”
B. “dominant characteristics” and “laws of heredity”
C. “genes” and “DNA”
D. “recessive characteristics” and “tallness”
63. In his first experiments with pea plants, Mendel………….
A. got medium pea plants, as he expected
B. got medium pea plants, which he didn’t expect
C. got short and tall pea plants, as he expected
D. got short and tall pea plants, which he didn’t expect
64. The word “suppresses” in the third paragraph means……………
A. holds back or blocks out B. destroys
C. changes or transforms D. brings out
65. The phrase “happened to discover” in the first paragraph suggests that……………
A. Mendel wasn’t careful in his experiments
B. Mendel didn’t set out to discover the laws of heredity
C. Mendel was lucky he discovered anything at all
D. Mendel could have discovered much more if he’d tried
2
4
66. Which of the following sentences best summarizes the first paragraph?
A. Mendel’s experiments with pea plants led him to discover the laws of heredity.
B. Mendel’s experiments with pea plants produced unexpected results.
C. Mendel was both a monk and a scientist.
D. Mendel’s discover was an accident.
67. According to the passage, it is true that………….
A. there are two genes for tallness
B. tallness is a recessive trait
C. dominant traits suppress recessive ones
D. children have a 75% chance of being tall
68. According to the passage, a child who has the “Tt” combination has which parents?
A. TT and TT B. TTandtt C. ttandtt D.Tt and Tt
69. The passage suggests that…………..
A. the laws of heredity are still unproven
B. the laws of heredity are much more complicated than the example indicates
C. Mendel deserves more credit than he gets
D. parents should seek genetic counseling
70. This passage is organized according to which organizational strategy?
A. cause and effect B. chronology
C. general to specific D. order or importance

to the first sentence. Write between THREE and SIX words including the given
words.
71. How long have they been living together? (IN)
How long…………………………………..together?
72. The way they saved up to buy their house made quite an impression on us. (RATHER)
We…………………………………..the way they saved up to buy their house.
73. My nephew stands a good chance of getting into a top university. (ODDS)
The…………………………………..gets into a top university.
74. The grand opening was so well organized that everything went smoothly.
(CLOCKWORK)
Everything at the grand opening……………………thanks to the excellent
organization.
75. All my friends know that I hate alcohol. (AVERSION)
My…………………………………..well known among my friends.
76. No matter what happens, she will never forgive him for what he did.
Under…………………………………...........................................................
77. Linh was very passionate about Korean pop music, so she decided to study in Korea.
But…………………………………...............................................................
78. Jane and her boyfriend started arguing about where they should spend their summer
holiday.
Jane got …………………………………........................................................
79. Our boss assumes we have checked the report carefully.
Our boss takes…………………………………...............................................
80. They aren’t talking to each other at the moment.
2
4
They aren’t on …………………………………..............................................
Write an essay (250 words) to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of living in a
foreign country.
2
4
PRACTICE TEST 10
others'.
1. A. phobia B. colonel C. cocoa D. mosaic
2. A. viscount B. debris C. foetus D. aisle
3. A. turmeric B. paradigm C. quarantine D. aesthetic
4. A. affidavit B. caterpillar C. mandatory D. alligator
5. A. tuberculosis B. photosynthesis C. aeronautical D. hippopotamus
PART B: LEXICON and GRAMMAR (45 POINTS)

6. I have a habit of making a list of my…………so I can keep track of where my money is
going.
A. dividends B. expenses C. incomes D. revenues
7. You can’t miss the deadline if you put your mind…………it.
A. on B. in C. into D. to
8. The sport center near my house has courts for tennis and badminton and the………….
A. like B. same C. similar D. alike
9. “Please don’t…………….the pots and pans or you’ll wake the baby up.”
A. whoosh B. squeak C. clatter D. crush
10. He drove 300 miles to his girlfriend, only that she had already left two hours before.
A. finding B. to be finding C. to find D. found
11.…………….he tries, he can’t win her heart.
A. How hard B. However hard C. No matter hard D. For as hard as
12. A few of.…………….are planning to spend our two-week holiday in Hoi An.
A. us girls B. we girls C. girls we D. girls
13. Mr. Miller.…………….his daughter’s boyfriend up and down, and then asked him a
question.
A. watched B. checked C. observed D. looked
14. When we were children, our parents.…………….us to tidy up our room.
A. were always told B. told always
C. forever told D. were forever telling
15. A barbecue in the rain is.…………….ridiculous idea.
A. an utterly B. a fully C. a highly D. a deeply
16. If you act on.……………., you risk making mistakes.
A. purpose B. impulse C. sense D. attitude
17. Surely Martin wouldn’t be so stupid.…………….his savings in the house.
A. keeping B. enough to keep C. to be kept D. as to keep
18. Thomas is a quiet child with a.……………imagination.
A. fertile B. docile C. fruitful D. restless
19. It’s so sad that she didn’t.……………to help me out when I was in trouble.
A. open an eye B. lift a finger C. break a leg D. bend an arm
20. Ana: “How kind, you really shouldn't have bothered.”
Tom: “.…………….”
A. Don’t worry, I didn’t bother at all B. It was a good thing to do
2
4
C. It was nothing, really D. Why not? I was happy
21. It has been a longtime since he last came up trumps in such a thrilling game.
A. failed unwisely B. made mistakes
C. shined brightly D. succeeded unexpectedly
22. “Are you sure you want him to join us?” Rachel asked incredulously.
A. irritatingly B. discontentedly c. skeptically D. impatiently
23. The principal's disappearance last Monday morning caused consternation among
students.
A. distaste B. dismay C. discourage D. distract
24. My cousin is living in an affluent area of London.
A. wealthy B. privileged C. impoverished D. unpopular
25. She felt hard done-by as her parents left her nothing.
A. fairly treated B. oddly pleased C. bitterly hurt D. justifiably proud
THE PURSUIT OF HAPPINESS
In a decade of study on the subject, psychologist professor Leaf van Boven has
concluded that material possessions do not provide with much enduring happiness as the
pursuit of life experiences like travelling and going to concerts. A common belief that
acquiring more material possessions earns us the esteem and admiration of others appear to
be the exact opposite of the truth. Van Boven found that material people are more isolated.
They have fewer friends and poorer quality friendships. In one experiment, strangers were
paired for randomly and asked to have a conversation either about their possessions or
their experiences. They who talked about which they had done warmed each other quickly
while those who discussed the things they had went across as more selfish.
So, if you are stuck deciding between spending your hard-earned cash on a new car
and a summer on travel, you now know which option to choose!
(adapted from On Screen – C1)
For example: 0. In → After
26…………….. 27…………….. 28…………….. 29……………..
30…………….. 31…………….. 32…………….. 33……………..
34…………….. 35……………..
MAKING THE RIGHT CHOICE
The (36. DECIDE)……………..as to which university to apply to is often taken on
the (37. BASE)……………..of a university's position on the world rankings table. Yet,
other considerations, such as whether the course is (38. THEORY)……………..or offers
hands-on experience and the amount of time that students will need to work (39.
DEPEND)…………….. should be taken into account. The fact is that some
2
4
undergraduates who express their (40. SATISFY)…………….. with their university
experience base their (41. COMPAIN) ……………..on poor organization, the lack of
support received and on having fewer contact hours than expected.
As higher education (42. PROVIDE)……………..come under increasing pressure
to meet established targets and to maintain or improve their status, course guidelines
should (43. CLEAR)……………..what participants can expect from the course and what
the course expects from them. This should (44. SURE) …………….. a reduction in
student drop-out rates. Inevitably, though, no matter how much the content and structure is
spelt out, some students will turn up with (45. REAL)…………….. expectations that can
never be met.
(Cambridge English Exam Booster for Advanced)
Example:
0….mouth…..
a. In small villages news travels fast. It is spread by word of……………...
b. Their house was built near the……………..of the river.
c. The bad smell that was coming from his……………..put off all the girls in our
class.
46.……………..
a. It came as a shock to his family when he tested……………for the coronavirus.
b. Our teacher always emphasizes the power of……………thinking, saying it helps
to overcome problems.
c. They are absolutely……………their daughter will win the contest. There’s no
doubt about it.
47……………__
a. Louis’ family were unaware that he was leading a double……………. Actually,
nobody knew he dropped out of college after his first year.
b. Moving to the south gave me a new lease of……………. The climate was better
and the food was nicer.
c. Once the long cold winter is gone, plants come to……………again, being covered
with buds and beautiful flowers.
48.……………_
a. We didn’t know about his difficulties. They never came to our…………….
b. It is almost impossible to organize that big event at such short……………. We do
need more time to prepare for it.
c. The……………on the door of the room said “Do Not Disturb”.
49.……………_
a. You should check carefully whether the new……………system will support all
the apps you want on your phone.
b.Policemen working on the case of the rapist were convinced that he was……………
in the vicinity of the cinema.
c. Dr. Smith can't see anyone now because he’s……………on a patient.
50……………__
a. It’s not true that only poets or writers can……………new phrases. Some words
are also invented by ordinary people.
b. Studying in most German universities is free for international students. The other
side of the……………, though, is that it's really difficult for them to graduate and
earn their degrees.
2
4
c. He picked up the phone, put a……………into the slot and dialed the number.
PART C: READING (30 POINTS)

questions. NEWS SHARING
The way we obtain our news coverage is always (51)…………… The public can
gain information on current events from a wide variety of (52)……………. Centuries ago,
news was obtained either by word of mouth, with town criers (53)……………citizens of
news and bylaws, or from print, with notices posted on doors of local inn. With the (54)
……………of radio, whole families could (55)……………together in the living room to
listen to the daily news bulletin. Even today, when TV sets occupy a prime (56)
……………in the most used rooms in our house, some listeners remain faithful to their
radio stations. Except, of course, for the fact that many will (57)……………in to them on
their computer or tablet instead of turning their radio dial. With the (58)……………use of
social media, news travels faster than ever before. Minute-by-minute coverage of news no
longer relies on TV networks. Increased internet access (59)……………individuals to
share photos, opinions and even live videos with one sharp (60)……………on the screen.
(Cambridge English Exam Booster for Advanced)
51. A. growing B. evolving C. moving D. rising
52. A. sources B. causes C. ways D. opportunities
53. A. explaining B. informing C. noting D. communicating
54. A. arrival B. entrance C. starting D. approach
55. A. team B. gang C. gather D. unite
56. A. area B. site C. position D. point
57. A. turn B. switch C. tune D. start
58. A. sweeping B. absolute C. large D. widespread
59. A. stimulates B. assists C. enables D. advocates
60. A. stroke B. tap C. squeeze D. nudge
TOO MUCH ON OUR PLATES
An increasing proportion of the population are overweight, probably (61)…………to
increased prosperity, cheaper food and changing dietary habits. One noticeable example of
(62)…………is that portion sizes have increased dramatically over the last thirty years.
What’s (63)…………, we are losing the ability to judge how large an “appropriate
portion” should be. There is now so much food on our plates (64)…………if we eat up
everything that is put in front of us, as our parents taught us to do, the chances are we will
put on (65)…………. Researchers at Pennsylvania State University investigating the
factors that lead to obesity looked at the role portion size (66)…………in determining how
much people eat. In order to test this, researchers set the lunch table (67)…………four
days for two groups of men and women. One group was given a plate that already
contained a pre-measured portion. The (68)…………were handed an empty plate and
allowed to serve themselves from the same-sized portions presented in a dish. (69)
…………the participants put the food on their own plates or not, the larger portion in front
of them, the more they ate. Even if we think we are in control of what we eat, we all have
the (70)…………innate reaction to portion size. No matter how hungry we are, we eat
more if we are given more.
(adapted from Mastermind Use of English)
2
5
Alternative Medicine Practices in Twenty-first-century United States
Once people wore garlic around their necks to ward off disease. Today, most
Americans would scoff at the idea of wearing a necklace of garlic cloves to enhance their
well-being. However, you might find a number of Americans willing to ingest capsules of
pulverized garlic or other herbal supplements in the name of health.
Complementary and alternative medicine (CAM), which includes a range of
practices outside of conventional medicine such as herbs, homeopathy, massage, yoga,
and acupuncture, holds increasing appeal for Americans. In fact, according to one
estimate, 42% of Americans have used alternative therapies. A Harvard Medical School
survey found that young adults (those born between 1965 and 1979) are the most likely to
use alternative treatments, whereas people born before 1945 are the least likely to use these
therapies. Nonetheless, in all age groups, the use of unconventional healthcare practices
has steadily increased since the 1950s, and the trend is likely to continue.
CAM has become a big business as Americans dip into their wallets to pay for
alternative treatments. A 1997 American Medical Association study estimated that the
public spent $21.2 billion for alternative medicine therapies in that year, more than half of
which were out-of-pocket expenditures, meaning they were not covered by health
insurance. Indeed, Americans made more out-of-pocket expenditures for alternative
services than out-of-pocket payments for hospital stays in 1997. In addition, the number of
total visits to alternative medicine providers (about 629 million) exceeded the tally of visits
to primary care physicians (386 million) in that year.
However, the public has not abandoned conventional medicine for alternative
healthcare. Most Americans seek out alternative therapies as a complement to their
conventional healthcare, whereas only a small percentage of Americans rely primarily on
alternative care. Why have so many patients turned to alternative therapies? Frustrated by
the time constraints of managed care and alienated by conventional medicine’s focus on
technology, some feel that a holistic approach to healthcare better reflects their beliefs and
values. Others seek therapies that will relieve symptoms associated with chronic disease,
symptoms that mainstream medicine cannot treat.
Some alternative therapies have crossed the line into mainstream medicine as
scientific investigation has confirmed their safety and efficacy. For example, today
physicians many prescribe acupuncture for pain management or to control the nausea
associated with chemotherapy. Most U.S. medical schools teach courses in alternative
therapies, and many health insurance companies offer some alternative medicine benefits.
Yet, despite their gaining acceptance, the majority of alternative therapies have not been
researched in controlled studies. New research efforts aim at testing alternative methods
and providing the public with information about which are safe and effective and which
are a waste of money, or possibly dangerous.
So, what about those who swear by the health benefits of the “smelly rose”, garlic?
Observational studies that track disease incidence in different populations suggest
that garlic use in the diet may act as a cancer-fighting agent, particularly for prostate and
stomach cancer. However, these findings have not been confirmed in clinical studies. And
yes, reported side effects include garlic odor.
(English To the Max)
71.The author’s primary purpose in the passage is to………….
A. confirm the safety and effectiveness of alternative medicine approaches
B. convey the excitement of crossing new medical frontiers
C. describe the recent increase in the use of alternative therapies
2
5
D. explore the variety of practices that fall into the category alternative medicine
72. The author describes wearing garlic in paragraph 1 as an example of…………..
A. an arcane practice considered odd and superstitious today
B. the ludicrous nature of complementary and alternative medicine
C. a scientifically tested medical practice
D. a socially unacceptable style of jewelry
73. The word “conventional” as it is used in paragraph 2 mostly nearly means…………..
A. appropriate B. established C. formal D. moralistic
74. The author most likely uses the Harvard survey results in paragraph 2 to imply that…...
A. as people age, they always become more conservative
B. people born before 1945 view alternative therapies with disdain
C. the survey did not question baby boomers (those born between 1945-1965) on the
topic
D. many young adults are open-minded to alternative therapies
75.The statistic comparing total visits to alternative medicine practitioners with those to
primary care physicians in paragraph 3 is used to illustrate the………….
A. popularity of alternative medicine
B. public’s distrust of conventional healthcare
C. accessibility of alternative medicine
D. affordability of alternative therapies
76. The word “complement” in paragraph 4 most nearly means………...
A. tribute B. commendation C. addition D. substitute
77. The information in paragraph 4 indicates that Americans believe that conventional
healthcare………....
A. offers the best relief from the effects of chronic diseases
B. should not use technology in treating illness
C. combines caring for the body with caring for the spirit
D. falls short of their expectations in some aspects
78.The author suggests that “crossed the line into mainstream medicine” in paragraph 5
involves…………..
A. performing stringently controlled research on alternative therapies
B. accepting the spiritual dimension of preventing and treating illness
C. approving of any treatments that a patient is interested in trying
D. recognizing the popularity of alternative therapies
79.In last paragraph, the author refers to garlic use again in order to………….
A. cite an example of the fraudulent claims of herbal supplement
B. suggest that claims about some herbs may be legitimate
C. mock people who take garlic capsules
D. offer a reason why some Americans are drawn to alternative health methods
80. Which of the following best describes the approach of the passage?
A. matter-of-fact narration B. historical analysis
C. sarcastic criticism D. playful reporting
PART D: WRITING (20 POINTS)

to the first sentence.
81.Suddenly, the young actress became famous. (BLUE)
……………………………………………………………………………………
2
5
82.The private detective worked secretly on the murder case. (SCENES)
……………………………………………………………………………………
83.The researcher supported his claims with scientific evidence. (BACKED)
……………………………………………………………………………………
84.We have never thought that our world would face a pandemic in 2020. (CROSSED)
……………………………………………………………………………………
85. Being in the military for two years seems to have changed my brother for the better.
(NEW LEAF)
……………………………………………………………………………………
86. Those / overweight / or / indulge / unhealthy diet / candidate / heart attack.
……………………………………………………………………………………
87. Although / crime rate / falling / many parts/ the world, / violent crime / constantly /
rampant.
……………………………………………………………………………………
88. It / difficult / estimate / measure / importance / media / today / society.
……………………………………………………………………………………
89. Many people / now / would prefer / spend time / computer / rather / family.
……………………………………………………………………………………
90. Study / reveal / young people / expose / advertisement / alcohol / likely / drink more.
……………………………………………………………………………………
Write an essay (250 words) on the following topic:
“Individuals can do nothing to improve the environment; only governments and large
companies can make a difference.” To what extent do you agree or disagree?
2
5
2
5

Bồi Dưỡng HSG THCS Và Ôn Thi Vào 10 Chuyên Anh -TRẦN THANH HƯƠNG (275 Trang)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bồi Dưỡng HSG THCS Và Ôn Thi Vào 10 Chuyên Anh -TRẦN THANH HƯƠNG (275 Trang)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BỒI DƯỠNG HỌC SINH

GIỎI THCS-ÔN THI VÀO

MÔN TIẾNG ANH

PHẦN MỘT: CHUYÊN ĐỀ TỪ VỰNG - NGỮ PHÁP

CÁC TÁC GIẢ

3. Quy tắc phát âm nhóm chữ cái nguyên âm và phụ âm khác

4. Quy tắc phát âm đuôi '-s'/ '-es'

2. Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn (Present Continuous Tense)

5. Động từ chỉ trạng thái (Stative verbs)

III. FUTURE TENSES

2. Thì tương lai tiếp diễn (Future Continuous Tense)

SỰ HÒA HỢP GIỮA CHỦ NGỮ VÀ ĐỘNG TỪ

Exercise 2. Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.

happen hesitate hope manage learn neglect offer plan prepare

Ví dụ: He offered to buy me some fruit.

2. Động từ kết hợp với ‘V’ và 'V-ing'

IV. Động từ kết hợp với 'object + to V'

4. Couldn’t have + p2 được dùng với tính từ so sánh hơn

Exercise 2. Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.

Hình thức Ví dụ Ví dụ trong câu

II. Phân loại giới từ (Kinds of preposition)

2. Cách dùng một số cặp/nhóm giới từ dễ gây nhầm lẫn

Ví dụ We watched a good We watched a good comedy We watched a good comedy

2.3. Over - Across - Through

2.4. Along - Past - Beyond

2.5. On - Above - Over

2.6. Under - Below - Beneath

2.7. Between - Among

IV. Giới từ theo sau các tính từ (Prepositions following adjectives)

V. Giới từ theo sau các động từ (Prepositions following verbs)

VI. Giới từ theo sau các danh từ (Prepositions following nouns)

II. Dạng đặc biệt của tính từ

IV. Tính từ kép (Compound adjectives)

Thường được dùng để green-eyed, long-legged, short-haired, sharp-

2. Tính từ miêu tả thực (Descriptive adjectives)

3. Cách sắp xếp thứ tự các tính từ

Exercise 2. Rewrite each sentence below using a compound adjective without

- The picture is slightly above the eye-level, ('slightly' bô nghĩa cho

- This test doesn't seem so

II. So sánh hơn kém (Comparatives)

III. So sánh nhất (Superlatives)

2. Tính từ có cấp độ và tính từ phi cấp độ (gradable and ungradable adjectives)

V. Hình thức so sánh đặc biệt (special comparison)

Exercise 2. Circle the correct answer to complete the text below.

II. Các hình thức giả định (Kinds of subjunctive)

2.Quá khứ giả định (Past subjunctive)

3. Quá khứ hoàn thành giả định (Past perfect subjunctive)

Exercise 2. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

Exercise 3. Rewrite the following sentences using the subjunctive structure,

II. Cấu trúc câu bị động (Passive structures)

III. Những dạng bị động đặc biệt (Special passive forms)

IV. Thể sai khiến (Causative forms)

Exercise 2. Complete the sentences using the correct phrase below.

3.2. Trường hợp KHÔNG thay đổi thì động từ

II. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative pronouns)

III. Trạng từ quan hệ (Relative Adverbs)

V. Các loại mệnh đề quan hệ (Types of relative clause)

2. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ bằng cụm danh từ (Noun phrases)

Exercise 2. Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.

II. Câu hỏi Wh- (Wh-questions)

III. Câu hỏi gián tiếp (Indirect questions)

IV. Câu hỏi đuôi (Tag questions)

Exercise 2. Add the question tag to each sentence.

2. As, so, neither, nor để thế hiện sự giống nhau